(compile-internal): Add WHEN to obsolescence declaration.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18335 54541))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
67 ;;;;;; (18335 54506))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
69
70 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
71 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
72
73 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
74
75 ;;;***
76 \f
77 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
78 ;;;;;; (18369 28761))
79 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
80
81 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
82 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
83 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
84 extensions.
85 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
86 the file name.
87
88 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
89
90 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
91 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
92
93 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
94 \\{ada-mode-map}
95
96 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
97 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
98
99 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
100 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
101
102 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
103 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
104
105 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
106
107 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
108 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
109
110 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
111 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
112
113 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
114 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
115 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
116 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
117 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
118
119 If you use imenu.el:
120 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
121
122 If you use find-file.el:
123 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
124 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
125 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
126 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
127 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
128
129 If you use ada-xref.el:
130 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
131 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
132 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
133
134 \(fn)" t nil)
135
136 ;;;***
137 \f
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
139 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
141
142 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
143 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
144
145 \(fn)" t nil)
146
147 ;;;***
148 \f
149 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
150 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
152
153 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
154 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
155 Completion is available.
156
157 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
158
159 ;;;***
160 \f
161 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
162 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
163 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
164 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18428
165 ;;;;;; 27944))
166 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
167
168 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
169 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
170 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
171 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
172
173 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
174
175 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
176 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
177 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
178
179 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
182 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
183 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
184 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
185 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
186 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
187
188 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
189
190 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
191 Prompt for a change log name.
192
193 \(fn)" nil nil)
194
195 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
196 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
197
198 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
199 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
200 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
201 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
202
203 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
204 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
205 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
206
207 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
208 current buffer to the complete file name.
209 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
210
211 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
212
213 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
214 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
215 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
216 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
217
218 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
219 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
220
221 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
222
223 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
224 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
225 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
226
227 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
228 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
229 the same person.
230
231 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
232 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
233 notices.
234
235 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
236 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
237
238 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
239
240 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
241 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
242 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
243 the change log file in another window.
244
245 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
246
247 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
248 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
249 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
250 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
251 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
252 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
253 \\{change-log-mode-map}
254
255 \(fn)" t nil)
256
257 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
258 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
259
260 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
261 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
262
263 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
264 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
265
266 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
267 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
268
269 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
270 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
271
272 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
273 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
274 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
275 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
276 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
277
278 Has a preference of looking backwards.
279
280 \(fn)" nil nil)
281
282 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
283 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
284 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
285 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
286 or a buffer.
287
288 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
289 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
290
291 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
292
293 ;;;***
294 \f
295 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
296 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
297 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18424 5734))
298 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
299
300 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
301 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
302 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
303 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
304 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
305 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
306 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
307 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
308 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
309 interpreted as `error'.")
310
311 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
312
313 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
314 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
315 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
316 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
317 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
318 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
319 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
320 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
321
322 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
323
324 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
325 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
326
327 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
328
329 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
330 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
331
332 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
333
334 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
335 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
336 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
337 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
338 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
339 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
340 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
341 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
342 will be overwritten with the new one.
343 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
344 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
345 will clear the cache.
346
347 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
348
349 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
350 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
351 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
352 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
353 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
354 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
355 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
356 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
357 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
358 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
359 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
360 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
361 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
362 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
363 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
364 definition will always be cached for later usage.
365
366 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
367
368 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
369 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
370 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
371
372 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
373 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
374 BODY...)
375
376 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
377 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
378 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
379 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
380 see also `ad-add-advice'.
381 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
382 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
383 before/around/after-advices will be used.
384 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
385 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
386 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
387 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
388 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
389 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
390
391 Semantics of the various flags:
392 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
393 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
394 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
395
396 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
397 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
398
399 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
400 advised function should be compiled.
401
402 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
403 during activation until somebody enables it.
404
405 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
406 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
407 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
408 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
409
410 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
411 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
412 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
413 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
414 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
415 during preloading.
416
417 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
418 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
419 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
420 BODY...)
421
422 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
423
424 ;;;***
425 \f
426 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
427 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
428 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18335 54506))
429 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
430
431 (autoload 'align "align" "\
432 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
433 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
434 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
435 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
436 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
437 rule's `separate' attribute).
438
439 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
440 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
441 `separate' attribute set.
442
443 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
444 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
445 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
446 on the format of these lists.
447
448 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
449
450 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
451 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
452 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
453 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
454 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
455 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
456 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
457 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
458 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
459 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
460 options.
461
462 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
463 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
464
465 Fred (123) 456-7890
466 Alice (123) 456-7890
467 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
468 Joe (123) 456-7890
469
470 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
471 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
472 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
473
474 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
475
476 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
477 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
479 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
480 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
481 align that section.
482
483 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
484
485 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
486 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
487 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
488 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
489 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
490 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
491 been used to align that section.
492
493 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494
495 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
496 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
497 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
498 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
499 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
500 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
501 to be colored.
502
503 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504
505 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
506 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
507
508 \(fn)" t nil)
509
510 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
511 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
512
513 \(fn)" t nil)
514
515 ;;;***
516 \f
517 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
518 ;;;;;; (18375 34228))
519 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
520
521 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
522
523 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
524
525 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
526
527 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
528
529 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
536
537 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
538
539 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
546
547 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
548
549 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
554 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
555 \\<allout-mode-map>
556
557 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
558 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
559 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
560
561 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
562 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
563 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
564 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
565 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
566 outline.)
567
568 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
569
570 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
571 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
572 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
573 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
574 - easy topic encryption and decryption
575 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
576 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
577 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
578
579 and many other features.
580
581 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
582 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
583 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
584 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
585 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
586
587 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
588 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
589 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
590 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
591 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
592 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
593 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
594 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
595
596 Exposure Control:
597 ----------------
598 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
599 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
600 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
601 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
602 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
603
604 Navigation:
605 ----------
606 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
607 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
608 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
609 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
610 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
611 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
612 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
613 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
614 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
615 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
616
617
618 Topic Header Production:
619 -----------------------
620 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
621 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
622 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
623
624 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
625 ---------------------------------
626 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
627 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
628 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
629 current topic
630 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
631 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
632 are alternated according to nesting depth.
633 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
634 the offspring are not affected.
635 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
636
637 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
638 ----------------------------------
639 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
640 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
641 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
642 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
643 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
644 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
645 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
646 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
647
648 Topic-oriented Encryption:
649 -------------------------
650 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
651 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
652
653 Misc commands:
654 -------------
655 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
656 and establish a default file-var setting
657 for `allout-layout'.
658 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
659 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
660 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
661 buffer with name derived from derived from that
662 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
663 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
664 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
665 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
666 format.
667 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
668 auto-activation.
669
670 Topic Encryption
671
672 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
673 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
674 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
675 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
676
677 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
678 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
679 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
680 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
681
682 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
683 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
684 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
685 pitfalls.
686
687 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
688 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
689 for details.
690
691 HOT-SPOT Operation
692
693 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
694 navigation and exposure control.
695
696 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
697 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
698 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
699 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
700 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
701
702 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
703 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
704 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
705 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
706 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
707
708 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
709 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
710 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
711 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
712 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
713 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
714 at the beginning of the current entry.
715
716 Extending Allout
717
718 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
719 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
720 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
721
722 `allout-mode-hook'
723 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
724 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
725 `allout-structure-added-hook'
726 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
727 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
728
729 Terminology
730
731 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
732
733 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
734 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
735 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
736 CURRENT ITEM:
737 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
738 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
739 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
740 called the:
741 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
742
743 ANCESTORS:
744 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
745 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
746 of the ITEM.
747 OFFSPRING:
748 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
749 SUBTOPIC:
750 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
751 CHILD:
752 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
753 SIBLINGS:
754 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
755
756 Topic text constituents:
757
758 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
759 text.
760 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
761 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
762 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
763 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
764 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
765 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
766 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
767 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
768 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
769 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
770 the PREFIX.
771
772 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
773 of the ITEM.
774 PREFIX-LEAD:
775 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
776 It can be customized by changing the setting of
777 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
778
779 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
780 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
781 program code without interfering with processing of the text
782 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
783 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
784 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
785 docstring for more detail.
786 PREFIX-PADDING:
787 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
788 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
789 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
790 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
791 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
792 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
793 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
794 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
795 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
796 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
797 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
798 more details.
799 EXPOSURE:
800 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
801 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
802 CONCEALED:
803 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
804 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
805
806 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
807 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
808 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
809
810 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
811
812 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
813
814 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
815 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
816
817 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
818 setup for auto-startup.
819
820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
821
822 ;;;***
823 \f
824 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
825 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18369 28760))
826 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
827
828 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
829
830 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
831 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
832 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
833 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
834 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
835 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
836
837 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
838
839 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
840 Not documented
841
842 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
843
844 ;;;***
845 \f
846 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
847 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18335 54541))
848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
849
850 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
851 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
852 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
853 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
854 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
855 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
856 in the current window.
857
858 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
859
860 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
861 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
862 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
863
864 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
865
866 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
867 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
868 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
869
870 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
871
872 ;;;***
873 \f
874 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
875 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18335 54506))
876 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
877
878 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
879 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
880
881 \(fn)" t nil)
882
883 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
884 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
885
886 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
887 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
888 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
889 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
890
891 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
892 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
893
894 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
895
896 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
897
898 ;;;***
899 \f
900 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
901 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18335 54541))
902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
903
904 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
905 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
906 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
907 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
908 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
909 \\[yank].
910
911 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
912 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
913 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
914 the rules.
915
916 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
917 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
918 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
919 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
920
921 \(fn)" t nil)
922
923 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
924 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
925 \\{antlr-mode-map}
926
927 \(fn)" t nil)
928
929 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
930 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
931 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
932
933 \(fn)" nil nil)
934
935 ;;;***
936 \f
937 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
938 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18426 29950))
939 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
940
941 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
942 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
943 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
944
945 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
946
947 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
948 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
949
950 \(fn)" t nil)
951
952 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
953 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
954 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
955 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
956 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
957 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
958 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
959
960 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
961
962 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
963 appointment package (if it is not already active).
964
965 \(fn)" nil nil)
966
967 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
968 Toggle checking of appointments.
969 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
970 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
971
972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
973
974 ;;;***
975 \f
976 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
977 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
978 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18410 8145))
979 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
980
981 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
982 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
983 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
984 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
985
986 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
987 kind of objects to search.
988
989 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
990
991 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
992 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
993 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
994 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
995 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
996 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
997
998 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
999 normal variables.
1000
1001 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1002
1003 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1004
1005 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1006 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1007 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1008 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1009 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1010 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1011
1012 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1013 noninteractive functions.
1014
1015 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1016 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1017
1018 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1019 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1020
1021 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1022
1023 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1024 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1025
1026 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1027
1028 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1029 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1030 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1031 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1032
1033 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1034 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1035 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1036 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1037
1038 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1039 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1040
1041 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1042
1043 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1044
1045 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1046 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1047 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1048 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1049 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1050 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1051
1052 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1053 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1054 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1055
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1057
1058 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1059 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1060 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1061 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1062 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1063 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1064
1065 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1066 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1067 bindings.
1068 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1069
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1071
1072 ;;;***
1073 \f
1074 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18421
1075 ;;;;;; 18853))
1076 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1077
1078 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1079 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1080 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1081 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1082 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1083 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1084
1085 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1086 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1087 archive.
1088
1089 \\{archive-mode-map}
1090
1091 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1092
1093 ;;;***
1094 \f
1095 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18335 54506))
1096 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1097
1098 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1099 Major mode for editing arrays.
1100
1101 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1102 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1103 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1104
1105 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1106
1107 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1108 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1109 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1110
1111 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1112 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1113 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1114 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1115 The variables are:
1116
1117 Variables you assign:
1118 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1119 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1120 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1121 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1122 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1123 row numbers in the buffer.
1124
1125 Variables which are calculated:
1126 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1127 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1128
1129 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1130 take a numeric prefix argument):
1131
1132 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1133 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1134 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1135 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1136
1137 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1138 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1139 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1140 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1141
1142 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1143 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1144 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1145 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1146
1147 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1148 between that of point and mark.
1149
1150 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1151 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1152
1153 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1154 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1155 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1156 newlines inside rows)
1157
1158 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1159
1160 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1161
1162 \(fn)" t nil)
1163
1164 ;;;***
1165 \f
1166 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18335
1167 ;;;;;; 54543))
1168 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1169
1170 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1171 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1172 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1173 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1174
1175 How to quit artist mode
1176
1177 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1178
1179
1180 How to submit a bug report
1181
1182 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1183
1184
1185 Drawing with the mouse:
1186
1187 mouse-2
1188 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1189 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1190 below).
1191
1192 mouse-1
1193 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1194 or pastes:
1195
1196 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1197 --------------------------------------------------------------
1198 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1199 to new point
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1201 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1202 --------------------------------------------------------------
1203 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1204 --------------------------------------------------------------
1205 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1216 lines
1217 --------------------------------------------------------------
1218 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1219 --------------------------------------------------------------
1220 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1221 --------------------------------------------------------------
1222 Paste Paste Paste
1223 --------------------------------------------------------------
1224 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226
1227 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1228 or diagonally.
1229
1230 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1231 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1232 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1233 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1234 poly-lines.
1235
1236 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1237 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1238 overwrite means the opposite.
1239
1240 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1241 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1242 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1243
1244 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1245
1246 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1247 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1248
1249 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1250 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1251 are currently drawing something.
1252
1253 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1254 some time to fill.
1255
1256
1257 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1258 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1259
1260
1261 Settings
1262
1263 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1264
1265 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1266
1267 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1268
1269 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1270
1271 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1272 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1273
1274 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1275
1276
1277 Drawing with keys
1278
1279 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1280 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1281 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1282 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1283 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1284 When pasting: Pastes
1285
1286 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1287
1288 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1289
1290 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1291 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1292 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1293 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1294 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1295 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1296
1297
1298 Arrows
1299
1300 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1301 of the line/poly-line
1302
1303 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1304 of the line/poly-line
1305
1306
1307 Selecting operation
1308
1309 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1310
1311 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1312 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1313 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1314 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1315 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1316 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1317 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1318 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1319 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1320 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1321 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1322 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1323 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1324 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1325 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1326 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1327 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1328 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1329 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1330 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1331
1332
1333 Variables
1334
1335 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1336 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1337
1338 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1339 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1340 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1341 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1342 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1343 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1344 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1345 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1346 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1347 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1348 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1349 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1350 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1351 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1352 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1353 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1354 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1355 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1356 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1357
1358 Hooks
1359
1360 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1361 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1362
1363
1364 Keymap summary
1365
1366 \\{artist-mode-map}
1367
1368 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1369
1370 ;;;***
1371 \f
1372 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18335
1373 ;;;;;; 54541))
1374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1375
1376 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1377 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1378 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1379
1380 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1381 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1382 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1383 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1384
1385 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1386 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1387
1388 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1389 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1390
1391 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1392
1393 Special commands:
1394 \\{asm-mode-map}
1395
1396 \(fn)" t nil)
1397
1398 ;;;***
1399 \f
1400 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1401 ;;;;;; (18335 54507))
1402 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1403
1404 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1405 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1406 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1407
1408 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1409
1410 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1411 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1412 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1413 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1414 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1415 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1416 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1417 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1418 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1419 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1420
1421 For example:
1422 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1423 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1424 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1425 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1426 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1427
1428 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1429
1430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1431
1432 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1433 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1434 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1435 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1436 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1437 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1438
1439 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1440
1441 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1442 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1443 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1444 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1445 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1446 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1447
1448 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1449
1450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1451
1452 ;;;***
1453 \f
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1455 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1457
1458 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1459 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1460
1461 \(fn)" t nil)
1462
1463 ;;;***
1464 \f
1465 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1466 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18374 12122))
1467 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1468
1469 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1470 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1471 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1472
1473 \(fn)" t nil)
1474
1475 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1476 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1477 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1478 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1479
1480 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1481
1482 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1483 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1484 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1486 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1487 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1488
1489 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1490
1491 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1492 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1493 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1494 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1495
1496 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1497 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1498
1499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1500
1501 ;;;***
1502 \f
1503 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1504 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1505 ;;;;;; (18423 52029))
1506 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1507
1508 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1509
1510 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1511 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1512 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1513 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1514 save the buffer too.
1515
1516 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1517
1518 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1519
1520 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1521 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1522 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1523 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1524 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1525 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1526
1527 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1528 directory or directories specified.
1529
1530 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1531
1532 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1533 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1534 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1535
1536 \(fn)" nil nil)
1537
1538 ;;;***
1539 \f
1540 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1541 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1542 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18410 8145))
1543 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1544
1545 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1546 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1547
1548 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1549 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1550 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1551 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1552 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1553
1554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555
1556 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1557 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1558
1559 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1560 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1561
1562 \(fn)" nil nil)
1563
1564 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1565 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1566 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1567
1568 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1569 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1570 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1571 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1572 reflected in the current buffer.
1573
1574 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1575 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1576 writing before you save the file!
1577
1578 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1579
1580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1581
1582 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1583 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1584
1585 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1586 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1587
1588 \(fn)" nil nil)
1589
1590 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1591 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1592 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1595 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1596
1597 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1598
1599 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1600 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1601
1602 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1603 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1604 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1605
1606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1607
1608 ;;;***
1609 \f
1610 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1611 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18335 54507))
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1613
1614 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1615 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1616 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1618 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1619
1620 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1621
1622 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1623 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1624 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1625 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1626
1627 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1628 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1629 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1630
1631 Effects of the different modes:
1632 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1633 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1634 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1635 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1636 a random distance & direction.
1637 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1638 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1639 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1640
1641 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1642
1643 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1644 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1645 definition of \"random distance\".)
1646
1647 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1648
1649 ;;;***
1650 \f
1651 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1652 ;;;;;; (18409 42640))
1653 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1654 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1655
1656 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1657 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1658 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1659 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1660
1661 \(fn)" t nil)
1662
1663 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1664 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1665 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1666 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1667 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1668 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1669
1670 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1671
1672 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1673 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1674 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1675 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1676 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1677 seconds.
1678
1679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1680
1681 ;;;***
1682 \f
1683 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1684 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18335 54521))
1685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1686
1687 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1688 Time execution of FORMS.
1689 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1690 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1691 FORMS once.
1692 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1693 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1694 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1695
1696 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1697
1698 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1699 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1700 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1701 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1702 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1703
1704 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1705
1706 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1707 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1708 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1709 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1710 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1711
1712 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1713
1714 ;;;***
1715 \f
1716 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1717 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18371 10401))
1718 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1719
1720 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1721 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1722 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1723 of corresponding buffers.
1724 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1725 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1726 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1727 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1728 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1729 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1730
1731 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1732
1733 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1734 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1735
1736 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1737
1738 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1739 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1740 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1741 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1742
1743 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1744 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1745 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1746 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1747 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1748
1749 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1750 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1751
1752
1753 Special information:
1754
1755 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1756
1757 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1758 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1759 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1760 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1761 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1762 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1763 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1764 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1765 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1766 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1767 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1768
1769 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1770 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1771 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1772 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1773 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1774 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1775 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1776 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1777
1778 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1779
1780 ----------------------------------------------------------
1781 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1782 if that value is non-nil.
1783
1784 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1785
1786 \(fn)" t nil)
1787
1788 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1789 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1790 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1791 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1792 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1793 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1794 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1795 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1796 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1797 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1798
1799 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1800
1801 ;;;***
1802 \f
1803 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1804 ;;;;;; (18388 34730))
1805 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1806 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1807
1808 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1809 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1810
1811 \(fn)" t nil)
1812
1813 ;;;***
1814 \f
1815 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1816 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1817 ;;;;;; (18392 19203))
1818 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1819
1820 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1821
1822 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1823 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1824 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1825
1826 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1827
1828 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1829 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1830
1831 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1832
1833 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1834 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1835
1836 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1837
1838 ;;;***
1839 \f
1840 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18335
1841 ;;;;;; 54541))
1842 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1843
1844 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1845 Play blackbox.
1846 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1847
1848 What is blackbox?
1849
1850 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1851 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1852 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1853 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1854 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1855 your score.
1856
1857 Overview of play:
1858
1859 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1860 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1861 four.
1862
1863 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1864 movement keys.
1865
1866 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1867 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1868
1869 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1870 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1871
1872 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1873 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1874 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1875 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1876 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1877 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1878
1879 Details:
1880
1881 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1882
1883 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1884 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1885 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1886 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1887
1888 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1889 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1890 denoted by the letter `R'.
1891
1892 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1893 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1894 denoted by the letter `H'.
1895
1896 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1897 example.
1898
1899 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1900 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1901 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1902 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1903 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1904 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1905 ray.
1906
1907 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1908 degree deflection it causes.
1909
1910 1
1911 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1912 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1913 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1914 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1915 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1917 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1919 2 3
1920
1921 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1922 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1923
1924
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1926 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1927 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1928 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1929 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1933
1934 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1935 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1936 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1937 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1938 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1939 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1940 emerging from the box.
1941
1942 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1943
1944 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1945 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1946 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1947 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1948 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1949 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1950 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1952
1953 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1954 a reflection.
1955
1956 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1957
1958 ;;;***
1959 \f
1960 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1961 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1962 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1963 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18423
1964 ;;;;;; 51562))
1965 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1966 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1967 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1968 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1969
1970 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1971 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1972 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1973 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1974 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1975 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1976 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1977
1978 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1979 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1980 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1981 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1982 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1983 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1984 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1985 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1986 recent one.
1987
1988 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1989 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1990 yank successive words.
1991
1992 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1993 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1994 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1995 name of the file being visited.
1996
1997 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1998 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1999 the list of bookmarks.)
2000
2001 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2002
2003 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2004 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2005 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2006 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2007 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2008 this.
2009
2010 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2011 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2012 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2013 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2014
2015 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2016
2017 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2018 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2019 See `bookmark-jump'.
2020
2021 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2022
2023 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2024 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2025 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2026 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2027 after a bookmark was set in it.
2028
2029 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2030
2031 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2032 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2033 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2034 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2035
2036 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2037
2038 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2039
2040 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2041 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2042 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2043 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2044
2045 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2046 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2047 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2048
2049 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2050 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2051 name.
2052
2053 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2054
2055 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2056 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2057 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2058 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2059 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2060 this.
2061
2062 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2063
2064 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2065 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2066 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2067 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2068 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2069 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2070 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2071 probably because we were called from there.
2072
2073 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2074
2075 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2076 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2077 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2078
2079 \(fn)" t nil)
2080
2081 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2082 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2083 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2084 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2085 \(second argument).
2086
2087 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2088 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2089 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2090 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2091 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2092
2093 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2094 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2095 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2096 `bookmark-default-file'.
2097
2098 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2099
2100 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2101 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2102 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2103 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2104 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2105 while loading.
2106
2107 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2108 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2109 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2110 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2111 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2112 explicitly.
2113
2114 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2115 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2116 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2117 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2118
2119 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2120
2121 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2122 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2123 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2124 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2125 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2126
2127 \(fn)" t nil)
2128
2129 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2130
2131 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132
2133 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2134
2135 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2136
2137 ;;;***
2138 \f
2139 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2140 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2141 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2142 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2143 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2144 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2145 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2146 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2147 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2148 ;;;;;; (18393 27637))
2149 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2150
2151 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2152 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2153 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2154 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2155
2156 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2157 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2158 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2159 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2160 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2161
2162 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2163
2164 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2165 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2166
2167 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2168
2169 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2170 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2171
2172 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2173
2174 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2175 Not documented
2176
2177 \(fn)" nil nil)
2178
2179 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2180 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2181 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2182 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2183 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2184 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2185
2186 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2187
2188 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2189 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2190 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2191 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2192 narrowed.
2193
2194 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2195
2196 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2197 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2198
2199 \(fn)" t nil)
2200
2201 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2202 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2203
2204 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2205
2206 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2207 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2208 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2209 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2210
2211 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2212
2213 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2214 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2215 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2216 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2217
2218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2219
2220 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2221 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2222 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2223 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2224 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2225 to use.
2226
2227 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2228
2229 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2230 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2231 Default to the URL around or before point.
2232
2233 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2234 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2235 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2236 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2237
2238 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2239 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2240
2241 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2242 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2243
2244 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2245
2246 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2247 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2248 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2249 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2250
2251 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2252 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2253 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2254 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2255
2256 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2257 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2258 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2259
2260 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2261 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2262
2263 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2264
2265 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2267 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2268 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2269
2270 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2271 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2272 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2273 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2274
2275 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2276 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2277 new tab in an existing window instead.
2278
2279 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2280 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2281
2282 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2283
2284 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2285 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2286 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2287 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2288 Firefox.
2289
2290 When called interactively, if variable
2291 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2292 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2293 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2294 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2295
2296 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2297 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2298 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2299
2300 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2301 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302
2303 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2304 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2305 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2306 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2307 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2308 URL in a new window.
2309
2310 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311
2312 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2313 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2314 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2315 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2316
2317 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2318 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2319 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2320 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321
2322 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2323 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2324 new tab in an existing window instead.
2325
2326 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2327 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2328
2329 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2330
2331 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2332 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2333
2334 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2335
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2338 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2339 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2340
2341 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2342 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2343 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2344 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2345
2346 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2347 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2348
2349 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2350
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2352 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2353
2354 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2355 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2356 program is invoked according to the variable
2357 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2358
2359 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2360 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2361 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2362 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2363
2364 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2365 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2366
2367 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2368
2369 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2370 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2371 Default to the URL around or before point.
2372
2373 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2374 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2375 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2376
2377 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2378 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2379 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2380 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2381
2382 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2383 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2384
2385 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2386
2387 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2388 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2389 Default to the URL around or before point.
2390
2391 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2392 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2393 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394
2395 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2396 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2397
2398 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2399
2400 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2401 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2402 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2403 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2404
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2406
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2409 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2410 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2411 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2412 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2413
2414 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2415
2416 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2417 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2418 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2419 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2420 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2421
2422 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2423 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2424 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2425 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426
2427 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2428 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2431
2432 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2433 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2434 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2435 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2436 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2437 current one.
2438
2439 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2440 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2441 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2442 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443
2444 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2445 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446
2447 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2448
2449 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2450 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2451 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2452 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2453 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2454 don't offer a form of remote control.
2455
2456 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457
2458 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2459 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2460 Default to the URL around or before point.
2461
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around the point.
2467
2468 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2469 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2470
2471 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2472 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2473
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2475
2476 ;;;***
2477 \f
2478 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18335
2479 ;;;;;; 54541))
2480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2481
2482 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2483 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2484
2485 \(fn)" t nil)
2486
2487 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2488 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2489
2490 \(fn)" nil nil)
2491
2492 ;;;***
2493 \f
2494 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2495 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18335 54507))
2496 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2497
2498 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2499 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2500 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2501 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2502
2503 \(fn)" t nil)
2504
2505 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2506 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2507 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2508 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2509
2510 \(fn)" t nil)
2511
2512 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2513 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2514
2515 \(fn)" t nil)
2516
2517 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2518 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2519 \\<bs-mode-map>
2520 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2521 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2522 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2523 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2524
2525 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2526 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2527 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2528 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2529 name of buffer configuration.
2530
2531 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2532
2533 ;;;***
2534 \f
2535 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18335 54541))
2536 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2537
2538 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2539 Play Bubbles game.
2540
2541 \(fn)" t nil)
2542
2543 ;;;***
2544 \f
2545 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2546 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2547 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2548 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2549 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2550 ;;;;;; (18417 4383))
2551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2552 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2553 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2554 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2555 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2556
2557 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2558 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2559
2560 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2561
2562 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2563 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2564 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2565 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2566 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2567 else the global value will be modified.
2568
2569 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2570
2571 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2572 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2573 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2574 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2575 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2576 else the global value will be modified.
2577
2578 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2579
2580 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2581 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2582 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2583
2584 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2585
2586 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2587 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2588 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2589 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2590
2591 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2592 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2593 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2594 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2595 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2596 before scanning it.
2597
2598 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2599 that already has a `.elc' file.
2600
2601 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2602 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2603
2604 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2605 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2606 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2607 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2608 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2609 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2610
2611 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2612
2613 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2614 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2615 Print the result in the echo area.
2616 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2617
2618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2619
2620 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2621 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2622 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2623
2624 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2625
2626 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2627 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2628 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2629 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2630 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2631 all functions called by those functions.
2632
2633 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2634 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2635 cons, etc.).
2636
2637 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2638 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2639 invoked interactively.
2640
2641 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2642
2643 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2644 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2645 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2646 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2647
2648 \(fn)" nil nil)
2649
2650 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2651 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2652 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2653 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2654 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2655 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2656 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2657 already up-to-date.
2658
2659 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2660
2661 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2662 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2663 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2664 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2665
2666 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2667 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2668 and corresponding effects.
2669
2670 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2671
2672 ;;;***
2673 \f
2674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18428 27944))
2675 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2676
2677 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2678
2679 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2680
2681 ;;;***
2682 \f
2683 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2684 ;;;;;; (18427 49350))
2685 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2686
2687 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2688 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2689 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2690 from the cursor position.
2691
2692 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2693
2694 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2695
2696 ;;;***
2697 \f
2698 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2699 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2700 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2701 ;;;;;; (18427 64491))
2702 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2703
2704 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2705 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2706
2707 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2708 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2709
2710 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2711 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2712
2713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2714
2715 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2716 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2717
2718 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2719
2720 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2721 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2722
2723 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2724
2725 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2726 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2727
2728 \(fn)" t nil)
2729
2730 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2731 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2732 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2733 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2734
2735 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2736
2737 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2738 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2739 This is most useful in the X window system.
2740 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2741 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2742
2743 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2744
2745 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2746 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2747 See calc-keypad for details.
2748
2749 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2750
2751 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2752 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2753
2754 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2755
2756 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2757 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2758
2759 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2760
2761 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2762 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2763
2764 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2765
2766 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2767 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2768 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2769
2770 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2771
2772 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2773 Not documented
2774
2775 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2776
2777 ;;;***
2778 \f
2779 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18335
2780 ;;;;;; 54507))
2781 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2782
2783 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2784 Run the Emacs calculator.
2785 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2786
2787 \(fn)" t nil)
2788
2789 ;;;***
2790 \f
2791 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar calendar-holidays holiday-solar-holidays
2792 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
2793 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
2794 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "calendar"
2795 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18428 27944))
2796 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2797
2798 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
2799 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2800 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2801
2802 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "calendar" t)
2803
2804 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
2805
2806 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
2807
2808 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year)) "\
2809 Oriental holidays.
2810 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2811
2812 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "calendar" t)
2813
2814 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
2815
2816 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
2817
2818 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
2819 Local holidays.
2820 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2821
2822 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "calendar" t)
2823
2824 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
2825
2826 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
2827
2828 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
2829 User defined holidays.
2830 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2831
2832 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "calendar" t)
2833
2834 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
2835
2836 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
2837
2838 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
2839 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
2840
2841 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
2842
2843 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
2844 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
2845
2846 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
2847
2848 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
2849 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
2850
2851 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
2852
2853 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
2854 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
2855
2856 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
2857
2858 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
2859 Jewish holidays.
2860 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2861
2862 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "calendar" t)
2863
2864 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
2865
2866 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
2867
2868 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
2869 Christian holidays.
2870 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2871
2872 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "calendar" t)
2873
2874 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
2875
2876 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
2877
2878 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2879 Islamic holidays.
2880 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2881
2882 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "calendar" t)
2883
2884 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
2885
2886 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
2887
2888 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
2889 Baha'i holidays.
2890 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2891
2892 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "calendar" t)
2893
2894 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
2895
2896 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
2897
2898 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
2899 Sun-related holidays.
2900 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2901
2902 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "calendar" t)
2903
2904 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
2905
2906 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
2907
2908 (defvar calendar-holidays (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-christian-holidays holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-solar-holidays) "\
2909 List of notable days for the command \\[holidays].
2910
2911 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the
2912 list `holiday-other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting
2913 any of `holiday-general-holidays', `holiday-local-holidays',
2914 `holiday-christian-holidays', `holiday-hebrew-holidays',
2915 `holiday-islamic-holidays', `holiday-bahai-holidays',
2916 `holiday-oriental-holidays', or `holiday-solar-holidays' to nil in your
2917 .emacs file, you can eliminate unwanted categories of holidays.
2918
2919 The aforementioned variables control the holiday choices offered
2920 by the function `holiday-list' when it is called interactively.
2921
2922 They also initialize the default value of `calendar-holidays',
2923 which is the default list of holidays used by the function
2924 `holiday-list' in the non-interactive case. Note that these
2925 variables have no effect on `calendar-holidays' after it has been
2926 set (e.g. after the calendar is loaded). In that case, customize
2927 `calendar-holidays' directly.
2928
2929 The intention is that (in the US) `holiday-local-holidays' be set in
2930 site-init.el and `holiday-other-holidays' be set by the user.
2931
2932 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
2933 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the
2934 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
2935 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
2936
2937 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
2938 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
2939 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
2940 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
2941 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
2942 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
2943 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
2944 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
2945 (holiday-bahai MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Baha'i calendar
2946 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
2947 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
2948 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
2949 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
2950 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
2951 is an expression in the variable `date'.
2952
2953 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
2954
2955 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
2956
2957 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
2958 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
2959
2960 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
2961
2962 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
2963 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
2964
2965 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
2966
2967 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan.
2968 To add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday, use
2969
2970 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
2971
2972 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram.
2973 To add an entry for the Baha'i festival of Ridvan, use
2974
2975 (holiday-bahai 2 13 \"Festival of Ridvan\")
2976
2977 since the Baha'i months are numbered from 1 starting with Baha.
2978 To add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
2979
2980 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
2981
2982 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
2983 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
2984 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
2985
2986 (holiday-sexp
2987 '(if (zerop (% year 4))
2988 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
2989 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
2990 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
2991 (list 11 1 year)))))))
2992 \"US Presidential Election\")
2993
2994 or
2995
2996 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
2997 (holiday-fixed 11
2998 (calendar-extract-day
2999 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
3000 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
3001 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
3002 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
3003 \"US Presidential Election\"))
3004
3005 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
3006
3007 (lunar-phases)
3008
3009 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
3010 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
3011 with descriptive strings such as
3012
3013 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
3014
3015 (custom-autoload 'calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3016
3017 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3018
3019 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3020 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3021 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3022 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3023 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3024 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3025
3026 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3027 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3028 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3029 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3030 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3031 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3032 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3033 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3034 window.
3035
3036 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3037 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3038
3039 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3040 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3041 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3042 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3043 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3044 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3045
3046 Runs the following hooks:
3047
3048 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3049 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3050 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3051 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3052
3053 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
3054
3055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3056
3057 ;;;***
3058 \f
3059 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3060 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18335 54532))
3061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3062
3063 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3064 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3065
3066 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3067
3068 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3069 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3070 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3071 it fails.
3072
3073 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3074
3075 ;;;***
3076 \f
3077 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3078 ;;;;;; (18340 25864))
3079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3080
3081 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3082 Toggle Capitalized- Words mode.
3083
3084 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3085 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3086 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3087 restriction to ASCII.
3088
3089 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3090
3091 capitalizedWorDD
3092 ^ ^ ^^
3093
3094 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3095 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3096 boundaries in found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3097
3098 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3099 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3100 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3101 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3102 the mode hook for programming langauge modes in which you encounter
3103 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3104 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3105
3106 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3107 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3108
3109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3110
3111 ;;;***
3112 \f
3113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18335
3114 ;;;;;; 54542))
3115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3116 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3117
3118 ;;;***
3119 \f
3120 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3121 ;;;;;; (18385 53422))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3123
3124 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3125 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3126
3127 \(fn)" nil nil)
3128
3129 ;;;***
3130 \f
3131 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3132 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3133 ;;;;;; (18425 17360))
3134 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3135
3136 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3137 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3138 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3139 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3140 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3141 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3142 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3143
3144 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3145
3146 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3147 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3148 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3149 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3150 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3151 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3152 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3153 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3154
3155 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3156 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3157 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3158 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3159 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3160 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3161
3162 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3163
3164 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3165 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3166
3167 Key bindings:
3168 \\{c-mode-map}
3169
3170 \(fn)" t nil)
3171
3172 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3173 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3174
3175 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3176 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3177 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3178 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3179 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3180 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3181 message.
3182
3183 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3184
3185 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3186 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3187
3188 Key bindings:
3189 \\{c++-mode-map}
3190
3191 \(fn)" t nil)
3192
3193 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3194 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3196
3197 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3198 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3199 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3200 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3201 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3202 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3203 message.
3204
3205 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3206
3207 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3208 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3209
3210 Key bindings:
3211 \\{objc-mode-map}
3212
3213 \(fn)" t nil)
3214
3215 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3216 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3218
3219 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3220 Major mode for editing Java code.
3221 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3222 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3223 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3224 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3225 message.
3226
3227 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3228
3229 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3230 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3231
3232 Key bindings:
3233 \\{java-mode-map}
3234
3235 \(fn)" t nil)
3236
3237 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3238 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3240
3241 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3242 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3243 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3244 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3245 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3246 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3247 message.
3248
3249 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250
3251 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3252 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3253
3254 Key bindings:
3255 \\{idl-mode-map}
3256
3257 \(fn)" t nil)
3258
3259 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3260 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3261 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3262 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3263
3264 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3265 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3266 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3267 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3268 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3269 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3270 message.
3271
3272 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3273
3274 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3275 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3276
3277 Key bindings:
3278 \\{pike-mode-map}
3279
3280 \(fn)" t nil)
3281 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3282 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3283 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3284 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3285 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3286 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3287
3288 ;;;***
3289 \f
3290 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3291 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18369 28762))
3292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3293
3294 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3295 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3296 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3297 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3298
3299 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3300
3301 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3302 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3303 might get set too.
3304
3305 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3306 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3307 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3308 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3309 way.
3310
3311 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3312 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3313 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3314 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3315 a null operation.
3316
3317 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3318
3319 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3320 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3321 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3322 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3323
3324 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3325
3326 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3327 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3328 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3329
3330 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3331
3332 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3333 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3334 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3335 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3336 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3337
3338 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3339
3340 ;;;***
3341 \f
3342 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3343 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
3344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3345
3346 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3347 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3348 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3349 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3350 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3351 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3352 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3353 Here are some examples:
3354
3355 Nomenclature Subwords
3356 ===========================================================
3357 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3358 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3359 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3360
3361 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3362 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3363 as words.
3364
3365 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3366
3367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3368
3369 ;;;***
3370 \f
3371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18335 54542))
3372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3373 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3374 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3375 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3376
3377 ;;;***
3378 \f
3379 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3380 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3381 ;;;;;; (18341 12910))
3382 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3383
3384 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3385 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3386
3387 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3388
3389 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3390 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3391
3392 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3393
3394 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3395 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3396
3397 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3398 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3399 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3400 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3401 execution.
3402
3403 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3404
3405 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3406
3407 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3408 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3409
3410 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3411 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3412 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3413 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3414
3415 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3416 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3417 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3418 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3419 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3420 `write' commands.
3421
3422 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3423 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3424 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3425 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3426
3427 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3428 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3429 semantics.
3430
3431 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3432
3433 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3434
3435 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3436
3437 STATEMENT :=
3438 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3439 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3440
3441 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3442 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3443 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3444 | integer
3445
3446 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3447
3448 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3449 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3450 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3451
3452 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3453 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3454 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3455
3456 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3457 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3458
3459 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3460 BREAK := (break)
3461
3462 REPEAT :=
3463 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3464 (repeat)
3465 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3466 ;; (repeat))
3467 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3468 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3469 ;; (read REG)
3470 ;; (repeat))
3471 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3472 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3473 ;; (read REG)
3474 ;; (repeat))
3475 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3476
3477 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3478 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3479 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3480 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3481 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3482 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3483 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3484 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3485 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3486 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3487 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3488 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3489 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3490 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3491 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3492 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3493
3494 WRITE :=
3495 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3496 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3497 ;; representation.
3498 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3499 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3500 ;; (write r7))
3501 | (write EXPRESSION)
3502 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3503 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3504 ;; representation.
3505 | (write integer)
3506 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3507 ;; buffer.
3508 | (write string)
3509 ;; Same as: (write string)
3510 | string
3511 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3512 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3513 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3514 ;; representation.
3515 | (write REG ARRAY)
3516 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3517 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3518 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3519 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3520 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3521 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3522
3523 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3524 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3525
3526 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3527 END := (end)
3528
3529 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3530 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3531 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3532
3533 ARG := REG | integer
3534
3535 OPERATOR :=
3536 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3537 + | - | * | / | %
3538
3539 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3540 | & | `|' | ^
3541
3542 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3543 | << | >>
3544
3545 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3546 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3547 | <8
3548
3549 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3550 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3551 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3552 | >8
3553
3554 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3555 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3556 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3557 | //
3558
3559 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3560 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3561
3562 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3563 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3564 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3565 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3566 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3567 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3568 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3569 | de-sjis
3570
3571 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3572 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3573 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3574 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3575 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3576 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3577 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3578 ;; byte of SJIS.
3579 | en-sjis
3580
3581 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3582 ;; Same meaning as C code
3583 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3584
3585 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3586 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3587 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3588 | <8=
3589
3590 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3591 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3592 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3593
3594 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3595 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3596 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3597 | //=
3598
3599 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3600
3601
3602 TRANSLATE :=
3603 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3604 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3605 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3606 LOOKUP :=
3607 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3608 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3609 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3610 MAP :=
3611 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3612 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3613 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3614 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3615 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3616 MAP-ID := integer
3617
3618 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3619
3620 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3621 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3622 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3623 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3624 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3625 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3626
3627 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3628
3629 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3630 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3631 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3632
3633 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3634
3635 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3636
3637 ;;;***
3638 \f
3639 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3640 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
3641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3642
3643 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3644 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3645 There are no special keybindings by default.
3646
3647 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3648 to the action header.
3649
3650 \(fn)" t nil)
3651
3652 ;;;***
3653 \f
3654 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3655 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18341 12907))
3656 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3657
3658 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3659 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3660 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3661
3662 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3663
3664 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3665 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3666 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3667 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3668 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3669
3670 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3671
3672 ;;;***
3673 \f
3674 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3675 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3676 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3677 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3678 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3679 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3680 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3681 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3682 ;;;;;; (18427 42292))
3683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3684 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3685 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3686
3687 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3688 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3689 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3690 the users will view as each check is completed.
3691
3692 \(fn)" t nil)
3693
3694 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3695 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3696 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3697 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3698 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3699 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3700 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3701 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3702
3703 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3704
3705 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3706 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3707 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3708 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3709 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3710 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3711 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3712 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3713
3714 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3715
3716 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3717 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3718 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3719 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3720 spacing are all verified.
3721
3722 \(fn)" t nil)
3723
3724 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3725 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3726 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3727 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3728 otherwise stop after the first error.
3729
3730 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3731
3732 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3733 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3734 Only documentation strings are checked.
3735 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3736 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3737 a separate buffer.
3738
3739 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3740
3741 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3742 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3743 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3744 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3745 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3746
3747 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3748
3749 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3750 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3751 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3752 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3753 if there is one.
3754
3755 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3756
3757 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3758 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3759 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3760 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3761 if there is one.
3762 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3763
3764 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3765
3766 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3767 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3768 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3769
3770 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3771
3772 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3773 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3774 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3775 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3776 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3777
3778 \(fn)" t nil)
3779
3780 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3781 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3782 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3783 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3784 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3785 space at the end of each line.
3786
3787 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3788
3789 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3790 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3791 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3792 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3793
3794 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3795
3796 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3797 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3798 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3799 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3800
3801 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3802
3803 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3804 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3805 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3806 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3807
3808 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3809
3810 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3811 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3812 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3813 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3814
3815 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3816
3817 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3818 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3819 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3820 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3821
3822 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3823
3824 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3825 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3826 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3827 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3828
3829 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3830
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3832 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3833 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3834 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3835
3836 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3837
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3839 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3840 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3842
3843 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3844
3845 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3846 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3847 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3848 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3849
3850 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3851
3852 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3853 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3854 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3855 turn it off.
3856
3857 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3858 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3859 checking of documentation strings.
3860
3861 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3862
3863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3864
3865 ;;;***
3866 \f
3867 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3868 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3869 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18341 12911))
3870 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3871
3872 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3873 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3874 Return the length of resulting text.
3875
3876 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3877
3878 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3879 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3880
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3882
3883 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3884 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3885 Return the length of resulting text.
3886
3887 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3888
3889 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3890 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3891
3892 \(fn)" t nil)
3893
3894 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3895 Not documented
3896
3897 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3898
3899 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3900 Not documented
3901
3902 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3903
3904 ;;;***
3905 \f
3906 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3907 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18335 54507))
3908 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3909
3910 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3911 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3912 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3913 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3914 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3915 editing and the result is evaluated.
3916
3917 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3918
3919 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3920 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3921 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3922 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3923 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3924
3925 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3926
3927 \(fn)" t nil)
3928
3929 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3930 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3931 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3932 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3933 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3934
3935 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3936 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3937 \\{command-history-map}
3938
3939 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3940 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3941
3942 \(fn)" t nil)
3943
3944 ;;;***
3945 \f
3946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18335 54522))
3947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3948
3949 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3950 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3951 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3952 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3953 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3954 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3955
3956 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3957 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3958
3959 ;;;***
3960 \f
3961 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3962 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
3963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3964
3965 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3966 Not documented
3967
3968 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3969
3970 ;;;***
3971 \f
3972 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3973 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
3974 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3975
3976 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3977 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3978 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3979 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3980
3981 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3982 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3983 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3984 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3985
3986 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3987 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3988
3989 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3990
3991 ;;;***
3992 \f
3993 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18335
3994 ;;;;;; 54507))
3995 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3996
3997 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3998 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3999 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4000 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4001 of `scheme-program-name').
4002 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4003 it is given as initial input.
4004 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4005 discards input when it starts up.
4006 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4007 is run).
4008 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4009
4010 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4011 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4012
4013 ;;;***
4014 \f
4015 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
4016 ;;;;;; (18366 7833))
4017 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4018
4019 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
4020 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
4021
4022 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4023
4024 ;;;***
4025 \f
4026 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4027 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4028 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4029 ;;;;;; (18404 55763))
4030 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4031
4032 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4033 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4034 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4035 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4036 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4037 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4038 functions have already modified the buffer.
4039
4040 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4041
4042 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4043 either globally or locally.")
4044
4045 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
4046
4047 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4048 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4049 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4050 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4051 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4052 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4053 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4054 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4055
4056 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4057
4058 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4059
4060 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4061 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4062 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4063 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4064 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4065 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4066 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4067 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4068
4069 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4070
4071 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4072
4073 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4074 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4075 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4076 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4077 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4078 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4079
4080 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4081
4082 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4083 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4084 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4085 directory tracking functions.")
4086
4087 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4088 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4089 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4090
4091 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4092
4093 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4094
4095 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4096 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4097 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4098
4099 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4100
4101 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4102
4103 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4104 Send COMMAND to current process.
4105 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4106 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4107
4108 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4109
4110 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4111 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4112 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4113 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4114
4115 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4116
4117 ;;;***
4118 \f
4119 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18335
4120 ;;;;;; 54507))
4121 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4122
4123 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4124 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4125 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4126 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4127
4128 This command pushes the mark in each window
4129 at the prior location of point in that window.
4130 If both windows display the same buffer,
4131 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4132 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4133
4134 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4135 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4136 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4137 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4138 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4139 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4140 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4141 ignored.
4142
4143 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4144 this command work in interlaced mode:
4145 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4146 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4147 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4148
4149 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4150
4151 ;;;***
4152 \f
4153 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4154 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4155 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4156 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4157 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18413 14496))
4158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4159
4160 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4161 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4162
4163 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4164
4165 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4166 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4167
4168 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4169
4170 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4171 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4172 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4173 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4174 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4175 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4176 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4177
4178 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4179 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4180 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4181 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4182 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4183
4184 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4185 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4186 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4187 describing how the process finished.")
4188
4189 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4190 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4191 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4192 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4193 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4194
4195 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4196 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4197 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4198
4199 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4200
4201 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4202 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4203 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4204 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4205
4206 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4207
4208 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4209 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4210
4211 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4212 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4213
4214 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4215 (lambda ()
4216 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4217 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4218 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4219 (concat \"make -k \"
4220 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4221
4222 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4223 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4224
4225 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4226 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4227 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4228 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4229
4230 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4231
4232 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4233 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4234 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4235 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4236
4237 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4238 and move to the source code that caused it.
4239
4240 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4241 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4242
4243 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4244 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4245 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4246 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4247
4248 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4249 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4250 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4251 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4252
4253 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4254 kills its subprocesses.
4255
4256 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4257 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4258 to a function that generates a unique name.
4259
4260 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4261
4262 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4263 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4264 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4265 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4266
4267 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4268 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4269
4270 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4271 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4272 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4273 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4274
4275 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4276 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4277 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4278
4279 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4280
4281 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4282
4283 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4284 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4285 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4286 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4287 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4288
4289 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4290
4291 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4292
4293 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4294
4295 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4296 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4297 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4298 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4299 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4300 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4301 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4302
4303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4304
4305 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4306 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4307 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4308 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4309 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4310 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4311
4312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4313
4314 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4315 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4316 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4317
4318 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4319
4320 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4321
4322 ;;;***
4323 \f
4324 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4325 ;;;;;; (18410 40106))
4326 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4327
4328 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4329 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4330 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4331 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4332 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4333 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4334
4335 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4336
4337 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4338 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4339 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4340
4341 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4342 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4343 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4344 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4345
4346 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4347 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4348 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4349 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4350
4351 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4352 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4353 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4354 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4355
4356 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4357 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4358 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4359 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4360 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4361
4362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4363
4364 ;;;***
4365 \f
4366 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4367 ;;;;;; (18335 54507))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4369
4370 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4371 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4372 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4373 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4374 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4375 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4376
4377 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4378
4379 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4380 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4381
4382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4383
4384 ;;;***
4385 \f
4386 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4387 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18366
4388 ;;;;;; 7832))
4389 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4390
4391 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4392 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4393 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4394 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4395
4396 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4397
4398 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4399 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4400 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4401 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4402 Composition on.
4403
4404 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4405 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4406
4407 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4408 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4409
4410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4411
4412 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4413 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4414 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4416 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4417 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4418
4419 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4420
4421 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4422 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4423 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4424 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4425 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4426
4427 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4428
4429 ;;;***
4430 \f
4431 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4432 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4433 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4434 ;;;;;; (18419 23124))
4435 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4436
4437 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4438 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4439 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4440 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4441 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4442 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4443 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4444
4445 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4446 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4447 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4448
4449 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4450 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4451 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4452
4453 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4454 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4455 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4456 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4457
4458 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4459 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4460 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4461 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4462 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4463 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4464 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4465
4466 \\{conf-mode-map}
4467
4468 \(fn)" t nil)
4469
4470 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4471 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4472 Comments start with `#'.
4473 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4474
4475 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4476
4477 \[Desktop Entry]
4478 Encoding=UTF-8
4479 Name=The GIMP
4480 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4481 Name[cs]=GIMP
4482
4483 \(fn)" t nil)
4484
4485 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4486 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4487 Comments start with `;'.
4488 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4489
4490 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4491
4492 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4493 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4494 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4495
4496 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4497 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4498
4499 \(fn)" t nil)
4500
4501 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4502 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4503 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4504 between `/*' and `*/'.
4505 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4506
4507 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4508 // another kind of comment
4509 /* yet another */
4510
4511 name:value
4512 name=value
4513 name value
4514 x.1 =
4515 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4516 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4517
4518 \(fn)" t nil)
4519
4520 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4521 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4522 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4523 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4524 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4525 `conf-space-keywords'.
4526 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4527 in an interactive fashion instead.
4528
4529 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4530
4531 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4532
4533 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4534 image/png png
4535 image/tiff tiff tif
4536
4537 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4538 class desktop
4539 # Standard multimedia devices
4540 add /dev/audio desktop
4541 add /dev/mixer desktop
4542
4543 \(fn)" t nil)
4544
4545 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4546 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4547 See `conf-space-mode'.
4548
4549 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4550
4551 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4552 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4553 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4554 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4555
4556 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4557
4558 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4559 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4560
4561 \(fn)" t nil)
4562
4563 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4564 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4565 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4566 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4567
4568 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4569
4570 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4571 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4572
4573 \(fn)" t nil)
4574
4575 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4576 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4577 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4578 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4579
4580 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4581
4582 *background: gray99
4583 *foreground: black
4584
4585 \(fn)" t nil)
4586
4587 ;;;***
4588 \f
4589 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4590 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18335 54541))
4591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4592
4593 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4594 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4595 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4596 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4597
4598 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4599
4600 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4601 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4602 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4603 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4604
4605 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4606
4607 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4608 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4609 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4610 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4611
4612 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4613
4614 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4615 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4616
4617 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4618
4619 ;;;***
4620 \f
4621 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
4622 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18427 42292))
4623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4624
4625 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4626 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4627 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4628 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4629 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4630 following the copyright are updated as well.
4631 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4632 interactively.
4633
4634 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4635
4636 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4637 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4638 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4639
4640 \(fn)" t nil)
4641
4642 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4643 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4644
4645 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4646
4647 ;;;***
4648 \f
4649 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4650 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18369 28763))
4651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4652 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4653 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4654 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4655 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4656 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4657 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4658 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4659
4660 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4661 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4662 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4663 Tab indents for Perl code.
4664 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4665 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4666
4667 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4668 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4669 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4670 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4671 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4672 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4673 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4674 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4675 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4676 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4677 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4678 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4679
4680 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4681
4682 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4683 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4684
4685 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4686
4687 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4688 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4689 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4690 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4691 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4692 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4693 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4694 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4695 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4696
4697 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4698
4699 bite if angry;
4700
4701 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4702 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4703 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4704 to nil.)
4705
4706 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4707 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4708 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4709
4710 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4711
4712 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4713 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4714 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4715 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4716 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4717
4718 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4719
4720 if (A) { B }
4721
4722 into
4723
4724 B if A;
4725
4726 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4727
4728 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4729 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4730 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4731 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4732 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4733 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4734 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4735 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4736 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4737 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4738 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4739 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4740 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4741
4742 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4743 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4744 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4745 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4746 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4747 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4748
4749 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4750 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4751 man via menu.
4752
4753 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4754 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4755 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4756 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4757 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4758
4759 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4760 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4761 span the needed amount of lines.
4762
4763 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4764 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4765 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4766 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4767
4768 Variables controlling indentation style:
4769 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4770 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4771 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4772 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4773 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4774 `cperl-auto-newline'
4775 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4776 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4777 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4778 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4779 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4780 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4781 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4782 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4783 `cperl-indent-level'
4784 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4785 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4786 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4787 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4788 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4789 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4790 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4791 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4792 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4793 `cperl-brace-offset'
4794 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4795 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4796 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4797 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4798 `cperl-label-offset'
4799 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4800 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4801 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4802
4803 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4804 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4805 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4806 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4807 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4808 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4809
4810 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4811 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4812 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4813 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4814
4815 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4816 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4817 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4818 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4819 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4820 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4821
4822 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4823 column 0 is indented on
4824 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4825
4826 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4827 with no args.
4828
4829 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4830 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4831 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4832
4833 \(fn)" t nil)
4834
4835 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4836 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4837
4838 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4839
4840 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4841 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4842
4843 \(fn)" t nil)
4844
4845 ;;;***
4846 \f
4847 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4848 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
4849 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4850
4851 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4852 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4853 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4854 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4855 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4856
4857 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4858
4859 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4860 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4861
4862 \(fn)" t nil)
4863
4864 ;;;***
4865 \f
4866 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4867 ;;;;;; (18335 54523))
4868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4869
4870 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4871 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4872 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4873 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4874
4875 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4876 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4877
4878 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4879
4880 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4881 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4882 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4883
4884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4885
4886 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4887
4888 ;;;***
4889 \f
4890 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4891 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
4892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4893
4894 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4895 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4896 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4897 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4898
4899 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4900 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4901 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4902 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4903
4904 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4905 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4906 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4907
4908 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4909 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4910 'bob', and 'eve'.
4911
4912 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4913 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4914 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4915
4916 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4917
4918 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4919 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4920 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4921
4922 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4923
4924 ;;;***
4925 \f
4926 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18388
4927 ;;;;;; 34730))
4928 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4929 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4930
4931 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4932 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4933
4934 \(fn)" t nil)
4935
4936 ;;;***
4937 \f
4938 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4939 ;;;;;; (18419 64351))
4940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4941
4942 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4943 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4944 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4946 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4947 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4948
4949 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4950
4951 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4952 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4953 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4954 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4955 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4956
4957 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4958 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4959 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4960 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4961 function of these prefix keys.
4962
4963 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4964 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4965 options:
4966 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4967 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4968 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4969
4970 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4971 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4972 the prefix fallback behavior.
4973
4974 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4975 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4976 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4977 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4978
4979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4980
4981 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4982 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4983
4984 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4985
4986 ;;;***
4987 \f
4988 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4989 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4990 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4991 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4992 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4993 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4994 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4995 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4996 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4997 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4998 ;;;;;; (18375 33070))
4999 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5000
5001 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5002 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5003
5004 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5005
5006 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5007 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5008
5009 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5010
5011 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5012 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5013
5014 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5015 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5016
5017 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5018 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5019
5020 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5021 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5022
5023 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5024 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5025
5026 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5027
5028 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5029
5030 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5031 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5032 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5033
5034 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5035 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5036
5037 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5038 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5039
5040 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5041 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5042
5043 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5044
5045 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5046
5047 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5048 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5049 Return VALUE.
5050
5051 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5052 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5053
5054 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5055 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5056
5057 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5058 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5059
5060 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5061
5062 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5063
5064 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5065 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5066 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5067 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5068 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5069
5070 \(fn)" t nil)
5071
5072 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5073 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5074 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5075 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5076
5077 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5078
5079 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5080 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5081
5082 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5083
5084 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5085 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5086
5087 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5088
5089 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5090
5091 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5092 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5093
5094 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5095
5096 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5097
5098 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5099 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5100 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5101
5102 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5103
5104 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5105 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5106 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5107 as part of Emacs itself.
5108
5109 Each elements looks like this:
5110
5111 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5112
5113 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5114 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5115 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5116 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5117 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5118 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5119 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5120 and `defface'.
5121
5122 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5123
5124 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5125 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5126 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5127 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5128 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5129
5130 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5131 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5132 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5133 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5134
5135 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5136
5137 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5138 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5139 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5140 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5141 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5142
5143 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5144 that were added or redefined since that version.
5145
5146 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5147
5148 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5149 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5150 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5151 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5152
5153 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5154 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5155
5156 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5157
5158 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5159 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5160 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5161
5162 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5163 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5164
5165 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5166
5167 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5168 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5169
5170 \(fn)" t nil)
5171
5172 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5173 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5174
5175 \(fn)" t nil)
5176
5177 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5178 Customize all already saved user options.
5179
5180 \(fn)" t nil)
5181
5182 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5183 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5184 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5185 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5186 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5187 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5188 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5189 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5190
5191 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5192
5193 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5194 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5195 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5196 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5197
5198 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5199
5200 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5201 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5202
5203 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5204
5205 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5206 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5207
5208 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5209
5210 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5211 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5212 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5213 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5214 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5215 that option.
5216
5217 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5218
5219 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5220 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5221 The result includes selecting that window.
5222 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5223 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5224 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5225 that option.
5226
5227 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5228
5229 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5230 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5231
5232 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5233
5234 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5235 File used for storing customization information.
5236 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5237 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5238 it should be an absolute file name.
5239
5240 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5241 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5242 something like the following in your init file:
5243
5244 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5245 \(load custom-file)
5246
5247 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5248 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5249
5250 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5251 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5252 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5253 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5254 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5255
5256 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5257 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5258 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5259 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5260 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5261 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5262 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5263 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5264 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5265 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5266
5267 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5268
5269 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5270 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5271
5272 \(fn)" nil nil)
5273
5274 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5275 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5276
5277 \(fn)" t nil)
5278
5279 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5280 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5281 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5282
5283 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5284
5285 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5286 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5287 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5288 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5289 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5290
5291 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5292
5293 ;;;***
5294 \f
5295 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5296 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
5297 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5298
5299 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5300 Create a custom theme.
5301
5302 \(fn)" t nil)
5303
5304 ;;;***
5305 \f
5306 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5307 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
5308 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5309
5310 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5311 Mode used for cvs status output.
5312
5313 \(fn)" t nil)
5314
5315 ;;;***
5316 \f
5317 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5318 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18335 54542))
5319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5320
5321 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5322 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5323
5324 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5325 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5326 C++ modes are included.
5327
5328 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5329
5330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5331
5332 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5333 Turn on CWarn mode.
5334
5335 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5336 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5337
5338 \(fn)" nil nil)
5339
5340 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5341 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5342 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5344 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5345 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5346
5347 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5348
5349 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5350 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5351 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5352 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5353 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5354
5355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5356
5357 ;;;***
5358 \f
5359 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5360 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5361 ;;;;;; (18341 12911))
5362 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5363
5364 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5365 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5366
5367 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5368
5369 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5370 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5371
5372 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5373
5374 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5375 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5376 For readability, the table is slightly
5377 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5378
5379 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5380 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5381 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5382 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5383 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5384
5385 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5386
5387 ;;;***
5388 \f
5389 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5390 ;;;;;; (18404 55763))
5391 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5392 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5393 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5394
5395 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5396 Completion on current word.
5397 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5398 and presents suggestions for completion.
5399
5400 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5401 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5402 completions.
5403
5404 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5405 then it searches *all* buffers.
5406
5407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5408
5409 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5410 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5411
5412 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5413 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5414 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5415 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5416 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5417
5418 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5419 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5420
5421 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5422 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5423 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5424
5425 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5426 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5427
5428 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5429
5430 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5431
5432 ;;;***
5433 \f
5434 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18351
5435 ;;;;;; 56657))
5436 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5437
5438 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5439 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5440 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5441 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5442
5443 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5444
5445 ;;;***
5446 \f
5447 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18335
5448 ;;;;;; 54542))
5449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5450
5451 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5452 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5453
5454 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5455 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5456 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5457
5458 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5459 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5460 Data lines are not indented.
5461
5462 Key bindings:
5463
5464 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5465 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5466
5467 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5468 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5469 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5470 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5471
5472 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5473
5474 dcl-basic-offset
5475 Extra indentation within blocks.
5476
5477 dcl-continuation-offset
5478 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5479
5480 dcl-margin-offset
5481 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5482
5483 dcl-margin-label-offset
5484 Indentation for a label.
5485
5486 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5487 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5488
5489 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5490 dcl-block-end-regexp
5491 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5492 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5493 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5494 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5495 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5496
5497 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5498 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5499 Two such functions are included in the package:
5500 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5501 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5502
5503 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5504 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5505 One such function is included in the package:
5506 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5507
5508 dcl-tab-always-indent
5509 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5510 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5511 margin.
5512
5513 dcl-electric-characters
5514 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5515 typed.
5516
5517 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5518 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5519 which words trigger electric indentation.
5520
5521 dcl-tempo-comma
5522 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5523 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5524 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5525
5526 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5527 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5528 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5529 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5530
5531 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5532 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5533 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5534 dcl-imenu-label-call
5535 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5536
5537 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5538 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5539 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5540 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5541
5542
5543 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5544
5545 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5546 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5547 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5548 $ i = 1
5549 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5550 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5551 $ label:
5552 $ if i.eq.1
5553 $ then
5554 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5555 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5556 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5557 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5558 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5559 \"lined up with the command line\"
5560 $ type sys$input
5561 Data lines are not indented at all.
5562 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5563 $ endif
5564 $
5565
5566
5567 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5568 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5569
5570 \(fn)" t nil)
5571
5572 ;;;***
5573 \f
5574 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5575 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18425 32958))
5576 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5577
5578 (setq debugger 'debug)
5579
5580 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5581 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5582 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5583 of the evaluator.
5584
5585 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5586 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5587 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5588
5589 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5590
5591 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5592 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5593
5594 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5595
5596 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5597 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5598 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5599 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5600 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5601 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5602
5603 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5604 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5605
5606 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5607
5608 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5609 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5610 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5611 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5612 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5613
5614 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5615
5616 ;;;***
5617 \f
5618 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5619 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
5620 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5621
5622 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5623 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5624
5625 \(fn)" t nil)
5626
5627 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5628 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5629 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5630 Upper-case letters are commands.
5631
5632 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5633 modify it.
5634
5635 The most useful commands are:
5636 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5637 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5638 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5639 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5640 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5641 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5642
5643 \(fn)" t nil)
5644
5645 ;;;***
5646 \f
5647 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5648 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18335
5649 ;;;;;; 54512))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5651
5652 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5653 Customization of `columns' group.
5654
5655 \(fn)" t nil)
5656
5657 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5658 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5659
5660 START and END delimits the text region.
5661
5662 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5663
5664 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5665 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5666
5667 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5668
5669 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5670
5671 ;;;***
5672 \f
5673 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18335
5674 ;;;;;; 54542))
5675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5676
5677 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5678 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5679 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5680 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5681 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5682 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5683
5684 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5685
5686 Customization:
5687
5688 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5689 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5690 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5691 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5692 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5693 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5694 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5695 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5696 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5697 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5698 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5699 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5700 blank line.
5701 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5702 Directories to search when finding external units.
5703 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5704 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5705
5706 Coloring:
5707
5708 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5709 Face used to color delphi comments.
5710 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5711 Face used to color delphi strings.
5712 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5713 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5714 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5715 Face used to color everything else.
5716
5717 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5718 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5719
5720 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5721
5722 ;;;***
5723 \f
5724 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18335
5725 ;;;;;; 54512))
5726 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5727
5728 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5729
5730 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5731 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5732 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5733 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5734 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5735 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5736
5737 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5738
5739 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5740 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5741 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5742 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5743
5744 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5745 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5746 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5747 any selection.
5748
5749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5750
5751 ;;;***
5752 \f
5753 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5754 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18335 54522))
5755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5756
5757 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5758 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5759
5760 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5761
5762 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5763 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5764 or nil if there is no parent.
5765 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5766 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5767 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5768 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5769 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5770
5771 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5772 arguments are currently understood:
5773 :group GROUP
5774 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5775 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5776 :syntax-table TABLE
5777 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5778 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5779 :abbrev-table TABLE
5780 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5781 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5782
5783 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5784
5785 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5786
5787 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5788 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5789 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5790
5791 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5792 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5793
5794 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5795 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5796 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5797
5798 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5799 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5800
5801 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5802 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5803
5804 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5805
5806 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5807
5808 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5809 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5810 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5811 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5812 the first time the mode is used.
5813
5814 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5815
5816 ;;;***
5817 \f
5818 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5819 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18400 31482))
5820 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5821
5822 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5823 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5824 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5825 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5826 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5827 otherwise.
5828
5829 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5830
5831 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5832 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5833 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5834 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5835 character composition information (if relevant),
5836 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5837
5838 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5839
5840 ;;;***
5841 \f
5842 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5843 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5844 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5845 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18394 48033))
5846 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5847
5848 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5849 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5850 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5851
5852 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5853
5854 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5855 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5856 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5857 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5858 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5859 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5860
5861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5862
5863 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5864 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5865 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5866 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5867
5868 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5869
5870 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5871 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5872 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5873
5874 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5875 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5876 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5877
5878 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5879 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5880
5881 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5882 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5883 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5884
5885 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5886 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5887 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5888 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5889
5890 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5891
5892 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5893 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5894
5895 Handlers are called with argument list
5896
5897 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5898
5899 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5900
5901 desktop-file-version
5902 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5903 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5904 desktop-buffer-point
5905 desktop-buffer-mark
5906 desktop-buffer-read-only
5907 desktop-buffer-locals
5908
5909 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5910 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5911
5912 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5913 code like
5914
5915 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5916 ...
5917 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5918 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5919
5920 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5921
5922 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5923
5924 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5925 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5926 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5927 List elements must have the form
5928
5929 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5930
5931 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5932 function.
5933
5934 Handlers are called with argument list
5935
5936 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5937
5938 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5939
5940 desktop-file-version
5941 desktop-buffer-file-name
5942 desktop-buffer-name
5943 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5944 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5945 desktop-buffer-point
5946 desktop-buffer-mark
5947 desktop-buffer-read-only
5948 desktop-buffer-misc
5949
5950 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5951 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5952 created and set.
5953
5954 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5955 code like
5956
5957 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5958 ...
5959 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5960 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5961
5962 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5963
5964 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5965
5966 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5967
5968 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5969 Empty the Desktop.
5970 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5971 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5972 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5973
5974 \(fn)" t nil)
5975
5976 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5977 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5978 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5979 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5980 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5981
5982 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5983
5984 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5985 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5986 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5987
5988 \(fn)" t nil)
5989
5990 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5991 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5992 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5993 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5994 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5995 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5996 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5997 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5998
5999 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6000
6001 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6002 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6003 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6004
6005 \(fn)" nil nil)
6006
6007 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6008 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6009 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6010 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6011 directory DIRNAME.
6012
6013 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6014
6015 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6016 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6017
6018 \(fn)" t nil)
6019
6020 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6021 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6022
6023 \(fn)" t nil)
6024
6025 ;;;***
6026 \f
6027 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6028 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6029 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18369 28758))
6030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6031
6032 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6033 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6034 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6035 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6036 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6037 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6038
6039 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6040
6041 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6042 Repair a broken attribution line.
6043 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6044
6045 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6046
6047 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6048 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6049 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6050 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6051
6052 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6053
6054 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6055 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6056
6057 \(fn)" t nil)
6058
6059 ;;;***
6060 \f
6061 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6062 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18426 29950))
6063 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6064
6065 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6066 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6067 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6068 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6069 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6070
6071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6072
6073 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6074 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6075 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6076 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6077
6078 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6079 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6080 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6081 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6082
6083 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6084 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6085
6086 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6087 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6088 calendar-date-style 'european
6089 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6090
6091 \(diary-mail-entries)
6092
6093 # diary-rem.el ends here
6094
6095 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6096
6097 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6098 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6099
6100 \(fn)" t nil)
6101
6102 ;;;***
6103 \f
6104 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6105 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18335 54512))
6106 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6107
6108 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6109 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6110
6111 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6112
6113 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6114 *The command to use to run diff.")
6115
6116 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6117
6118 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6119 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6120 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6121 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6122 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6123 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6124
6125 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6126
6127 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6128 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6129 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6130 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6131 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6132 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6133
6134 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6135
6136 ;;;***
6137 \f
6138 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6139 ;;;;;; (18424 5726))
6140 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6141
6142 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6143 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6144 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6145 normal diffs.
6146
6147 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6148 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6149 headers for you on-the-fly.
6150
6151 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6152 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6153 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6154
6155 \\{diff-mode-map}
6156
6157 \(fn)" t nil)
6158
6159 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6160 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6161 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6162
6163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6164
6165 ;;;***
6166 \f
6167 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6168 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6169 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6170 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6171 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18425 17359))
6172 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6173
6174 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6175 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6176 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6177 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6178 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6179 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6180 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6181 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6182
6183 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6184
6185 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6186 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6187
6188 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6189 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6190 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6191 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6192 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6193
6194 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6195 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6196
6197 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6198 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6199 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6200 always set this variable to t.")
6201
6202 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6203
6204 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6205 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6206 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6207 A value of t means move to first file.")
6208
6209 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6210
6211 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6212 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6213 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6214 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6215 are afterward marked with that character.")
6216
6217 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6218
6219 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6220 *Controls marking of copied files.
6221 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6222 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6223
6224 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6225
6226 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6227 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6228 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6229 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6230
6231 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6232
6233 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6234 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6235 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6236 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6237
6238 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6239
6240 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6241 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6242 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6243 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6244
6245 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6246
6247 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6248
6249 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6250 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6251 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6252
6253 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6254
6255 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6256 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6257 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6258 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6259 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6260 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6261
6262 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6263 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6264 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6265 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6266 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6267 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6268 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6269 list of files to make directory entries for.
6270 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6271 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6272 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6273 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6274
6275 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6276
6277 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6278 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6279
6280 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6281 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6282
6283 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6284 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6285
6286 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6287 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6288
6289 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6290
6291 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6292 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6293
6294 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6295
6296 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6297 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6298 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6299 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6300 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6301 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6302 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6303 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6304 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6305 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6306 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6307 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6308 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6309 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6310 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6311 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6312 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6313 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6314 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6315 to see why something went wrong.
6316 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6317 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6318 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6319 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6320 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6321 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6322 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6323 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6324 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6325 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6326 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6327 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6328 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6329
6330 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6331 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6332 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6333 again for the directory tree.
6334
6335 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6336 for more info):
6337
6338 `dired-listing-switches'
6339 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6340 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6341 `dired-marker-char'
6342 `dired-del-marker'
6343 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6344 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6345 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6346 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6347
6348 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6349
6350 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6351 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6352 `dired-mode-hook'
6353 `dired-load-hook'
6354
6355 Keybindings:
6356 \\{dired-mode-map}
6357
6358 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6359 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6360
6361 ;;;***
6362 \f
6363 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6364 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6365 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6366 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6367 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6368 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6369 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6370 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6371 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6372 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6373 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6374 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6375 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6376 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18427 6091))
6377 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6378
6379 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6380 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6381 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6382 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6383 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6384 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6385 which is options for `diff'.
6386
6387 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6388
6389 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6390 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6391 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6392 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6393 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6394 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6395
6396 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6397
6398 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6399 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6400 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6401 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6402 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6403 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6404 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6405
6406 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6407
6408 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6409 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6410 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6411 returned by function `file-attributes'
6412
6413 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6414 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6415
6416 Examples of PREDICATE:
6417
6418 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6419 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6420 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6421 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6422 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6423
6424 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6425
6426 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6427 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6428 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6429
6430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6431
6432 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6433 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6434
6435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6436
6437 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6438 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6439
6440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6441
6442 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6443 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6444 This calls touch.
6445
6446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6447
6448 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6449 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6450 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6451 `lpr-switches' as default.
6452
6453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6454
6455 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6456 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6457 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6458 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6459 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6460
6461 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6462 with a prefix argument.
6463
6464 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6465
6466 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6467 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6468 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6469 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6470 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6471
6472 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6473 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6474
6475 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6476 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6477 file name substituted for `?'.
6478
6479 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6480 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6481
6482 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6483 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6484 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6485 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6486
6487 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6488
6489 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6490 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6491 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6492
6493 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6494 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6495 in a subdir.
6496
6497 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6498 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6499 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6500
6501 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6502
6503 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6504 Not documented
6505
6506 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6507
6508 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6509 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6510 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6511 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6512 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6513 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6514 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6515 from the buffer as well.
6516 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6517 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6518 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6519
6520 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6521
6522 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6523 Not documented
6524
6525 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6526
6527 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6528 Not documented
6529
6530 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6531
6532 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6533 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6534
6535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6536
6537 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6538 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6539
6540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6541
6542 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6543 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6544
6545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6546
6547 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6548 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6549 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6550 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6551
6552 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6553 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6554 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6555 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6556 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6557 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6558 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6559
6560 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6561
6562 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6563 Not documented
6564
6565 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6566
6567 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6568 Not documented
6569
6570 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6571
6572 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6573 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6574
6575 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6576
6577 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6578 Not documented
6579
6580 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6581
6582 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6583 Not documented
6584
6585 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6586
6587 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6588 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6589
6590 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6591
6592 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6593 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6594 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6595 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6596 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6597 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6598 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6599 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6600 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6601
6602 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6603 like `cp -d'.
6604
6605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6606
6607 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6608 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6609 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6610 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6611 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6612 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6613 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6614 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6615
6616 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6617
6618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6619
6620 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6621 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6622 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6623 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6624 and new hard links are made in that directory
6625 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6626 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6627 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6628
6629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6630
6631 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6632 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6633 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6634 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6635 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6636 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6637 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6638
6639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6640
6641 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6642 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6643
6644 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6645 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6646 file if none are marked.
6647
6648 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6649 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6650 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6651 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6652
6653 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6654 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6655
6656 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6657
6658 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6659 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6660 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6661
6662 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6663
6664 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6665 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6666 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6667
6668 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6669
6670 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6671 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6672 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6673
6674 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6675
6676 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6677 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6678
6679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6680
6681 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6682 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6683
6684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6685
6686 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6687 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6688 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6689 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6690 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6691 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6692 this subdirectory.
6693 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6694
6695 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6696 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6697 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6698 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6699 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6700 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6701 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6702
6703 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6704
6705 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6706 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6707 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6708 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6709 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6710 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6711 this subdirectory.
6712 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6713
6714 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6715
6716 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6717 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6718 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6719
6720 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6721
6722 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6723 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6724 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6725 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6726
6727 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6728
6729 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6730 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6731 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6732 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6733
6734 \(fn)" t nil)
6735
6736 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6737 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6738 Lower levels are unaffected.
6739
6740 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6741
6742 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6743 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6744
6745 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6746
6747 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6748 Go down in the dired tree.
6749
6750 \(fn)" t nil)
6751
6752 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6753 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6754 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6755 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6756
6757 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6758
6759 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6760 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6761 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6762 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6763
6764 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6765
6766 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6767 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6768 Stops when a match is found.
6769 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6770
6771 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6772
6773 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6774 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6775 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6776 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6777 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6778
6779 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6780
6781 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6782 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6783 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6784 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6785
6786 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6787
6788 ;;;***
6789 \f
6790 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6791 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
6792 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6793
6794 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6795 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6796 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6797 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6798 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6799 buffer and try again.
6800
6801 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6802
6803 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6804 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6805 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6806 This creates relative symbolic links like
6807
6808 foo -> ../bar/foo
6809
6810 not absolute ones like
6811
6812 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6813
6814 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6815
6816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6817
6818 ;;;***
6819 \f
6820 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6821 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
6822 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6823
6824 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6825 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6826 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6827 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6828 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6829 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6830 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6831
6832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6833
6834 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6835 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6836 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6837
6838 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6839
6840 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6841 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6842
6843 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6844
6845 ;;;***
6846 \f
6847 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18335
6848 ;;;;;; 54522))
6849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6850
6851 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6852 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6853 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6854 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6855 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6856 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6857
6858 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6859
6860 ;;;***
6861 \f
6862 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6863 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6864 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6865 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6866 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6867 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18377 47963))
6868 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6869
6870 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6871 Return a new, empty display table.
6872
6873 \(fn)" nil nil)
6874
6875 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6876 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6877 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6878 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6879 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6880
6881 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6882
6883 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6884 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6885 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6886 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6887 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6888
6889 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6890
6891 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6892 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6893
6894 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6895
6896 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6897 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6898
6899 \(fn)" t nil)
6900
6901 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6902 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6903
6904 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6905
6906 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6907 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6908
6909 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6910
6911 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6912 Display character C using printable string S.
6913
6914 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6915
6916 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6917 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6918 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6919 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6920
6921 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6922
6923 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6924 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6925 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6926 X frame.
6927
6928 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6929
6930 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6931 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6932
6933 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6934
6935 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6936 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6937
6938 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6939
6940 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6941 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6942
6943 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6944
6945 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6946 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6947
6948 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6949
6950 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6951 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6952
6953 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6954
6955 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6956 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6957
6958 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6959 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6960 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6961 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6962
6963 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6964 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6965 European character display.
6966
6967 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6968 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6969 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6970 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6971
6972 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6973 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6974 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6975 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6976 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6977
6978 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6979
6980 ;;;***
6981 \f
6982 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6983 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
6984 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6985
6986 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6987 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6988 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6989 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6990 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6991 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6992 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6993 Default is 2.
6994
6995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6996
6997 ;;;***
6998 \f
6999 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18341 12905))
7000 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7001
7002 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
7003 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7004 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7005 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7006 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7007 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7008 private or ask).
7009 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7010 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7011 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7012 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7013 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7014
7015 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7016
7017 ;;;***
7018 \f
7019 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7020 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18335 54544))
7021 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7022
7023 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7024 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7025 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7026 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7027 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7028 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7029 table and its own syntax table.
7030
7031 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7032
7033 \(fn)" t nil)
7034 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7035
7036 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7037 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7038
7039 \(fn)" t nil)
7040 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7041
7042 ;;;***
7043 \f
7044 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
7045 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18417 4383))
7046 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7047
7048 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7049 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7050 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
7051
7052 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7053
7054 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7055 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7056 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
7057 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7058 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
7059
7060 \(fn)" t nil)
7061
7062 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7063 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
7064 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7065 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7066
7067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7068
7069 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7070 Not documented
7071
7072 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7073
7074 ;;;***
7075 \f
7076 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18335 54541))
7077 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7078
7079 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7080 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7081
7082 \(fn)" t nil)
7083
7084 ;;;***
7085 \f
7086 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18335 54512))
7087 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7088
7089 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7090 Toggle Double mode.
7091 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7092 turn it off.
7093
7094 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7095 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7096
7097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7098
7099 ;;;***
7100 \f
7101 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18335 54541))
7102 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7103
7104 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7105 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7106
7107 \(fn)" t nil)
7108
7109 ;;;***
7110 \f
7111 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7112 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
7113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7114
7115 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
7116 Play sounds in message buffers.
7117
7118 \(fn)" t nil)
7119
7120 ;;;***
7121 \f
7122 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7123 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7124 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18335 54522))
7125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7126
7127 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7128
7129 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7130 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7131 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7132 and toggle command MODE.
7133
7134 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7135 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7136 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7137 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7138 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7139 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7140 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7141 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7142 used (see below).
7143
7144 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7145 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7146 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7147 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7148 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7149 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7150 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7151 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7152 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7153 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7154 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7155 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7156 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7157 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7158 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7159 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7160 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7161
7162 For example, you could write
7163 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7164 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7165 ...BODY CODE...)
7166
7167 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7168
7169 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7170
7171 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7172
7173 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7174 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7175 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7176 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7177 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7178 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7179 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7180 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7181 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7182 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7183 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7184 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7185
7186 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7187 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7188 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7189 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7190 call another major mode in their body.
7191
7192 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7193
7194 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7195 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7196 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7197 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7198 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7199 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7200 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7201
7202 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7203
7204 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7205 Not documented
7206
7207 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7208
7209 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7210 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7211 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7212
7213 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7214
7215 ;;;***
7216 \f
7217 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7218 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18335
7219 ;;;;;; 54522))
7220 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7221
7222 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7223
7224 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7225 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7226
7227 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7228 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7229 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7230
7231 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7232 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7233
7234 :filter FUNCTION
7235
7236 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7237 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7238
7239 :visible INCLUDE
7240
7241 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7242 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7243
7244 :active ENABLE
7245
7246 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7247 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7248
7249 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7250
7251 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7252
7253 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7254
7255 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7256 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7257
7258 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7259 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7260
7261 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7262
7263 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7264
7265 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7266
7267 :keys KEYS
7268
7269 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7270 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7271 computed automatically.
7272 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7273
7274 :key-sequence KEYS
7275
7276 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7277 menu item.
7278 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7279 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7280 keyboard equivalent.
7281
7282 :active ENABLE
7283
7284 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7285 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7286
7287 :visible INCLUDE
7288
7289 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7290 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7291
7292 :label FORM
7293
7294 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7295 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7296
7297 :suffix FORM
7298
7299 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7300 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7301
7302 :style STYLE
7303
7304 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7305 defined:
7306
7307 toggle: A checkbox.
7308 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7309 radio: A radio button.
7310 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7311 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7312 menu bar itself.
7313 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7314
7315 :selected SELECTED
7316
7317 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7318 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7319
7320 :help HELP
7321
7322 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7323
7324 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7325 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7326 as a solid horizontal line.
7327
7328 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7329
7330 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7331
7332 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7333 Not documented
7334
7335 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7336
7337 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7338 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7339 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7340 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7341
7342 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7343
7344 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7345 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7346 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7347 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7348 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7349 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7350
7351 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7352 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7353 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7354
7355 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7356 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7357 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7358
7359 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7360 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7361
7362 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7363
7364 ;;;***
7365 \f
7366 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7367 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7368 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7369 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7370 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7371 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7372 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7373 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18335 54542))
7374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7375
7376 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7377 Customization for ebnf group.
7378
7379 \(fn)" t nil)
7380
7381 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7382 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7383
7384 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7385
7386 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7387 processed.
7388
7389 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7390
7391 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7392
7393 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7394 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7395
7396 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7397 killed after process termination.
7398
7399 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7400
7401 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7402
7403 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7404 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7405
7406 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7407 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7408 it to the printer.
7409
7410 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7411 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7412 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7413 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7414
7415 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7416
7417 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7418 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7419 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7420
7421 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7422
7423 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7424 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7425
7426 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7427
7428 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7429 processed.
7430
7431 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7432
7433 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7434
7435 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7436 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7437
7438 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7439 killed after process termination.
7440
7441 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7442
7443 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7444
7445 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7446 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7447 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7448 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7449
7450 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7451
7452 \(fn)" t nil)
7453
7454 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7455 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7456 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7457
7458 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7459
7460 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7461
7462 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7463 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7464
7465 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7466
7467 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7468 processed.
7469
7470 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7471
7472 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7475 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7476
7477 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7478 killed after EPS generation.
7479
7480 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7481
7482 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7483
7484 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7485 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7486
7487 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7488 The EPS file name has the following form:
7489
7490 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7491
7492 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7493 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7494
7495 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7496 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7497 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7498 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7499 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7500
7501 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7502 files.
7503
7504 \(fn)" t nil)
7505
7506 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7507 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7508
7509 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7510 The EPS file name has the following form:
7511
7512 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7513
7514 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7515 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7516
7517 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7518 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7519 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7520 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7521 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7522
7523 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7524 files.
7525
7526 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7527
7528 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7529
7530 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7531 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7532
7533 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7534
7535 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7536 are processed.
7537
7538 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7539
7540 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7541
7542 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7543 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7544
7545 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7546 killed after syntax checking.
7547
7548 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7549
7550 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7551
7552 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7553 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7554
7555 \(fn)" t nil)
7556
7557 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7558 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7559
7560 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7561
7562 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7563 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7564
7565 \(fn)" nil nil)
7566
7567 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7568 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7569
7570 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7571
7572 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7573
7574 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7575 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7576
7577 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7578
7579 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7580
7581 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7582 Delete style NAME.
7583
7584 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7585
7586 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7587
7588 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7589 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7590
7591 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7592
7593 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7594
7595 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7596 Set STYLE as the current style.
7597
7598 Returns the old style symbol.
7599
7600 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7601
7602 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7603
7604 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7605 Reset current style.
7606
7607 Returns the old style symbol.
7608
7609 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7610
7611 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7612
7613 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7614 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7615
7616 Returns the old style symbol.
7617
7618 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7619
7620 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7621
7622 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7623
7624 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7625 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7626
7627 Returns the old style symbol.
7628
7629 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7630
7631 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7632
7633 \(fn)" t nil)
7634
7635 ;;;***
7636 \f
7637 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7638 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7639 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7640 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7641 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7642 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7643 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7644 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7645 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7646 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7647 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18335
7648 ;;;;;; 54542))
7649 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7650
7651 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7652 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7653 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7654 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7655 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7656 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7657
7658 Tree mode key bindings:
7659 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7660
7661 \(fn)" t nil)
7662
7663 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7664 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7665
7666 \(fn)" t nil)
7667
7668 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7669 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7670
7671 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7672
7673 \(fn)" nil nil)
7674
7675 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7676 View declaration of member at point.
7677
7678 \(fn)" t nil)
7679
7680 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7681 Find declaration of member at point.
7682
7683 \(fn)" t nil)
7684
7685 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7686 View definition of member at point.
7687
7688 \(fn)" t nil)
7689
7690 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7691 Find definition of member at point.
7692
7693 \(fn)" t nil)
7694
7695 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7696 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7697
7698 \(fn)" t nil)
7699
7700 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7701 View definition of member at point in other window.
7702
7703 \(fn)" t nil)
7704
7705 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7706 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7707
7708 \(fn)" t nil)
7709
7710 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7711 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7712
7713 \(fn)" t nil)
7714
7715 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7716 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7717
7718 \(fn)" t nil)
7719
7720 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7721 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7722
7723 \(fn)" t nil)
7724
7725 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7726 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7727 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7728 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7729 completion.
7730
7731 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7732
7733 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7734 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7735 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7736 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7737
7738 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7739
7740 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7741 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7742 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7743 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7744
7745 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7746
7747 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7748 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7749 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7750
7751 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7752
7753 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7754 Search for call sites of a member.
7755 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7756 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7757 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7758 looks like a function call to the member.
7759
7760 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7761
7762 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7763 Move backward in the position stack.
7764 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7765
7766 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7767
7768 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7769 Move forward in the position stack.
7770 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7771
7772 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7773
7774 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7775 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7776
7777 \(fn)" t nil)
7778
7779 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7780 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7781
7782 \(fn)" t nil)
7783
7784 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7785 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7786 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7787 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7788
7789 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7790
7791 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7792 Display statistics for a class tree.
7793
7794 \(fn)" t nil)
7795
7796 ;;;***
7797 \f
7798 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7799 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
7800 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7801
7802 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7803 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7804 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7805 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7806
7807 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7808 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7809 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7810
7811 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7812 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7813 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7814
7815 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7816
7817 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7818
7819 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7820
7821 ;;;***
7822 \f
7823 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7824 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18335 54512))
7825 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7826
7827 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7828 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7829 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7830
7831 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7832
7833 ;;;***
7834 \f
7835 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7836 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
7837 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7838
7839 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7840 Not documented
7841
7842 \(fn)" nil nil)
7843
7844 ;;;***
7845 \f
7846 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7847 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18369 28755))
7849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7850
7851 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7852 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7853 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7854 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7855 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7856
7857 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7858 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7859 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7860 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7861
7862 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7863
7864 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7865 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7866 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7867 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7868
7869 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7870
7871 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7872 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7873 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7874 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7875
7876 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7877
7878 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7879
7880 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7881 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7882 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7883 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7884 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7885
7886 If you do this on a function definition
7887 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7888 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7889 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7890 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7891
7892 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7893 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7894 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7895 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7896 already is one.)
7897
7898 \(fn)" t nil)
7899
7900 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7901 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7902
7903 \(fn)" t nil)
7904
7905 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7906 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7907
7908 \(fn)" t nil)
7909
7910 ;;;***
7911 \f
7912 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7913 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7914 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7915 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7916 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7917 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7918 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7919 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7920 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7921 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18425 12540))
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7923
7924 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7925 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7926
7927 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7928
7929 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7930 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7931
7932 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7933
7934 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7935
7936 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7937
7938 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7939 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7940 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7941 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7942
7943 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7944
7945 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7946 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7947
7948 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7949
7950 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7951
7952 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7953 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7954
7955 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7956
7957 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7958
7959 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7960 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7961 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7962 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7963
7964 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7965
7966 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7967
7968 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7969 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7970 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7971 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7972
7973 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7974
7975 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7976
7977 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7978 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7979 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7980 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7981
7982 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7983
7984 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7985
7986 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7987 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7988 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7989 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7990
7991 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7992
7993 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7994
7995 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7996 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7997 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7998 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7999 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8000 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8001
8002 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8003
8004 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8005 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8006 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8007 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8008
8009 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8010
8011 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
8012
8013 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8014 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8015 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8016 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8017
8018 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8019
8020 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
8021
8022 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
8023
8024 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
8025 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8026 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8027 follows:
8028 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8029 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8030
8031 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8032
8033 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
8034 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8035 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8036 follows:
8037 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8038 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8039
8040 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8041
8042 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
8043 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8044 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8045 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8046 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8047
8048 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8049
8050 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
8051 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8052 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8053 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8054 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8055 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8056
8057 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8058
8059 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
8060
8061 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
8062 Merge two files without ancestor.
8063
8064 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8065
8066 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8067 Merge two files with ancestor.
8068
8069 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8070
8071 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
8072
8073 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
8074 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8075
8076 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8077
8078 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8079 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8080
8081 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
8084 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8085 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8086 buffer.
8087
8088 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8089
8090 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8091 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8092 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8093 buffer.
8094
8095 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8096
8097 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
8098 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8099 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8100 and don't ask the user.
8101 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8102 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8103
8104 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8105
8106 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
8107 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8108 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8109 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8110 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8111 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8112 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8113 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8114
8115 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8116
8117 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
8118
8119 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
8120
8121 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
8122 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8123 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8124 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8125 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8126
8127 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8128
8129 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8130
8131 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8132 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8133 When called interactively, displays the version.
8134
8135 \(fn)" t nil)
8136
8137 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8138 Display Ediff's manual.
8139 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8140
8141 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8142
8143 ;;;***
8144 \f
8145 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8146 ;;;;;; (18421 64850))
8147 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8148
8149 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8150 Not documented
8151
8152 \(fn)" t nil)
8153
8154 ;;;***
8155 \f
8156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18421 64851))
8157 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8158
8159 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))
8160
8161 ;;;***
8162 \f
8163 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8164 ;;;;;; (18421 64851))
8165 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8166
8167 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8168 Display Ediff's registry.
8169
8170 \(fn)" t nil)
8171
8172 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8173
8174 ;;;***
8175 \f
8176 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8177 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18425 12540))
8178 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8179
8180 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8181 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8182 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8183 which see.
8184
8185 \(fn)" t nil)
8186
8187 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8188 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8189 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8190 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8191
8192 \(fn)" t nil)
8193
8194 ;;;***
8195 \f
8196 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8197 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8198 ;;;;;; (18341 12905))
8199 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8200
8201 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8202 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8203 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8204
8205 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8206 Edit a keyboard macro.
8207 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8208 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8209 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8210 its command name.
8211 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8212
8213 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8214
8215 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8216 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8217
8218 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8219
8220 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8221 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8222
8223 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8224
8225 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8226 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8227 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8228 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8229 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8230 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8231
8232 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8233 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8234 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8235 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8236
8237 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8238
8239 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8240 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8241 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8242 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8243 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8244 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8245
8246 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8247
8248 ;;;***
8249 \f
8250 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8251 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18377 47963))
8252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8253
8254 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8255 Set scroll margins.
8256 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8257 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8258
8259 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8260
8261 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8262 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8263
8264 \(fn)" t nil)
8265
8266 ;;;***
8267 \f
8268 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8269 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
8270 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8271
8272 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8273 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8274 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8275 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8276 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8277 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8278 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8279
8280 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8281 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8282
8283 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8284 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8285 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8286 this value is non-nil.
8287
8288 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8289 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8290 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8291
8292 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8293 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8294 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8295
8296 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8297
8298 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8299 Not documented
8300
8301 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8302
8303 ;;;***
8304 \f
8305 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8306 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18335 54522))
8307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8308
8309 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8310 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8311
8312 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8313
8314 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8315 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8316 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8317 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8318 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8319 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8320 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8321
8322 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8323
8324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8325
8326 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8327 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8328
8329 \(fn)" t nil)
8330
8331 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8332 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8333 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8334 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8335 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8336 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8337 arg list.
8338
8339 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8340 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8341
8342 ;;;***
8343 \f
8344 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18335
8345 ;;;;;; 54513))
8346 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8347
8348 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8349 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8350
8351 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8352 an elided material again.
8353
8354 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8355
8356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8357
8358 ;;;***
8359 \f
8360 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8361 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8363
8364 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8365 Initialize elint.
8366
8367 \(fn)" t nil)
8368
8369 ;;;***
8370 \f
8371 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8372 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18335
8373 ;;;;;; 54522))
8374 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8375
8376 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8377 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8378 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8379
8380 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8381
8382 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8383 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8384 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8385
8386 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8387
8388 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8389 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8390 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8391
8392 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8393
8394 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8395
8396 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8397 Display current profiling results.
8398 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8399 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8400 displayed.
8401
8402 \(fn)" t nil)
8403
8404 ;;;***
8405 \f
8406 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8407 ;;;;;; (18374 12123))
8408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8409
8410 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8411 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8412 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8413
8414 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8415
8416 ;;;***
8417 \f
8418 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8419 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8420 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8421 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8422 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18203 29181))
8423 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8424
8425 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8426 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8427 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8428 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8429 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8430 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8431 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8432 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8433 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8434 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8435 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8436 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8437 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8438 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8439 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8440 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8441
8442 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8443 Run Emerge on two files.
8444
8445 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8446
8447 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8448 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8449
8450 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8451
8452 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8453 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8454
8455 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8456
8457 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8458 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8459
8460 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8461
8462 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8463 Not documented
8464
8465 \(fn)" nil nil)
8466
8467 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8468 Not documented
8469
8470 \(fn)" nil nil)
8471
8472 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8473 Not documented
8474
8475 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8476
8477 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8478 Not documented
8479
8480 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8481
8482 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8483 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8484
8485 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8486
8487 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8488 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8489
8490 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8491
8492 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8493 Not documented
8494
8495 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8496
8497 ;;;***
8498 \f
8499 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8500 ;;;;;; (18341 12910))
8501 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8502
8503 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8504 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8505
8506 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8507
8508 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8509
8510 ;;;***
8511 \f
8512 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8513 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18335 54544))
8514 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8515
8516 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8517 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8518 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8519 text/enriched format.
8520 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8521
8522 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8523 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8524
8525 Commands:
8526
8527 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8528
8529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8530
8531 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8532 Not documented
8533
8534 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8535
8536 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8537 Not documented
8538
8539 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8540
8541 ;;;***
8542 \f
8543 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-mode epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8544 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8545 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8546 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8547 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8548 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18417
8549 ;;;;;; 58271))
8550 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8551
8552 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8553 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8554
8555 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8556
8557 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8558 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8559
8560 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8561
8562 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8563 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8564 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8565 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8566 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8567 the keys are listed.
8568 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8569
8570 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8571
8572 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8573 Decrypt FILE.
8574
8575 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8576
8577 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8578 Verify FILE.
8579
8580 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8581
8582 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8583 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8584
8585 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8586
8587 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8588 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8589
8590 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8591
8592 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8593 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8594
8595 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8596 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8597 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8598 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8599 should consider using the string based counterpart
8600 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8601 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8602
8603 For example:
8604
8605 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8606 (decode-coding-string
8607 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8608 'utf-8))
8609
8610 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8611
8612 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8613 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8614
8615 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8616 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8617
8618 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8619
8620 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8621 Verify the current region between START and END.
8622
8623 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8624 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8625 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8626 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8627 should consider using the string based counterpart
8628 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8629 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8630
8631 For example:
8632
8633 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8634 (decode-coding-string
8635 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8636 'utf-8))
8637
8638 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8639
8640 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8641 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8642 between START and END.
8643
8644 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8645 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8646
8647 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8648
8649 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8650 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8651
8652 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8653 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8654 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8655 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8656 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8657 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8658
8659 For example:
8660
8661 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8662 (epg-sign-string
8663 context
8664 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8665
8666 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8667
8668 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8669 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8670
8671 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8672 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8673 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8674 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8675 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8676 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8677
8678 For example:
8679
8680 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8681 (epg-encrypt-string
8682 context
8683 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8684 nil))
8685
8686 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8687
8688 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8689 Delete selected KEYS.
8690
8691 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8692
8693 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8694 Import keys from FILE.
8695
8696 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8697
8698 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8699 Import keys from the region.
8700
8701 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8702
8703 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8704 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8705 between START and END.
8706
8707 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8708
8709 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8710 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8711
8712 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8713
8714 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8715 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8716
8717 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8718
8719 (defvar epa-mode nil "\
8720 Non-nil if Epa mode is enabled.
8721 See the command `epa-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8723 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8724 or call the function `epa-mode'.")
8725
8726 (custom-autoload 'epa-mode "epa" nil)
8727
8728 (autoload 'epa-mode "epa" "\
8729 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into various modes.
8730 See `epa-global-minor-modes'.
8731
8732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8733
8734 ;;;***
8735 \f
8736 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-dired-mode epa-dired-mode) "epa-dired"
8737 ;;;;;; "epa-dired.el" (18353 32097))
8738 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8739
8740 (autoload 'epa-dired-mode "epa-dired" "\
8741 A minor-mode for encrypt/decrypt files with Dired.
8742
8743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8744
8745 (defvar epa-global-dired-mode nil "\
8746 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Dired mode is enabled.
8747 See the command `epa-global-dired-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8750 or call the function `epa-global-dired-mode'.")
8751
8752 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-dired-mode "epa-dired" nil)
8753
8754 (autoload 'epa-global-dired-mode "epa-dired" "\
8755 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Dired.
8756
8757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8758
8759 ;;;***
8760 \f
8761 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-mode epa-file-disable epa-file-enable)
8762 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18396 61650))
8763 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8764
8765 (put 'epa-file-encrypt-to 'safe-local-variable (lambda (val) (or (stringp val) (and (listp val) (catch 'safe (mapc (lambda (elt) (unless (stringp elt) (throw 'safe nil))) val) t)))))
8766
8767 (put 'epa-file-encrypt-to 'permanent-local t)
8768
8769 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8770 Not documented
8771
8772 \(fn)" t nil)
8773
8774 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8775 Not documented
8776
8777 \(fn)" t nil)
8778
8779 (defvar epa-file-mode nil "\
8780 Non-nil if Epa-File mode is enabled.
8781 See the command `epa-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8784 or call the function `epa-file-mode'.")
8785
8786 (custom-autoload 'epa-file-mode "epa-file" nil)
8787
8788 (autoload 'epa-file-mode "epa-file" "\
8789 Toggle automatic file encryption and decryption.
8790 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto encryption on if positive, else off.
8791 Return the new status of auto encryption (non-nil means on).
8792
8793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8794
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8798 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8799 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18351 56654))
8800 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8801
8802 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8803 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8804
8805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8806
8807 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8808 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8809 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8810
8811 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8812
8813 \(fn)" t nil)
8814
8815 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8816 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8817 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8818
8819 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8820
8821 \(fn)" t nil)
8822
8823 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8824 Sign the current buffer.
8825 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8826
8827 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8828
8829 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8830
8831 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8832 Encrypt the current buffer.
8833 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8834
8835 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8836
8837 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8838
8839 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8840 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8841 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8842
8843 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8844
8845 \(fn)" t nil)
8846
8847 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8848 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8849 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8851 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8852 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8853
8854 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8855
8856 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8857 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8858
8859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8860
8861 ;;;***
8862 \f
8863 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8864 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8865 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8866 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8867 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8868 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8869 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8870 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8871 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18417 58271))
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8873
8874 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8875 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8876 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8877 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8878 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8879 signatures should be included.
8880 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8881
8882 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8883
8884 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8885 Not documented
8886
8887 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8888
8889 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8890 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8891 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8892
8893 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8894 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8895 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8896 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8897 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8898
8899 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8900
8901 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8902 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8903 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8904
8905 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8906
8907 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8908 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8909
8910 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8911
8912 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8913 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8914 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8915
8916 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8917 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8918
8919 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8920 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8921 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8922 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8923 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8924
8925 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8926
8927 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8928 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8929 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8930
8931 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8932 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8933 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8934 stored into the file after successful verification.
8935
8936 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8937
8938 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8939 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8940 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8941
8942 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8943 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8944 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8945 successful verification.
8946
8947 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8948
8949 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8950 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8951 PLAIN is a data object.
8952
8953 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8954 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8955 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8956
8957 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8958 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8959 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8960 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8961 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8962
8963 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8964
8965 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8966 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8967 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8968 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8969 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8970 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8971
8972 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8973
8974 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8975 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8976 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8977 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8978 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8979
8980 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8981
8982 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8983 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8984 PLAIN is a data object.
8985 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8986
8987 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8988 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8989 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8990 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8991 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8992
8993 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8994
8995 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8996 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8997 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8998 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8999
9000 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
9001
9002 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
9003 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
9004 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
9005
9006 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
9007
9008 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
9009 Initiate an export keys operation.
9010
9011 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9012 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9013 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9014 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9015 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
9016
9017 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9018
9019 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
9020 Extract public KEYS.
9021
9022 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
9023
9024 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
9025 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
9026
9027 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9028
9029 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
9030 Initiate an import keys operation.
9031 KEYS is a data object.
9032
9033 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9034 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9035 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9036 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9037 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
9038
9039 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9040
9041 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
9042 Add keys from a file KEYS.
9043
9044 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9045
9046 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
9047 Add keys from a string KEYS.
9048
9049 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9050
9051 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
9052 Initiate a receive key operation.
9053 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
9054
9055 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9056 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9057 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9058 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9059 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
9060
9061 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
9062
9063 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
9064 Add keys from server.
9065 KEYS is a list of key IDs
9066
9067 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9068
9069 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
9070
9071 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
9072 Initiate a delete keys operation.
9073
9074 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9075 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9076 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9077 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9078 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
9079
9080 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
9081
9082 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
9083 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
9084
9085 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
9086
9087 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
9088 Initiate a sign keys operation.
9089
9090 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9091 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9092 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9093 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9094 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
9095
9096 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
9097
9098 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
9099 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
9100
9101 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
9102
9103 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
9104 Initiate a key generation.
9105 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
9106
9107 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9108 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9109 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9110 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9111 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
9112
9113 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
9114
9115 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
9116 Generate a new key pair.
9117 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
9118
9119 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
9120
9121 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
9122 Generate a new key pair.
9123 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
9124
9125 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
9126
9127 ;;;***
9128 \f
9129 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
9130 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18351 56654))
9131 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
9132
9133 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
9134 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
9135
9136 \(fn)" nil nil)
9137
9138 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
9139 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
9140
9141 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
9142
9143 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
9144 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
9145
9146 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
9147
9148 ;;;***
9149 \f
9150 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9151 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18369 28756))
9152 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9153
9154 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
9155 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9156
9157 \(fn)" nil nil)
9158
9159 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9160 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9161 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9162
9163 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9164
9165 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9166 (server (erc-compute-server))
9167 (port (erc-compute-port))
9168 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9169 password
9170 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9171
9172 That is, if called with
9173
9174 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9175
9176 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9177 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9178 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9179
9180 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9181
9182 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9183
9184 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9185 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9186 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9187 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9188
9189 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9190
9191 ;;;***
9192 \f
9193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18335
9194 ;;;;;; 54524))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9196 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9197
9198 ;;;***
9199 \f
9200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18369 28755))
9201 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9202 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9203
9204 ;;;***
9205 \f
9206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18335 54524))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9208 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9209
9210 ;;;***
9211 \f
9212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18335 54524))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9214 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9215
9216 ;;;***
9217 \f
9218 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9219 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18413 37485))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9221 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9222
9223 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9224 Parser for /dcc command.
9225 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9226 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9227 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9228
9229 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9230
9231 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9232 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9233
9234 \(fn)" nil nil)
9235
9236 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9237 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9238
9239 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9240 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9241 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9242 that subcommand.
9243
9244 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9245
9246 ;;;***
9247 \f
9248 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9249 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9250 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9251 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9252 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9254
9255 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9256 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9257
9258 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9259
9260 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9261 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9262 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9263 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9264
9265 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9266
9267 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9268 Not documented
9269
9270 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9271
9272 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9273 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9274
9275 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9276
9277 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9278 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9279
9280 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9281
9282 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9283 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9284
9285 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9286
9287 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9288 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9289
9290 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9291
9292 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9293 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9294
9295 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9296
9297 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9298 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9299
9300 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9301
9302 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9303 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9304
9305 \(fn)" nil nil)
9306
9307 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9308 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9309
9310 \(fn)" nil nil)
9311
9312 ;;;***
9313 \f
9314 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18335
9315 ;;;;;; 54524))
9316 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9317 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9318
9319 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9320 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9321 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9322
9323 \(fn)" nil nil)
9324
9325 ;;;***
9326 \f
9327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18335
9328 ;;;;;; 54524))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9330 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9331
9332 ;;;***
9333 \f
9334 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9335 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18335 54524))
9336 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9337 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9338
9339 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9340 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9341 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9342 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9343 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9344 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9345 system.
9346
9347 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9348
9349 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9350 Not documented
9351
9352 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9353
9354 ;;;***
9355 \f
9356 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9357 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
9358 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9359
9360 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9361 Not documented
9362
9363 \(fn)" nil nil)
9364
9365 ;;;***
9366 \f
9367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18335 54524))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9369 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9370
9371 ;;;***
9372 \f
9373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18329 49762))
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9375 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9376
9377 ;;;***
9378 \f
9379 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9380 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18335 54524))
9381 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9382 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9383
9384 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9385 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9386 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9387 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9388 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9389 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9390
9391 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9392
9393 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9394 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9395 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9396 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9397
9398 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9399 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9400 automatically.
9401
9402 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9403 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9404
9405 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9406
9407 ;;;***
9408 \f
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9410 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9411 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9412 ;;;;;; (18369 28756))
9413 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9414 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9415
9416 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9417 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9418
9419 \(fn)" t nil)
9420
9421 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9422 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9423
9424 \(fn)" t nil)
9425
9426 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9427 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9428
9429 \(fn)" t nil)
9430
9431 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9432 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9433
9434 \(fn)" t nil)
9435
9436 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9437 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9438
9439 \(fn)" t nil)
9440
9441 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9442 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9443
9444 \(fn)" t nil)
9445
9446 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9447 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9448
9449 \(fn)" t nil)
9450
9451 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9452 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9453
9454 \(fn)" t nil)
9455
9456 ;;;***
9457 \f
9458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18335 54524))
9459 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9460 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9461
9462 ;;;***
9463 \f
9464 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9465 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
9466 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9467 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9468
9469 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9470 Show who's gone.
9471
9472 \(fn)" nil nil)
9473
9474 ;;;***
9475 \f
9476 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9477 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18335 54524))
9478 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9479
9480 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9481 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9482 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9483 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9484
9485 \(fn)" nil nil)
9486
9487 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9488 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9489
9490 \(fn)" t nil)
9491
9492 ;;;***
9493 \f
9494 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9495 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18335 54524))
9496 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9497 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9498
9499 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9500 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9501 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9502 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9503
9504 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9505
9506 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9507 Not documented
9508
9509 \(fn)" nil nil)
9510
9511 ;;;***
9512 \f
9513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18335 54524))
9514 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9515 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9516
9517 ;;;***
9518 \f
9519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18335
9520 ;;;;;; 54524))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9522 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9523
9524 ;;;***
9525 \f
9526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18335 54524))
9527 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9528 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9529
9530 ;;;***
9531 \f
9532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18335 54524))
9533 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9534 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9535
9536 ;;;***
9537 \f
9538 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9539 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18335 54524))
9540 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9541 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9542
9543 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9544 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9545
9546 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9547
9548 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9549 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9550 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9551
9552 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9553
9554 ;;;***
9555 \f
9556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18335 54524))
9557 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9558 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9559
9560 ;;;***
9561 \f
9562 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9563 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
9564 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9565
9566 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9567 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9568 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9569
9570 \(fn)" t nil)
9571
9572 ;;;***
9573 \f
9574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18335
9575 ;;;;;; 54524))
9576 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9577 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9578
9579 ;;;***
9580 \f
9581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18335 54524))
9582 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9583 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9584
9585 ;;;***
9586 \f
9587 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9588 ;;;;;; (18368 43876))
9589 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9590
9591 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9592 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9593 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9594
9595 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9596
9597 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9598 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9599 mode line.
9600
9601 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9602 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9603 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9604
9605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9606 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9607
9608 ;;;***
9609 \f
9610 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9611 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18335 54524))
9612 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9613 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9614
9615 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9616 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9617 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9618 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9619
9620 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9621
9622 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9623 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9624 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9625
9626 \(fn)" t nil)
9627
9628 ;;;***
9629 \f
9630 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9631 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
9632 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9633 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9634
9635 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9636 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9637
9638 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9639
9640 ;;;***
9641 \f
9642 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18341
9643 ;;;;;; 12908))
9644 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9645
9646 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9647 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9648
9649 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9650
9651 \(fn)" nil nil)
9652
9653 ;;;***
9654 \f
9655 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18335
9656 ;;;;;; 54528))
9657 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9658
9659 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9660 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9661
9662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9663
9664 ;;;***
9665 \f
9666 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9667 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18335 54528))
9668 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9669
9670 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9671 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9672 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9673 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9674 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9675 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9676 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9677 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9678 buffer selected (or created).
9679
9680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9681
9682 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9683 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9684 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9685
9686 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9687
9688 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9689 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9690 The result might be any Lisp object.
9691 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9692 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9693 corresponding to a successful execution.
9694
9695 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9696
9697 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9698
9699 ;;;***
9700 \f
9701 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9702 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9703 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9704 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9705 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9706 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9707 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9708 ;;;;;; (18423 20180))
9709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9710
9711 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9712 *File name of tags table.
9713 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9714 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9715 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9716 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9717
9718 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9719 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9720 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9721 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9722
9723 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9724
9725 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9726 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9727 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9728 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9729 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9730 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9731
9732 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9733
9734 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9735 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9736 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9737 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9738 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9739 `auto-compression-mode').")
9740
9741 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9742
9743 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9744 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9745 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9746 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9747 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9748
9749 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9750
9751 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9752 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9753 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9754 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9755
9756 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9757
9758 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9759 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9760 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9761 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9762 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9763
9764 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9765
9766 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9767 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9768
9769 \(fn)" t nil)
9770
9771 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9772 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9773 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9774 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9775
9776 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9777 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9778 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9779 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9780 file the tag was in.
9781
9782 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9783
9784 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9785 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9786 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9787 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9788 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9789 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9790 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9791 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9792 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9793
9794 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9795
9796 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9797 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9798 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9799 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9800 without directory names.
9801
9802 \(fn)" nil nil)
9803
9804 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9805 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9806 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9807 but does not select the buffer.
9808 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9809
9810 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9811 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9812 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9813 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9814 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9815
9816 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9817
9818 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9819 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9820 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9821
9822 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9823
9824 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9825
9826 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9827 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9828 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9829 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9830
9831 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9832 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9833 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9834 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9835 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9836
9837 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9838
9839 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9840 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9841 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9842
9843 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9844
9845 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9846 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9847
9848 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9849 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9850 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9851 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9852 around or before point.
9853
9854 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9855 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9856 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9857 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9858 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9859
9860 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9861
9862 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9863 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9864 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9865
9866 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9867
9868 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9869 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9870
9871 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9872 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9873 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9874 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9875 around or before point.
9876
9877 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9878 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9879 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9880 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9881 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9882
9883 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9884
9885 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9886 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9887 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9888
9889 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9890
9891 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9892 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9893
9894 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9895 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9896 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9897
9898 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9899 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9900 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9901 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9902 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9903
9904 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9905
9906 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9907 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9908 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9909
9910 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9911
9912 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9913 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9914 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9915
9916 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9917 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9918
9919 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9920 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9921 where they were found.
9922
9923 \(fn)" t nil)
9924
9925 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9926 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9927
9928 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9929 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9930 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9931
9932 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9933 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9934
9935 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9936 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9937
9938 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9939
9940 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9941 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9942 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9943 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9944
9945 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9946 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9947 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9948 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9949 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9950
9951 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9952 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9953
9954 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9955 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9956 Stops when a match is found.
9957 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9958
9959 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9960
9961 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9962
9963 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9964 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9965 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9966 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9967 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9968 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9969 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9970 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9971
9972 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9973 produce the list of files to search.
9974
9975 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9976
9977 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9978
9979 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9980 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9981 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9982 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9983 directory specification.
9984
9985 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9986
9987 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9988 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9989
9990 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9991
9992 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9993 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9994 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9995 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9996
9997 \(fn)" t nil)
9998
9999 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
10000 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10001 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10002 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10003 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10004
10005 \(fn)" t nil)
10006
10007 ;;;***
10008 \f
10009 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
10010 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10011 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10012 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10013 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
10014 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
10015 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
10016 ;;;;;; (18341 12912))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10018
10019 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
10020 Not documented
10021
10022 \(fn)" nil nil)
10023
10024 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10025 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10026
10027 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10028 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10029
10030 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
10031 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10032 primary language.
10033
10034 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
10035 even if the buffer is read-only.
10036
10037 See also the descriptions of the variables
10038 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10039
10040 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10041
10042 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
10043 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10044
10045 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10046 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10047
10048 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
10049 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10050 primary language.
10051
10052 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
10053 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
10054
10055 See also the descriptions of the variables
10056 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10057
10058 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10059
10060 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
10061 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10062 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10063 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10064
10065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10066
10067 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10068 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10069 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10070 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10071
10072 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10073 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10074 primary language.
10075
10076 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10077 buffer is read-only.
10078
10079 See also the descriptions of the variables
10080 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10081 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10082
10083 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10084
10085 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
10086 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10087
10088 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10089 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10090
10091 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
10092 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
10093 the primary language.
10094
10095 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10096 buffer is read-only.
10097
10098 See also the descriptions of the variables
10099 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10100 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10101
10102 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10103
10104 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
10105 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10106 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10107
10108 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10109
10110 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
10111 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10112
10113 \(fn)" t nil)
10114
10115 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
10116 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10117
10118 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10119 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
10120 be 1, 2, or 3.
10121
10122 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10123 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10124 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10125
10126 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
10127
10128 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10129
10130 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
10131 This function is deprecated.
10132
10133 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10134
10135 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10136 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10137
10138 \(fn)" t nil)
10139
10140 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10141 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10142
10143 \(fn)" t nil)
10144
10145 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10146 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10147
10148 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10149 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10150
10151 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10152 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10153
10154 \(fn)" nil nil)
10155
10156 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10157 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10158
10159 \(fn)" nil nil)
10160
10161 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10162 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10163
10164 \(fn)" nil nil)
10165
10166 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10167 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10168
10169 \(fn)" nil nil)
10170
10171 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10172 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10173 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10174
10175 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10176
10177 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10178 Not documented
10179
10180 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10181
10182 ;;;***
10183 \f
10184 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10185 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10186 ;;;;;; (18423 20180))
10187 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10188
10189 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10190 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10191 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10192 server for future sessions.
10193
10194 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10195
10196 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10197 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10198 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10199
10200 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10201
10202 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10203 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10204 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10205
10206 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10207
10208 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10209 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10210 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10211 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10212 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10213 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10214 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10215 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10216 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10217 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10218 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10219 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10220
10221 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10222
10223 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10224 Display a form to query the directory server.
10225 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10226 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10227
10228 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10229
10230 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10231 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10232 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10233
10234 \(fn)" t nil)
10235
10236 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10237
10238 ;;;***
10239 \f
10240 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10241 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10242 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18335 54538))
10243 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10244
10245 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10246 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10247
10248 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10249
10250 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10251 Display URL and make it clickable.
10252
10253 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10254
10255 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10256 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10257
10258 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10259
10260 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10261 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10262
10263 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10264
10265 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10266 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10267
10268 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10269
10270 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10271 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10272
10273 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10274
10275 ;;;***
10276 \f
10277 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10278 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18335 54538))
10279 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10280
10281 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10282 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10283 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10284
10285 \(fn)" t nil)
10286
10287 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10288 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10289
10290 \(fn)" t nil)
10291
10292 ;;;***
10293 \f
10294 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10295 ;;;;;; (18335 54538))
10296 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10297
10298 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10299 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10300
10301 \(fn)" t nil)
10302
10303 ;;;***
10304 \f
10305 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18335
10306 ;;;;;; 54522))
10307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10308
10309 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10310 Create an empty ewoc.
10311
10312 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10313
10314 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10315 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10316 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10317 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10318 `insert-before-markers'.
10319
10320 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10321 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10322 respectively, of the ewoc.
10323
10324 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10325 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10326 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10327
10328 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10329
10330 ;;;***
10331 \f
10332 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10333 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10334 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10335 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
10336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10337
10338 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10339 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10340 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10341
10342 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10343
10344 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10345 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10346 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10347 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10348 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10349
10350 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10351
10352 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10353 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10354 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10355 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10356 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10357 executable.
10358
10359 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10360
10361 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10362 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10363 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10364
10365 \(fn)" t nil)
10366
10367 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10368 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10369 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10370 file modes.
10371
10372 \(fn)" nil nil)
10373
10374 ;;;***
10375 \f
10376 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10377 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10378 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
10379 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10380
10381 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10382 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10383 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10384 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10385
10386 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10387
10388 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10389 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10390 to generate such functions.
10391
10392 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10393 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10394 beginning of the expanded text.
10395
10396 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10397 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10398 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10399 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10400
10401 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10402
10403 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10404
10405 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10406 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10407 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10408
10409 \(fn)" nil nil)
10410
10411 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10412 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10413 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10414
10415 \(fn)" t nil)
10416
10417 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10418 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10419 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10420
10421 \(fn)" t nil)
10422 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10423 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10424
10425 ;;;***
10426 \f
10427 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18418 38931))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10429
10430 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10431 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10432 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10433
10434 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10435 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10436 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10437
10438 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10439
10440 Key definitions:
10441 \\{f90-mode-map}
10442
10443 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10444
10445 `f90-do-indent'
10446 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10447 `f90-if-indent'
10448 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10449 `f90-type-indent'
10450 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10451 `f90-program-indent'
10452 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10453 (default 2).
10454 `f90-continuation-indent'
10455 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10456 `f90-comment-region'
10457 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10458 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10459 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10460 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10461 (default \"!\").
10462 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10463 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10464 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10465 `f90-break-delimiters'
10466 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10467 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10468 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10469 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10470 (default t).
10471 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10472 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10473 `f90-smart-end'
10474 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10475 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10476 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10477 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10478 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10479 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10480 `f90-leave-line-no'
10481 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10482
10483 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10484 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10485
10486 \(fn)" t nil)
10487
10488 ;;;***
10489 \f
10490 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10491 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10492 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18301 39793))
10493 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10494
10495 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10496 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10497 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10498 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10499
10500 \(fn)" nil nil)
10501
10502 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10503 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10504
10505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10506
10507 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10508 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10509 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10510 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10511
10512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10513
10514 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10515 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10516 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10517 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10518 backup file names and the like).
10519
10520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10521
10522 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10523 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10524 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10525 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10526 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10527 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10528 internally by feedmail):
10529
10530 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10531 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10532 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10533 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10534
10535 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10536 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10537 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10538 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10539 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10540
10541 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10542
10543 ;;;***
10544 \f
10545 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10546 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18369 28746))
10547 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10548
10549 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10550 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10551 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10552 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10553 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10554 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10555 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10556
10557 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10558
10559 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10560 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10561 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10562 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10563 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10564 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10565 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10566
10567 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10568
10569 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10570
10571 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10572 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10573 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10574 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10575 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10576 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10577
10578 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10579
10580 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10581 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10582 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10583 Return value:
10584 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10585 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10586 * otherwise, nil
10587
10588 \(fn E)" t nil)
10589
10590 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10591 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10592
10593 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10594
10595 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10596 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10597
10598 \(fn)" t nil)
10599
10600 ;;;***
10601 \f
10602 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10603 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10604 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10605 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18335 54513))
10606 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10607
10608 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10609 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10610 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10611 be added to the cache.
10612
10613 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10614
10615 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10616 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10617 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10618 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10619 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10620
10621 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10622
10623 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10624 Add FILE to the file cache.
10625
10626 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10627
10628 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10629 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10630 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10631
10632 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10633
10634 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10635 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10636 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10637
10638 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10639
10640 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10641 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10642 This function does not use any external programs
10643 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10644 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10645 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10646
10647 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10648
10649 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10650 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10651 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10652 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10653 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10654 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10655 \(directories) is done.
10656
10657 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10658
10659 ;;;***
10660 \f
10661 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18335
10662 ;;;;;; 54513))
10663 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10664
10665 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10666 Filesets initialization.
10667 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10668
10669 \(fn)" nil nil)
10670
10671 ;;;***
10672 \f
10673 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10674 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10675 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18418 59690))
10676 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10677
10678 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10679 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10680 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10681 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10682 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10683
10684 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10685
10686 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10687 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10688 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10689 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10690 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10691
10692 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10693
10694 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10695 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10696 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10697 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10698
10699 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10700
10701 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10702 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10703 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10704 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10705
10706 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10707
10708 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10709 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10710 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10711
10712 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10713
10714 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10715 as the final argument.
10716
10717 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10718
10719 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10720 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10721 and run dired on those files.
10722 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10723 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10724
10725 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10726
10727 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10728
10729 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10730 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10731 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10732
10733 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10734
10735 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10736
10737 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10738
10739 ;;;***
10740 \f
10741 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10742 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10743 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
10744 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10745
10746 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10747 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10748 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10749 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10750 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10751 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10752 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10753
10754 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10755 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10756 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10757
10758 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10759
10760 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10761
10762 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10763
10764 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10765 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10766 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10767
10768 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10769 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10770
10771 Variables of interest include:
10772
10773 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10774 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10775 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10776
10777 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10778 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10779 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10780
10781 - `ff-ignore-include'
10782 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10783
10784 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10785 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10786
10787 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10788 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10789
10790 - `ff-special-constructs'
10791 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10792 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10793 extracting the filename from that construct.
10794
10795 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10796 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10797
10798 - `ff-search-directories'
10799 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10800 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10801
10802 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10803 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10804
10805 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10806 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10807
10808 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10809 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10810
10811 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10812 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10813
10814 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10815 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10816
10817 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10818
10819 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10820 Visit the file you click on.
10821
10822 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10823
10824 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10825 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10826
10827 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10828
10829 ;;;***
10830 \f
10831 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10832 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10833 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10834 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10835 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10836 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10837 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18337 43875))
10838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10839
10840 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10841 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10842
10843 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10844
10845 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10846 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10847 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10848 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10849
10850 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10851 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10852 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10853 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10854
10855 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10856
10857 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10858 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10859
10860 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10861 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10862 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10863 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10864
10865 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10866 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10867 in `load-path'.
10868
10869 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10870
10871 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10872 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10873
10874 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10875 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10876 places point before the definition.
10877 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10878
10879 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10880 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10881 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10882
10883 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10884
10885 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10886 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10887
10888 See `find-function' for more details.
10889
10890 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10891
10892 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10893 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10894
10895 See `find-function' for more details.
10896
10897 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10898
10899 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10900 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10901
10902 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10903 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10904 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10905
10906 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10907 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10908
10909 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10910
10911 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10912 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10913
10914 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10915 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10916 places point before the definition.
10917
10918 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10919
10920 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10921 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10922 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10923
10924 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10925
10926 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10927 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10928
10929 See `find-variable' for more details.
10930
10931 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10932
10933 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10934 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10935
10936 See `find-variable' for more details.
10937
10938 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10939
10940 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10941 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10942 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10943 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10944 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10945 buffer nor display it.
10946
10947 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10948 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10949
10950 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10951
10952 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10953 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10954
10955 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10956 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10957 places point before the definition.
10958
10959 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10960
10961 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10962 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10963 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10964
10965 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10966
10967 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10968 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10969 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10970
10971 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10972
10973 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10974 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10975
10976 \(fn)" t nil)
10977
10978 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10979 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10980
10981 \(fn)" t nil)
10982
10983 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10984 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10985
10986 \(fn)" nil nil)
10987
10988 ;;;***
10989 \f
10990 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10991 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18335 54513))
10992 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10993
10994 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10995 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10996
10997 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10998
10999 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11000 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11001
11002 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11003
11004 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11005 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11006
11007 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11008
11009 ;;;***
11010 \f
11011 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11012 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18408 23731))
11013 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11014
11015 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11016 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11017
11018 \(fn)" t nil)
11019
11020 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11021 Display FILE's commentary section.
11022 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11023
11024 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11025
11026 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11027 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11028
11029 \(fn)" t nil)
11030
11031 ;;;***
11032 \f
11033 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11034 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18335 54513))
11035 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11036
11037 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11038 Toggle flow control handling.
11039 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11040 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11041
11042 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11043
11044 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11045 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11046 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11047 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11048 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11049 to get the effect of a C-q.
11050
11051 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11052
11053 ;;;***
11054 \f
11055 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11056 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
11057 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11058
11059 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11060 Not documented
11061
11062 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11063
11064 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11065 Not documented
11066
11067 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11068
11069 ;;;***
11070 \f
11071 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11072 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18356 12618))
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11074
11075 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11076 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11077 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11078 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11079
11080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11081
11082 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11083 Turn flymake mode on.
11084
11085 \(fn)" nil nil)
11086
11087 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11088 Turn flymake mode off.
11089
11090 \(fn)" nil nil)
11091
11092 ;;;***
11093 \f
11094 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11095 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11096 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18425 17360))
11097 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11098
11099 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11100 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11101
11102 \(fn)" t nil)
11103 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11104
11105 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11106 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11107 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11108 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11109 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11110 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11111 otherwise turn it off.
11112
11113 Bindings:
11114 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11115 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11116 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11117 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11118
11119 Hooks:
11120 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11121
11122 Remark:
11123 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11124 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11125 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11126
11127 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11128 consider adding:
11129 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11130 in your .emacs file.
11131
11132 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11133 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11134
11135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11136
11137 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11138 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11139
11140 \(fn)" nil nil)
11141
11142 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11143 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11144
11145 \(fn)" nil nil)
11146
11147 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11148 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11149
11150 \(fn)" nil nil)
11151
11152 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11153 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11154
11155 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11156
11157 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11158 Flyspell whole buffer.
11159
11160 \(fn)" t nil)
11161
11162 ;;;***
11163 \f
11164 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11165 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11166 ;;;;;; (18369 28747))
11167 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11168
11169 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11170 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11171
11172 \(fn)" nil nil)
11173
11174 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11175 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11176
11177 \(fn)" nil nil)
11178
11179 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11180 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11181
11182 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11183 of two major techniques:
11184
11185 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11186 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11187 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11188
11189 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11190 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11191 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11192 movement commands.
11193
11194 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11195 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11196 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11197 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11198 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11199 mileage may vary).
11200
11201 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11202 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11203
11204 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11205
11206 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11207 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11208 \(This is the default.)
11209
11210 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11211
11212 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11213 \\{follow-mode-map}
11214
11215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11216
11217 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11218 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11219
11220 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11221 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11222 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11223 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11224 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11225 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11226
11227 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11228 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11229 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11230
11231 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11232 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11233 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11234
11235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11236
11237 ;;;***
11238 \f
11239 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18335
11240 ;;;;;; 54537))
11241 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11242
11243 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11244 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11245 \\<message-mode-map>
11246 key binding
11247 --- -------
11248
11249 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11250 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11251 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11252 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11253 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11254 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11255
11256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11257
11258 ;;;***
11259 \f
11260 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11261 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18335 54513))
11262 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11263
11264 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11265 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11266
11267 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11268 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11269 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11270 C-c < forms-first-record <
11271 C-c > forms-last-record >
11272 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11273 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11274 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11275 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11276 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11277 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11278 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11279 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11280 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11281 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11282
11283 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11284
11285 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11286 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11287
11288 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11289
11290 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11291 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11292
11293 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11294
11295 ;;;***
11296 \f
11297 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11298 ;;;;;; (18392 41073))
11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11300
11301 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11302 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11303 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11304
11305 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11306 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11307
11308 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11309
11310 Key definitions:
11311 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11312
11313 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11314
11315 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11316 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11317 `fortran-do-indent'
11318 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11319 `fortran-if-indent'
11320 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11321 `fortran-structure-indent'
11322 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11323 (default 3)
11324 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11325 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11326 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11327 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11328 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11329 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11330 nil don't change the indentation
11331 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11332 value of either
11333 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11334 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11335 depending on the continuation format in use.
11336 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11337 indentation for a line of code.
11338 (default 'fixed)
11339 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11340 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11341 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11342 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11343 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11344 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11345 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11346 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11347 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11348 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11349 column 5.
11350 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11351 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11352 statements (default nil).
11353 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11354 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11355 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11356 `fortran-continuation-string'
11357 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11358 line (default \"$\").
11359 `fortran-comment-region'
11360 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11361 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11362 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11363 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11364 as typed (default t).
11365 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11366 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11367
11368 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11369 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11370
11371 \(fn)" t nil)
11372
11373 ;;;***
11374 \f
11375 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11376 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18335 54541))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11378
11379 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11380 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11381
11382 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11383 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11384
11385 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11386
11387 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11388 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11389
11390 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11391 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11392
11393 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11394
11395 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11396 Compile fortune file.
11397
11398 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11399 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11400
11401 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11402
11403 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11404 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11405
11406 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11407 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11408 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11409 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11410
11411 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11412
11413 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11414 Display a fortune cookie.
11415
11416 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11417 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11418 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11419 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11420
11421 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11422
11423 ;;;***
11424 \f
11425 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11426 ;;;;;; (18424 41044))
11427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11428
11429 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11430 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11431 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11432 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11433
11434 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11435 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11436 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11437 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11438
11439 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11440 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11441 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11442 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11443 some of the buffers.
11444
11445 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11446
11447 The following commands help control operation :
11448
11449 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11450 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11451
11452 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11453 detailed description of this mode.
11454
11455
11456 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11457 | GDB Toolbar |
11458 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11459 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11460 | | |
11461 | | |
11462 | | |
11463 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11464 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11465 | | (comint-mode) |
11466 | | |
11467 | | |
11468 | | |
11469 | | |
11470 | | |
11471 | | |
11472 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11473 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11474 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11475 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11476 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11477 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11478
11479 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11480 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11481 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11482 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11483 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11484 session.
11485
11486 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11487
11488 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11489
11490 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11491 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11492
11493 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11494
11495 ;;;***
11496 \f
11497 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11498 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18341
11499 ;;;;;; 12907))
11500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11501
11502 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11503 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11504 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11505 instead (which see).")
11506
11507 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11508 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11509
11510 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11511 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11512 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11513 documentation string instead.
11514
11515 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11516 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11517 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11518 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11519 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11520 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11521 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11522 enders are actually possible.
11523
11524 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11525 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11526
11527 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11528 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11529 `font-lock-keywords'.
11530
11531 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11532 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11533 runs the macro expansion.
11534
11535 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11536 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11537 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11538
11539 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11540
11541 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11542
11543 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11544 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11545
11546 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11547
11548 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11549 Enter generic mode MODE.
11550
11551 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11552 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11553 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11554
11555 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11556 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11557
11558 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11559
11560 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11561 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11562 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11563 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11564 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11565 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11566 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11567 `font-lock-keywords'.
11568
11569 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11570
11571 ;;;***
11572 \f
11573 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11574 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
11575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11576
11577 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11578 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11579 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11580 at places they belong to.
11581
11582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11583
11584 ;;;***
11585 \f
11586 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11587 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11588 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
11589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11590
11591 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11592 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11593 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11594
11595 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11596
11597 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11598 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11599
11600 Guideline for numbers:
11601 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11602 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11603 inside loops.
11604
11605 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11606
11607 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11608 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11609 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11610
11611 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11612
11613 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11614 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11615
11616 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11617
11618 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11619 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11620
11621 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11622 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11623 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11624 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11625 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11626 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11627
11628 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11629 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11630 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11631 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11632 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11633
11634 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11635
11636 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11637
11638 ;;;***
11639 \f
11640 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11641 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18375 34229))
11642 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11643 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11644 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11645
11646 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11647 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11648
11649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11650
11651 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11652 Read network news.
11653 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11654 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11655 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11656 name of an NNTP server to use.
11657 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11658 server.
11659
11660 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11661
11662 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11663 Read news as a slave.
11664
11665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11666
11667 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11668 Pop up a frame to read news.
11669 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11670 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11671 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11672 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11673 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11674 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11675 current display is used.
11676
11677 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11678
11679 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11680 Read network news.
11681 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11682 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11683 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11684
11685 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11686
11687 ;;;***
11688 \f
11689 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11690 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11691 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11692 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11693 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11694 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18335 54532))
11695 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11696
11697 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11698 Start Gnus unplugged.
11699
11700 \(fn)" t nil)
11701
11702 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11703 Start Gnus plugged.
11704
11705 \(fn)" t nil)
11706
11707 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11708 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11709
11710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11711
11712 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11713 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11714
11715 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11716 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11717 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11718
11719 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11720 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11721 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11722
11723 \(fn)" t nil)
11724
11725 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11726 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11727
11728 \(fn)" nil nil)
11729
11730 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11731 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11732 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11733 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11734 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11735 supported.
11736
11737 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11738
11739 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11740 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11741 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11742 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11743 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11744 supported.
11745
11746 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11747
11748 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11749 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11750
11751 \(fn)" nil nil)
11752
11753 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11754 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11755 downloaded into the agent.
11756
11757 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11760 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11761 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11762 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11763
11764 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11765
11766 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11767 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11768
11769 \(fn)" t nil)
11770
11771 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11772 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11773
11774 \(fn)" t nil)
11775
11776 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11777 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11778 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11779
11780 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11781
11782 ;;;***
11783 \f
11784 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11785 ;;;;;; (18423 57451))
11786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11787
11788 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11789 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11790
11791 \(fn)" nil nil)
11792
11793 ;;;***
11794 \f
11795 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11796 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
11797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11798
11799 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11800 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11801
11802 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11803
11804 ;;;***
11805 \f
11806 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11807 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18388 34730))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11809
11810 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11811 Set a bookmark for this article.
11812
11813 \(fn)" t nil)
11814
11815 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11816 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11817
11818 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11819
11820 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11821 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11822 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11823 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11824 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11825
11826 \(fn)" t nil)
11827
11828 ;;;***
11829 \f
11830 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11831 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11832 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18335
11833 ;;;;;; 54532))
11834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11835
11836 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11837 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11838
11839 Usage:
11840 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11841
11842 \(fn)" t nil)
11843
11844 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11845 Generate the cache active file.
11846
11847 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11848
11849 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11850 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11851
11852 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11853
11854 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11855 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11856 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11857 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11858 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11859 supported.
11860
11861 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11862
11863 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11864 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11865 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11866 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11867 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11868 supported.
11869
11870 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11871
11872 ;;;***
11873 \f
11874 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11875 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18335 54532))
11876 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11877
11878 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11879 Delay this article by some time.
11880 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11881
11882 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11883 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11884
11885 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11886 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11887
11888 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11889 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11890
11891 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11892
11893 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11894 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11895
11896 \(fn)" t nil)
11897
11898 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11899 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11900 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11901 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11902
11903 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11904 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11905
11906 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11907
11908 ;;;***
11909 \f
11910 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11911 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18335 54532))
11912 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11913
11914 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11915 Not documented
11916
11917 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11918
11919 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11920 Not documented
11921
11922 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11923
11924 ;;;***
11925 \f
11926 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11927 ;;;;;; (18375 34228))
11928 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11929
11930 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11931 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11932
11933 \(fn)" t nil)
11934
11935 ;;;***
11936 \f
11937 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11938 ;;;;;; (18375 34229))
11939 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11940
11941 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11942 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11943
11944 \(fn)" t nil)
11945
11946 ;;;***
11947 \f
11948 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11949 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11950 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18423
11951 ;;;;;; 57451))
11952 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11953
11954 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11955 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11956
11957 \(fn)" t nil)
11958
11959 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11960 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11961
11962 \(fn)" t nil)
11963
11964 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11965 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11966
11967 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11968 different input formats.
11969
11970 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11971
11972 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11973 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11974
11975 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11976 different input formats.
11977
11978 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11979
11980 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11981 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11982 The PNG is returned as a string.
11983
11984 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11985
11986 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11987 Convert FILE to a Face.
11988 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11989 726 bytes.
11990
11991 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11992
11993 ;;;***
11994 \f
11995 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11996 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18414 53319))
11997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11998
11999 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12000 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12001 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12002 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12003
12004 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12005
12006 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12007 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12008
12009 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12010
12011 ;;;***
12012 \f
12013 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12014 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12016
12017 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12018
12019 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12020 Run batched scoring.
12021 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12022
12023 \(fn)" t nil)
12024
12025 ;;;***
12026 \f
12027 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12028 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12029 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12031
12032 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12033 Not documented
12034
12035 \(fn)" nil nil)
12036
12037 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12038 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12039 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12040
12041 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12042
12043 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12044 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12045
12046 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12047
12048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12049
12050 ;;;***
12051 \f
12052 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12053 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12054 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12056
12057 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12058 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12059 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12060 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12061 group parameters.
12062
12063 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12064 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12065 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12066 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12067
12068 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12069 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12070 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12071 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12072 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12073 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12074 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12075 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12076 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12077 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12078
12079 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12080
12081 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12082 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12083 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12084 nil CATCH-ALL).
12085
12086 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12087 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12088
12089 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12090
12091 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12092 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12093 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12094
12095 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12096
12097 \(fn)" nil nil)
12098
12099 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12100 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12101 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12102
12103 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12104
12105 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12106 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12107 existing groups are considered.
12108
12109 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12110 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12111 returned.
12112
12113 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12114 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12115 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12116 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12117 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12118 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12119 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12120 clauses will be generated.
12121
12122 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12123 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12124 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12125 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12126 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12127 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12128
12129 For example, given the following group parameters:
12130
12131 nnml:mail.bar:
12132 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12133 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12134 nnml:mail.foo:
12135 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12136 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12137 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12138 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12139 nnml:mail.others:
12140 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12141
12142 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12143
12144 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12145 \"mail.bar\")
12146 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12147 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12148 \"mail.others\")
12149
12150 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12151
12152 ;;;***
12153 \f
12154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12155 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12157
12158 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12159 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12160 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12161
12162 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12163
12164 ;;;***
12165 \f
12166 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12167 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18392 9532))
12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12169
12170 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12171 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12172 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12173 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12174
12175 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12176
12177 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12178 Mail to ADDRESS.
12179
12180 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12181
12182 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12183 Like `message-reply'.
12184
12185 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12186
12187 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12188
12189 ;;;***
12190 \f
12191 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12192 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18335 54532))
12193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12194
12195 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12196 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12197
12198 \(fn)" t nil)
12199
12200 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12201 Load the NoCeM cache.
12202
12203 \(fn)" t nil)
12204
12205 ;;;***
12206 \f
12207 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12208 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12209 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12211
12212 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12213 Display picons in the From header.
12214 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12215
12216 \(fn)" t nil)
12217
12218 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12219 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12220 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12221
12222 \(fn)" t nil)
12223
12224 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12225 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12226 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12227
12228 \(fn)" t nil)
12229
12230 ;;;***
12231 \f
12232 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12233 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12234 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12235 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12236 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18335 54532))
12237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12238
12239 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12240 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12241 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12242 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12243
12244 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12245
12246 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12247 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12248 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12249 LIST1 is modified.
12250
12251 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12252
12253 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12254 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12255 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12256
12257 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12258
12259 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12260 Not documented
12261
12262 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12263
12264 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12265 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12266 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12267
12268 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12269
12270 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12271 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12272 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12273
12274 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12275
12276 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12277
12278 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12279 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12280 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12281
12282 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12283
12284 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12285 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12286 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12287
12288 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12289
12290 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12291 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12292 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12293
12294 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12295
12296 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12297 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12298
12299 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12300
12301 ;;;***
12302 \f
12303 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12304 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18414 53319))
12305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12306
12307 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12308 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12309
12310 \(fn)" t nil)
12311
12312 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12313 Install the registry hooks.
12314
12315 \(fn)" t nil)
12316
12317 ;;;***
12318 \f
12319 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12320 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18335
12321 ;;;;;; 54532))
12322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12323
12324 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12325 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12326 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12327 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12328 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12329 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12330
12331 \(fn)" t nil)
12332
12333 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12334 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12335 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12336 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12337 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12338
12339 \(fn)" t nil)
12340
12341 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12342 Not documented
12343
12344 \(fn)" t nil)
12345
12346 ;;;***
12347 \f
12348 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12349 ;;;;;; (18392 10529))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12351
12352 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12353 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12354 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12355 for matching on group names.
12356
12357 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12358 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12359
12360 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12361
12362 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12363
12364 \(fn)" t nil)
12365
12366 ;;;***
12367 \f
12368 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12369 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12371
12372 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12373 Update the format specification near point.
12374
12375 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12376
12377 ;;;***
12378 \f
12379 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12380 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18341
12381 ;;;;;; 12909))
12382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12383
12384 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12385 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12386
12387 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12388
12389 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12390 Not documented
12391
12392 \(fn)" nil nil)
12393
12394 ;;;***
12395 \f
12396 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12397 ;;;;;; (18421 29580))
12398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12399
12400 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12401 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12402
12403 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12404
12405 ;;;***
12406 \f
12407 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18335 54541))
12408 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12409
12410 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12411 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12412
12413 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12414 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12415 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12416
12417 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12418 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12419 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12420
12421 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12422 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12423
12424 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12425 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12426
12427 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12428
12429 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12430
12431 ;;;***
12432 \f
12433 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12434 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18335 54538))
12435 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12436
12437 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12438
12439 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12440 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12441 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12442 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12443 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12444
12445 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12446
12447 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12448 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12449 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12450 or to send e-mail.
12451 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12452 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12453
12454 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12455 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12456
12457 \(fn)" t nil)
12458 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12459
12460 ;;;***
12461 \f
12462 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12463 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12464 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18413 14496))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12466
12467 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12468 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12469
12470 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12471
12472 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12473 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12474 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12475 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12476 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12477
12478 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12479 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12480
12481 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12482
12483 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12484 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12485 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12486 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12487
12488 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12489
12490 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12491 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12492
12493 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12494
12495 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12496 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12497
12498 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12499 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12500 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12501
12502 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12503 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12504 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12505
12506 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12507 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12508 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12509 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12510
12511 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12512 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12513 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12514 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12515 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12516
12517 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12518
12519 (defvar grep-history nil)
12520
12521 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12522
12523 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12524 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12525 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12526
12527 \(fn)" nil nil)
12528
12529 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12530 Not documented
12531
12532 \(fn)" nil nil)
12533
12534 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12535 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12536
12537 \(fn)" nil nil)
12538
12539 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12540 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12541 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12542 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12543 found matches.
12544
12545 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12546 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12547
12548 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12549 can easily repeat a grep command.
12550
12551 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12552 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12553 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12554 list is empty).
12555
12556 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12557
12558 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12559 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12560 Collect output in a buffer.
12561 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12562 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12563
12564 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12565 easily repeat a find command.
12566
12567 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12568
12569 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12570
12571 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12572 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12573 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12574 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12575 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12576
12577 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12578 before it is executed.
12579 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12580
12581 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12582 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12583 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12584
12585 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12586
12587 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12588
12589 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12590 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12591 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12592 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12593 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12594
12595 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12596 before it is executed.
12597 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12598
12599 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12600 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12601 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12602
12603 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12604
12605 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12606
12607 ;;;***
12608 \f
12609 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18335 54513))
12610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12611
12612 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12613 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12614 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12615 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12616 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12617
12618 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12619
12620 ;;;***
12621 \f
12622 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12623 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18369 28763))
12624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12625
12626 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12627 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12628 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12629 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12630
12631 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12632
12633 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12634 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12635 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12636 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12637
12638 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12639
12640 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12641 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12642 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12643 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12644
12645 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12646
12647 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12648 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12649 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12650 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12651
12652 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12653 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12654
12655 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12656
12657 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12658 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12659 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12660 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12661
12662 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12663
12664 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12665 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12666 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12667 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12668
12669 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12670
12671 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12672 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12673 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12674 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12675 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12676
12677 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12678 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12679 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12680 original source file access method.
12681
12682 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12683 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12684
12685 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12686 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12687
12688 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12689
12690 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12691 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12692
12693 \(fn)" t nil)
12694
12695 ;;;***
12696 \f
12697 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18335
12698 ;;;;;; 54541))
12699 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12700
12701 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12702 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12703 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12704 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12705
12706 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12707 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12708 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12709 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12710
12711 \(fn)" t nil)
12712
12713 ;;;***
12714 \f
12715 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12716 ;;;;;; (18366 7834))
12717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12718
12719 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12720 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12721
12722 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12723
12724 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12725 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12726 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12727 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12728
12729 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12730
12731 \(fn)" t nil)
12732
12733 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12734 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12735 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12736 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12737 to be updated.
12738
12739 \(fn)" t nil)
12740
12741 ;;;***
12742 \f
12743 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12744 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12745 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18335 54537))
12746 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12747
12748 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12749 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12750
12751 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12752
12753 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12754 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12755 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12756
12757 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12758
12759 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12760 Verify a hashcash payment
12761
12762 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12763
12764 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12765 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12766 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12767 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12768 `mail-add-payment-async').
12769
12770 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12771
12772 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12773 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12774 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12775 Calculation is asynchronous.
12776
12777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12778
12779 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12780 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12781 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12782
12783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12784
12785 ;;;***
12786 \f
12787 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12788 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12789 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12790 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18335 54513))
12791 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12792
12793 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12794 Return the help-echo string at point.
12795 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12796 property, or nil, is returned.
12797 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12798 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12799 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12800
12801 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12802
12803 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12804 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12805 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12806 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12807 this produces no string either, return nil.
12808
12809 \(fn)" nil nil)
12810
12811 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12812 Display local help in the echo area.
12813 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12814 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12815 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12816 printed instead.
12817
12818 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12819 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12820 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12821
12822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12823
12824 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12825 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12826 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12827
12828 \(fn)" t nil)
12829
12830 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12831 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12832 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12833
12834 \(fn)" t nil)
12835
12836 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12837 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12838 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12839 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12840 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12841 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12842 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12843 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12844 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12845 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12846 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12847
12848 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12849 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12850 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12851 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12852 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12853
12854 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12855 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12856 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12857 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12858 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12859 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12860 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12861 The default is `never'.")
12862
12863 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12864
12865 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12866 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12867 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12868 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12869 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12870 considered different regions.
12871
12872 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12873 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12874 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12875 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12876 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12877 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12878 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12879 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12880 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12881
12882 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12883
12884 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12885 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12886 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12887 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12888 different regions.
12889
12890 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12891 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12892 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12893 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12894 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12895 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12896 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12897 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12898
12899 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12900 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12901 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12902 rarely happens in practice.
12903
12904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12905
12906 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12907 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12908 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12909 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12910 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12911 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12912
12913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12914
12915 ;;;***
12916 \f
12917 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12918 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12919 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12920 ;;;;;; (18420 22755))
12921 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12922
12923 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12924 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12925
12926 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12927
12928 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12929 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12930 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12931
12932 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12933
12934 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
12935 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12936
12937 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12938
12939 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12940 Not documented
12941
12942 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12943
12944 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12945 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12946 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12947 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12948
12949 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12950
12951 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12952 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12953 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12954 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12955 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12956 it is displayed along with the global value.
12957
12958 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12959
12960 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12961 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12962 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12963 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12964
12965 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12966
12967 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12968 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12969 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12970 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12971 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12972
12973 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12974
12975 ;;;***
12976 \f
12977 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12978 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
12979 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12980
12981 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12982 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12983 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12984 and window listing and describing the options.
12985 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12986 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12987
12988 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12989
12990 ;;;***
12991 \f
12992 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12993 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12994 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18371
12995 ;;;;;; 7271))
12996 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12997
12998 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12999 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13000 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13001 Commands:
13002 \\{help-mode-map}
13003
13004 \(fn)" t nil)
13005
13006 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13007 Not documented
13008
13009 \(fn)" nil nil)
13010
13011 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13012 Not documented
13013
13014 \(fn)" nil nil)
13015
13016 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13017 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13018
13019 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13020 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13021 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13022 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13023
13024 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13025 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13026 restore it properly when going back.
13027
13028 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13029
13030 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13031 Not documented
13032
13033 \(fn)" nil nil)
13034
13035 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13036 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13037
13038 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13039 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13040 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13041 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13042 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13043 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13044 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13045 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13046
13047 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13048 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13049 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13050 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13051
13052 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13053 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13054 that.
13055
13056 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13057
13058 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13059 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13060 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13061 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13062 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13063 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13064
13065 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13066
13067 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13068 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13069 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13070 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13071 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13072
13073 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13074
13075 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13076 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13077
13078 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13079
13080 ;;;***
13081 \f
13082 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13083 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18335 54522))
13084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13085
13086 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13087 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13088
13089 \(fn)" t nil)
13090
13091 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13092 Provide help for current mode.
13093
13094 \(fn)" t nil)
13095
13096 ;;;***
13097 \f
13098 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13099 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18356 12617))
13100 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13101
13102 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13103 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13104 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13105 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13106 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13107
13108 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13109 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13110
13111 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13112 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13113 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13114 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13115
13116 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13117 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13118 periods.
13119
13120 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13121 in hexl format.
13122
13123 A sample format:
13124
13125 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13126 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13127 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13128 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13129 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13130 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13131 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13132 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13133 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13134 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13135 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13136 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13137 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13138 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13139 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13140
13141 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13142 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13143 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13144
13145 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13146 also supported.
13147
13148 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13149
13150 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13151 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13152 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13153
13154 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13155 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13156 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13157
13158 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13159 into the buffer at the current point.
13160
13161 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13162 into the buffer at the current point.
13163
13164 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13165 into the buffer at the current point.
13166
13167 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13168
13169 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13170 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13171
13172 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13173
13174 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13175
13176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13177
13178 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13179 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13180 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13181 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13182
13183 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13184
13185 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13186 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13187 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13188
13189 \(fn)" t nil)
13190
13191 ;;;***
13192 \f
13193 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13194 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13195 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13196 ;;;;;; (18416 36501))
13197 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13198
13199 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13200 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13201
13202 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13203 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13204 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13205 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13206 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13207 called interactively, are:
13208
13209 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13210 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13211
13212 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13213 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13214 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13215 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13216
13217 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13218 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13219
13220 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13221 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13222
13223 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13224 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13225 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13226 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13227 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13228 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13229 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13230 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13231 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13232 function returns t.
13233
13234 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13235 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13236
13237 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13238 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13239 form:
13240 Hi-lock: FOO
13241 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13242 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13243 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13244 Patterns will be read until
13245 Hi-lock: end
13246 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13247
13248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13249
13250 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13251 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13252 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13254 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13255 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13256
13257 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13258
13259 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13260 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13261 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13262 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13263 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13264
13265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13266
13267 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13268
13269 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13270 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13271
13272 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13273 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13274 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13275 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13276
13277 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13278
13279 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13280
13281 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13282 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13283
13284 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13285 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13286 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13287 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13288
13289 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13290
13291 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13292
13293 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13294 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13295
13296 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13297 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13298
13299 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13300
13301 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13302
13303 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13304 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13305
13306 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13307 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13308 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13309 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13310 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13311
13312 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13313
13314 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13315 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13316
13317 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13318 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13319 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13320
13321 \(fn)" t nil)
13322
13323 ;;;***
13324 \f
13325 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13326 ;;;;;; (18423 20180))
13327 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13328
13329 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13330 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13331 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13332 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13333 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13334 how the hiding is done:
13335
13336 `hide-ifdef-env'
13337 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13338 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13339 is used.
13340
13341 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13342 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13343 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13344 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13345 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13346
13347 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13348 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13349 #endif lines when hiding.
13350
13351 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13352 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13353 is activated.
13354
13355 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13356 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13357 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13358
13359 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13360
13361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13362
13363 ;;;***
13364 \f
13365 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13366 ;;;;;; (18375 33071))
13367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13368
13369 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13370 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13371 Each element has the form
13372 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13373
13374 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13375 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13376
13377 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13378 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13379
13380 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13381 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13382 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13383 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13384 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13385 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13386
13387 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13388 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13389
13390 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13391 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13392
13393 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13394 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13395 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13396
13397 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13398 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13399 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13400 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13401 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13402
13403 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13404 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13405 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13406
13407 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13408 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13409
13410 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13411
13412 Key bindings:
13413 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13414
13415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13416
13417 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13418 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13419
13420 \(fn)" nil nil)
13421
13422 ;;;***
13423 \f
13424 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13425 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13426 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13427 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13428 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18421
13429 ;;;;;; 41093))
13430 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13431
13432 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13433 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13434
13435 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13436
13437 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13438 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13439 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13440 on and off.
13441
13442 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13443 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13444 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13445 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13446 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13447 through various faces.
13448 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13449 buffer with the contents of a file
13450 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13451
13452 Hook variables:
13453 `highlight-changes-enable-hook': called when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
13454 `highlight-changes-disable-hook': called when disabling Highlight Changes mode.
13455
13456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13457
13458 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13459 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13460
13461 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13462 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13463 in a distinctive face.
13464
13465 The default value can be customized with variable
13466 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13467
13468 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13469
13470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13471
13472 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13473 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13474 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13475
13476 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13477
13478 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13479 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13480
13481 \(fn)" t nil)
13482
13483 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13484 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13485
13486 \(fn)" t nil)
13487
13488 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13489 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13490
13491 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13492 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13493 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13494 shown in the last face in the list.
13495
13496 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13497 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13498 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13499
13500 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13501
13502 \(fn)" t nil)
13503
13504 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13505 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13506
13507 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13508
13509 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13510 to save the file.
13511
13512 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13513 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13514
13515 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13516 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13517 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13518
13519 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13520
13521 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13522 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13523
13524 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13525 this function is called interactively.
13526
13527 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13528 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13529 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13530
13531 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13532 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13533 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13534
13535 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13536
13537 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13538 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13539 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13542 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13543
13544 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13545
13546 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13547 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13548 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13549 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13550 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13551
13552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13553
13554 ;;;***
13555 \f
13556 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13557 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13558 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13559 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13560 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18335 54513))
13561 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13562
13563 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13564 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13565 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13566 or insert functions in this list.")
13567
13568 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13569
13570 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13571 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13572
13573 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13574
13575 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13576 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13577
13578 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13579
13580 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13581 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13582
13583 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13584
13585 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13586 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13587
13588 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13589
13590 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13591 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13592 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13593
13594 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13595
13596 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13597 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13598 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13599 \(as atoms)")
13600
13601 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13602
13603 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13604 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13605 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13606 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13607 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13608
13609 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13610
13611 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13612 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13613 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13614 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13615 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13616 expansions.
13617 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13618 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13619 undoes the expansion.
13620
13621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13622
13623 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13624 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13625 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13626 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13627
13628 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13629
13630 ;;;***
13631 \f
13632 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13633 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
13634 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13635
13636 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13637 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13638 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13639
13640 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13641 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13642 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13643 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13644 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13645
13646 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13647 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13648 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13649 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13650
13651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13652
13653 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13654 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13655 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13657 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13658 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13659
13660 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13661
13662 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13663 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13664 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13665
13666 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13667 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13668
13669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13670
13671 ;;;***
13672 \f
13673 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13674 ;;;;;; (18427 6636))
13675 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13676
13677 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13678 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13679 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13680 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13681
13682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13683
13684 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13685 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13686 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13687 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13688 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13689
13690 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13691 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13692
13693 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13694 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13695
13696 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13697 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13698 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13699 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13700 of a holiday list.
13701
13702 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13703
13704 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13705
13706 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13707
13708 ;;;***
13709 \f
13710 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18335
13711 ;;;;;; 54532))
13712 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13713
13714 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13715 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13716
13717 \(fn)" t nil)
13718
13719 ;;;***
13720 \f
13721 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13722 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13723 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13724 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13725 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13726 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13727 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13728 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13729 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13730 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13731 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13732 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13733 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13734 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13735 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13736 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13737 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13738 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13739 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13740 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13741 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13742 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13743 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18335 54513))
13744 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13745
13746 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13747 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13748 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13749
13750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13751
13752 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13753 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13754
13755 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13756
13757 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13758 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13759
13760 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13761
13762 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13763 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13764
13765 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13766
13767 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13768 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13769
13770 \(fn)" t nil)
13771
13772 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13773 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13774
13775 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13776
13777 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13778 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13779
13780 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13781 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13782 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13783 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13784 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13785 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13786 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13787 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13788 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13789 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13790 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13791 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13792
13793 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13794 Not documented
13795
13796 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13797
13798 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13799 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13800
13801 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13802
13803 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13804 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13805
13806 \(fn)" t nil)
13807
13808 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13809 Remove the first filter group.
13810
13811 \(fn)" t nil)
13812
13813 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13814 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13815
13816 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13817
13818 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13819 Remove all filter groups.
13820
13821 \(fn)" t nil)
13822
13823 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13824 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13825
13826 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13827
13828 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13829 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13830 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13831
13832 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13833
13834 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
13835 Kill the filter group at point.
13836 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13837
13838 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13839
13840 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
13841 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13842
13843 \(fn)" t nil)
13844
13845 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13846 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13847
13848 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13849
13850 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13851 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13852 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13853 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13854
13855 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13856
13857 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13858 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13859 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13860
13861 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13862
13863 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13864 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13865 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
13866
13867 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13868
13869 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
13870 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13871
13872 \(fn)" t nil)
13873
13874 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13875 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13876
13877 \(fn)" t nil)
13878
13879 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13880 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13881
13882 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13883 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13884 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13885
13886 \(fn)" t nil)
13887
13888 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13889 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13890
13891 \(fn)" t nil)
13892
13893 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13894 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13895
13896 \(fn)" t nil)
13897
13898 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13899 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13900 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13901 filter into parts.
13902
13903 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13904
13905 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13906 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13907 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13908
13909 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13910
13911 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13912 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13913
13914 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13915
13916 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13917 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13918
13919 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13920
13921 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13922 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13923
13924 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13925 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13926 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13927 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13928 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13929 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13930 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13931 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13932 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13933
13934 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13935 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13936 Default sorting modes are:
13937 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13938 Name - the name of the buffer
13939 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13940 Size - the size of the buffer
13941
13942 \(fn)" t nil)
13943
13944 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
13945 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13946
13947 \(fn)" t nil)
13948 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13949 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13950 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13951 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
13953
13954 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
13955 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13956
13957 \(fn)" t nil)
13958
13959 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
13960 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13961 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13962 for this Ibuffer session.
13963
13964 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13965
13966 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
13967 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13968 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13969 for this Ibuffer session.
13970
13971 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13972
13973 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
13974 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13975
13976 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13977 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13978
13979 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13980 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13981
13982 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13983
13984 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
13985 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13986
13987 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13988 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13989
13990 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13991
13992 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
13993 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13994
13995 \(fn)" t nil)
13996
13997 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
13998 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13999
14000 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14001 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14002 hidden group filter, open it.
14003
14004 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14005 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14006 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14007
14008 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14009
14010 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14011 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14012 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14013
14014 \(fn)" t nil)
14015
14016 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14017 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14018
14019 The names are separated by a space.
14020 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14021
14022 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14023 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14024 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14025 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14026
14027 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14028
14029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14030
14031 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14032 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14033
14034 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14035
14036 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14037 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14038
14039 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14040
14041 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14042 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14043
14044 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14045
14046 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14047 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14048
14049 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14050
14051 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14052 Mark all modified buffers.
14053
14054 \(fn)" t nil)
14055
14056 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14057 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14058
14059 \(fn)" t nil)
14060
14061 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14062 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14063
14064 \(fn)" t nil)
14065
14066 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14067 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14068
14069 \(fn)" t nil)
14070
14071 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14072 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14073
14074 \(fn)" t nil)
14075
14076 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14077 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14078
14079 \(fn)" t nil)
14080
14081 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14082 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14083
14084 \(fn)" t nil)
14085
14086 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14087 Mark all read-only buffers.
14088
14089 \(fn)" t nil)
14090
14091 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14092 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14093
14094 \(fn)" t nil)
14095
14096 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14097 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14098 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14099 defaults to one.
14100
14101 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14102
14103 ;;;***
14104 \f
14105 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14106 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18335
14107 ;;;;;; 54513))
14108 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14109
14110 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14111 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14112
14113 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14114 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14115 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14116
14117 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14118 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14119 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14120 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14121 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14122 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14123
14124 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14125 title of the column.
14126
14127 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14128 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14129 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14130 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14131 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14132
14133 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14134
14135 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14136 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14137 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14138 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14139 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14140
14141 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14142 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14143 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14144
14145 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14146
14147 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14148 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14149 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14150 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14151 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14152 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14153
14154 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14155 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14156 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14157 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14158 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14159 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14160 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14161 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14162 values are:
14163 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14164 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14165 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14166 buffer's modification flag.
14167 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14168 prompted before performing this operation.
14169 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14170 operation is complete, in the form:
14171 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14172 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14173 confirmation message, in the form:
14174 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14175 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14176 macro for exactly what it does.
14177
14178 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14179
14180 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14181 Define a filter named NAME.
14182 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14183 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14184 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14185
14186 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14187 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14188 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14189 bound to the current value of the filter.
14190
14191 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14192
14193 ;;;***
14194 \f
14195 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14196 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18371 38464))
14197 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14198
14199 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14200 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14201 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14202 buffers which are visiting a file.
14203
14204 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14205
14206 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14207 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14208 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14209 buffers which are visiting a file.
14210
14211 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14212
14213 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14214 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14215 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14216
14217 All arguments are optional.
14218 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14219 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14220 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14221 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14222 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14223 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14224 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14225 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14226 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14227 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14228 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14229 that value locally in this buffer.
14230
14231 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14232
14233 ;;;***
14234 \f
14235 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14236 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14237 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18426 30977))
14238 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14239
14240 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14241 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14242 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14243 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14244
14245 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14246
14247 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14248 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14249 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14250 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14251 ICAL-FILENAME.
14252 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14253 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14254 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14255
14256 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14257
14258 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14259 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14260 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14261 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14262 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14263 non-marking or not.
14264
14265 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14266
14267 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14268 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14269
14270 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14271 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14272 DIARY-FILE.
14273
14274 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14275 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14276 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14277
14278 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14279 non-marking.
14280
14281 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14282 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14283 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14284
14285 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14286
14287 ;;;***
14288 \f
14289 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18403
14290 ;;;;;; 34898))
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14292
14293 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14294 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14295 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14297 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14298 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14299
14300 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14301
14302 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14303 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14304 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14305 otherwise turn it off.
14306
14307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14308
14309 ;;;***
14310 \f
14311 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18335 54542))
14312 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14313
14314 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14315 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14316 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14317 Tab indents for Icon code.
14318 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14319 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14320 \\{icon-mode-map}
14321 Variables controlling indentation style:
14322 icon-tab-always-indent
14323 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14324 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14325 icon-auto-newline
14326 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14327 inserted in Icon code.
14328 icon-indent-level
14329 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14330 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14331 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14332 icon-continued-statement-offset
14333 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14334 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14335 icon-continued-brace-offset
14336 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14337 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14338 icon-brace-offset
14339 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14340 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14341 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14342 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14343
14344 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14345 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14346
14347 \(fn)" t nil)
14348
14349 ;;;***
14350 \f
14351 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14352 ;;;;;; (18341 12917))
14353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14354
14355 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14356 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14357 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14358 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14359
14360 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14361 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14362 separate frames.
14363
14364 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14365 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14366
14367 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14368 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14369 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14370
14371 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14372
14373 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14374
14375 ;;;***
14376 \f
14377 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14378 ;;;;;; (18374 12124))
14379 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14380
14381 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14382 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14383
14384 The main features of this mode are
14385
14386 1. Indentation and Formatting
14387 --------------------------
14388 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14389 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14390
14391 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14392 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14393 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14394 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14395
14396 Comments are indented as follows:
14397
14398 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14399 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14400 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14401
14402 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14403
14404 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14405 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14406 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14407 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14408 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14409 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14410
14411 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14412 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14413 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14414 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14415
14416 2. Routine Info
14417 ------------
14418 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14419 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14420 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14421 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14422 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14423 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14424 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14425 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14426 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14427 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14428
14429 3. Online IDL Help
14430 ---------------
14431
14432 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14433 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14434 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14435 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14436
14437 4. Completion
14438 ----------
14439 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14440 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14441 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14442 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14443 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14444 upper case.
14445
14446 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14447 --------------------------------
14448 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14449 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14450
14451 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14452 \\fu FUNCTION template
14453 \\c CASE statement template
14454 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14455 \\f FOR loop template
14456 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14457 \\w WHILE loop template
14458 \\i IF statement template
14459 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14460 \\b BEGIN
14461
14462 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14463 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14464
14465 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14466 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14467 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14468 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14469
14470 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14471 -------------------------
14472 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14473 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14474
14475 7. Automatic END completion
14476 ------------------------
14477 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14478 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14479
14480 8. Hooks
14481 -----
14482 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14483 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14484
14485 9. Documentation and Customization
14486 -------------------------------
14487 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14488 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14489 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14490 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14491 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14492
14493 10.Keybindings
14494 -----------
14495 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14496 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14497 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14498
14499 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14500
14501 \(fn)" t nil)
14502 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14503
14504 ;;;***
14505 \f
14506 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14507 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14508 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14509 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14510 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14511 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14512 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14513 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18345
14514 ;;;;;; 40619))
14515 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14516
14517 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14518 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14519 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14520 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14521 displaying...)
14522 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14523 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14524 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14525
14526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14527 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14528
14529 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14530
14531 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14532 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14533 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14534 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14535 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14536 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14537 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14538 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14539 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14540
14541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14542
14543 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14544 Switch to another buffer.
14545 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14546 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14547 in another frame.
14548
14549 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14550 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14551 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14552 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14553 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14554
14555 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14556 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14557
14558 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14559 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14560
14561 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14562 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14563 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14564 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14565 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14566 in a separate window.
14567 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14568 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14569 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14570 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14571 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14572 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14573 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14574 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14575 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14576
14577 \(fn)" t nil)
14578
14579 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14580 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14581 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14582 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14583
14584 \(fn)" t nil)
14585
14586 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14587 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14588 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14589 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14590
14591 \(fn)" t nil)
14592
14593 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14594 Kill a buffer.
14595 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14596 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14597
14598 \(fn)" t nil)
14599
14600 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14601 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14602 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14603 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14604
14605 \(fn)" t nil)
14606
14607 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14608 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14609 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14610 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14611
14612 \(fn)" t nil)
14613
14614 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14615 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14616
14617 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14618
14619 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14620 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14621 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14622 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14623 visible in another frame.
14624
14625 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14626 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14627 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14628 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14629 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14630 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14631
14632 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14633 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14634
14635 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14636 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14637
14638 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14639 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14640 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14641 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14642 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14643 in a separate window.
14644 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14645 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14646 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14647 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14648 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14649 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14650 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14651 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14652 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14653 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14654 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14655 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14656 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14657 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14658 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14659
14660 \(fn)" t nil)
14661
14662 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14663 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14664 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14665 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14666
14667 \(fn)" t nil)
14668
14669 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14670 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14671 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14672 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14673
14674 \(fn)" t nil)
14675
14676 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14677 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14678 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14679 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14680
14681 \(fn)" t nil)
14682
14683 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14684 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14685 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14686 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14687
14688 \(fn)" t nil)
14689
14690 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14691 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14692 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14693 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14694
14695 \(fn)" t nil)
14696
14697 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14698 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14699 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14700 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14701
14702 \(fn)" t nil)
14703
14704 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14705 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14706 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14707 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14708
14709 \(fn)" t nil)
14710
14711 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14712 Write current buffer to a file.
14713 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14714 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14715
14716 \(fn)" t nil)
14717
14718 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14719 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14720 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14721 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14722
14723 \(fn)" t nil)
14724
14725 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14726 Call `dired' the ido way.
14727 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14728 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14729
14730 \(fn)" t nil)
14731
14732 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14733 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14734 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14735 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14736 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14737 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14738
14739 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14740
14741 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14742 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14743 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14744 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14745
14746 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14747
14748 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14749 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14750 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14751 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14752
14753 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14754
14755 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14756 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14757 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14758 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14759 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14760 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14761 with `completing-read'.
14762 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14763 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14764 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14765 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14766 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14767 with point positioned at the end.
14768 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14769 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14770
14771 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14772
14773 ;;;***
14774 \f
14775 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18371 9336))
14776 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14777 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14778
14779 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14780 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14781 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14782
14783 \(fn)" t nil)
14784
14785 ;;;***
14786 \f
14787 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14788 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
14789 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14790
14791 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14792 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14793
14794 \(fn)" t nil)
14795
14796 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14797 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14798
14799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14800
14801 ;;;***
14802 \f
14803 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14804 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14805 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14806 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14807 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18335 54513))
14808 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14809
14810 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14811 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14812 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14813 be determined.
14814
14815 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14816
14817 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14818 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14819 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14820 be determined.
14821
14822 \(fn)" nil nil)
14823
14824 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14825 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14826 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14827 be determined.
14828
14829 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14830
14831 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14832 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14833 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14834 be determined.
14835
14836 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14837
14838 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14839 Determine and return image type.
14840 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14841 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14842 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14843 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14844 use its file extension as image type.
14845 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14846
14847 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14848
14849 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14850 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14851 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14852
14853 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14854
14855 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14856 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14857 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14858
14859 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14860 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14861 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14862 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14863 must be available.
14864
14865 \(fn)" nil nil)
14866
14867 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14868 Create an image.
14869 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14870 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14871 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14872 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14873 use its file extension as image type.
14874 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14875 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14876 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14877 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14878
14879 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14880
14881 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14882 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14883 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14884
14885 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14886
14887 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14888 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14889 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14890 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14891 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14892 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14893 POS may be an integer or marker.
14894 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14895 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14896 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14897 means display it in the right marginal area.
14898
14899 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14900
14901 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14902 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14903 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14904 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14905 defaulted if you omit it.
14906 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14907 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14908 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14909 means display it in the right marginal area.
14910 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14911 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14912 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14913 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14914 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14915
14916 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14917
14918 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14919 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14920 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14921 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14922 defaulted if you omit it.
14923 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14924 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14925 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14926 means display it in the right marginal area.
14927 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14928
14929 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14930
14931 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14932 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14933 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14934 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14935
14936 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14937
14938 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14939 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14940
14941 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14942
14943 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14944 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14945 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14946 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14947 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14948 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14949 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14950 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14951 satisfied.
14952
14953 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14954
14955 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14956
14957 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14958
14959 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14960 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14961
14962 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14963 documentation string.
14964
14965 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14966 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14967 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14968 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14969 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14970 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14971 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14972 define SYMBOL.
14973
14974 Example:
14975
14976 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14977 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14978
14979 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14980
14981 ;;;***
14982 \f
14983 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14984 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14985 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14986 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14987 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14988 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14989 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
14990 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18335 54513))
14991 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14992
14993 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14994 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
14995
14996 \(fn)" t nil)
14997
14998 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14999 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15000
15001 Convenience command that:
15002
15003 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15004 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15005 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15006
15007 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15008 image files in dired and type
15009 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15010
15011 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15012
15013 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15014 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15015
15016 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15017
15018 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15019 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15020 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15021 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15022 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15023 another one).
15024
15025 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15026 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15027 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15028
15029 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15030 instead of erasing it first.
15031
15032 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15033 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15034 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15035 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15036 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15037 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15038
15039 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15040
15041 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15042 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15043 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15044 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15045 displayed.
15046
15047 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15048
15049 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15050
15051 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15052
15053 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15054 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15055
15056 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15057
15058 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15059 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15060 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15061
15062 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15063
15064 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15065 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15066
15067 \(fn)" t nil)
15068
15069 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15070 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15071 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15072 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15073
15074 \(fn)" t nil)
15075
15076 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15077 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15078
15079 \(fn)" t nil)
15080
15081 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15082 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15083
15084 \(fn)" t nil)
15085
15086 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15087 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15088
15089 \(fn)" t nil)
15090
15091 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15092 Display current image file.
15093 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15094 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15095
15096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15097
15098 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15099 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15100
15101 \(fn)" t nil)
15102
15103 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15104 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15105 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15106 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15107 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15108 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15109 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15110
15111 \(fn)" t nil)
15112
15113 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15114 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15115 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15116 easy-to-use form.
15117
15118 \(fn)" t nil)
15119
15120 ;;;***
15121 \f
15122 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15123 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15124 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18335 54513))
15125 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15126
15127 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15128 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15129 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15130 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15131
15132 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15133 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15134 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15135 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15136
15137 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15138
15139 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15140 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15141 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15142 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15143
15144 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15145 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15146 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15147 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15148
15149 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15150
15151 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15152 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15153
15154 \(fn)" nil nil)
15155
15156 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15157 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15158 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15159 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15160
15161 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15162
15163 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15164 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15165 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15166 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15167 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15168 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15169
15170 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15171
15172 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15173 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15174 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15175 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15176
15177 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15178 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15179 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15180
15181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15182
15183 ;;;***
15184 \f
15185 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15186 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18420 18524))
15187 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15188 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15189 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15190 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15191 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15192 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15193 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15194 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15195 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15196 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15197
15198 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15199 Major mode for image files.
15200 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15201 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15202
15203 \(fn)" t nil)
15204
15205 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15206 Toggle Image minor mode.
15207 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15208 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15209
15210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15211
15212 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15213 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15214 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15215 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15216 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15217 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15218
15219 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15220 information on these modes.
15221
15222 \(fn)" t nil)
15223
15224 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15225 Not documented
15226
15227 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15228
15229 ;;;***
15230 \f
15231 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15232 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18335 54513))
15233 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15234
15235 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15236 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15237
15238 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15239
15240 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15241 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15242 in the buffer.
15243
15244 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15245
15246 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15247 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15248 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15249
15250 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15251
15252 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15253 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15254
15255 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15256 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15257 pattern's structure.
15258
15259 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15260 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15261 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15262 during matching.")
15263
15264 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15265
15266 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15267 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15268
15269 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15270 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15271 called within a `save-excursion'.
15272
15273 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15274
15275 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15276
15277 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15278 Function for finding the next index position.
15279
15280 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15281 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15282 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15283 file.
15284
15285 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15286 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15287
15288 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15289
15290 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15291 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15292
15293 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15294 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15295 It should return the name for that index item.")
15296
15297 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15298
15299 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15300 Function to compare string with index item.
15301
15302 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15303 non-nil if they match.
15304
15305 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15306 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15307 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15308 arguments match\".")
15309
15310 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15311
15312 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15313 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15314 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15315
15316 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15317
15318 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15319
15320 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15321
15322 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15323 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15324 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15325 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15326
15327 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15328
15329 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15330 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15331
15332 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15333
15334 \(fn)" t nil)
15335
15336 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15337 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15338 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15339 for more information.
15340
15341 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15342
15343 ;;;***
15344 \f
15345 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15346 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15347 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18341 12912))
15348 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15349
15350 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15351 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15352
15353 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15354
15355 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15356 Not documented
15357
15358 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15359
15360 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15361 Not documented
15362
15363 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15364
15365 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15366 Not documented
15367
15368 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15369
15370 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15371 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15372
15373 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15374
15375 ;;;***
15376 \f
15377 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15378 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15379 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18426 23998))
15380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15381
15382 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15383 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15384 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15385 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15386 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15387
15388 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15389
15390 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15391 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15392
15393 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15394
15395 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15396 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15397 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15398 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15399 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15400 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15401 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15402 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15403
15404 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15405
15406 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15407 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15408 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15409 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15410 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15411
15412 This variable is only used if the variable
15413 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15414
15415 More precise choices:
15416 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15417 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15418 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15419
15420 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15421
15422 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15423
15424 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15425 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15426
15427 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15428 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15429 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15430 to that buffer.
15431 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15432 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15433 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15434 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15435
15436 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15437 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15438
15439 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15440
15441 ;;;***
15442 \f
15443 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15444 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15445 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15446 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18409 42640))
15447 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15448
15449 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15450 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15451
15452 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15453 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15454 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15455
15456 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15457 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15458 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15459 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15460 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15461 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15462 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15463 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15464 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15465 with the top-level Info directory.
15466
15467 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15468 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15469 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15470 appended to the Info buffer name.
15471
15472 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15473 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15474 in all the directories in that path.
15475
15476 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15477
15478 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15479 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15480
15481 \(fn)" t nil)
15482
15483 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15484 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15485 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15486 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15487
15488 \(fn)" nil nil)
15489
15490 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15491 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15492 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15493 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15494
15495 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15496
15497 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15498 Go to the Info directory node.
15499
15500 \(fn)" t nil)
15501
15502 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15503 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15504 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15505 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15506 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15507 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15508
15509 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15510
15511 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15512 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15513 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15514
15515 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15516
15517 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15518 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15519 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15520 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15521 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15522
15523 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15524 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15525
15526 Selecting other nodes:
15527 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15528 Follow a node reference you click on.
15529 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15530 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15531 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15532 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15533 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15534 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15535 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15536 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15537 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15538 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15539 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15540 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15541 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15542 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15543 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15544 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15545 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15546 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15547 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15548 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15549
15550 Moving within a node:
15551 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15552 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15553 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15554 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15555 move up to the parent node.
15556 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15557 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15558 if there is none.
15559 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15560
15561 Advanced commands:
15562 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15563 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15564 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15565 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15566 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15567 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15568 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15569 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15570 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15571 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15572 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15573 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15574 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15575 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15576 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15577 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15578
15579 \(fn)" nil nil)
15580 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15581
15582 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15583 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15584 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15585 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15586 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15587 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15588
15589 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15590 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15591
15592 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15593 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15594 KEY is a string.
15595 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15596 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15597 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15598 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15599
15600 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15601
15602 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15603 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15604 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15605
15606 \(fn)" t nil)
15607
15608 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15609 Not documented
15610
15611 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15612
15613 ;;;***
15614 \f
15615 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15616 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15617 ;;;;;; (18375 33070))
15618 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15619
15620 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15621 Throw away all cached data.
15622 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15623 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15624 system.
15625
15626 \(fn)" t nil)
15627 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15628
15629 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15630 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15631 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15632 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15633 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15634 one found at point.
15635
15636 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15637
15638 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15639 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15640
15641 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15642 Display the documentation of a file.
15643 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15644 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15645 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15646 The default file name is the one found at point.
15647
15648 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15649
15650 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15651
15652 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15653 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15654
15655 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15656
15657 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15658 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15659
15660 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15661
15662 ;;;***
15663 \f
15664 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15665 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18335 54513))
15666 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15667
15668 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15669 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15670
15671 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15672
15673 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15674 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15675 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15676
15677 \(fn)" t nil)
15678
15679 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15680 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15681 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15682
15683 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15684 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15685 quite a while.
15686
15687 \(fn)" t nil)
15688
15689 ;;;***
15690 \f
15691 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15692 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18335 54513))
15693 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15694
15695 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15696 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15697
15698 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15699
15700 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15701 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15702 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15703
15704 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15705 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15706 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15707
15708 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15709 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15710 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15711 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15712
15713 \(fn)" t nil)
15714
15715 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15716 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15717 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15718
15719 \(fn)" t nil)
15720
15721 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15722 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15723 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15724 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15725 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15726
15727 \(fn)" nil nil)
15728
15729 ;;;***
15730 \f
15731 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
15732 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
15733 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
15734
15735 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
15736 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
15737 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
15738
15739 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
15740 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
15741
15742 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
15743 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
15744 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
15745 next occurrence.
15746
15747 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
15748 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
15749 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
15750 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
15751 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
15752 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
15753 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
15754 buffer in the series.")
15755
15756 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
15757 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
15758 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15759
15760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15761
15762 ;;;***
15763 \f
15764 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15765 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15766 ;;;;;; (18335 54534))
15767 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15768
15769 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15770 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15771
15772 \(fn)" t nil)
15773
15774 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15775 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15776
15777 \(fn)" t nil)
15778
15779 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15780 Not documented
15781
15782 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15783
15784 ;;;***
15785 \f
15786 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18335
15787 ;;;;;; 54514))
15788 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15789
15790 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15791 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15792 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15793 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15794 accessed via isearchb.
15795
15796 \(fn)" t nil)
15797
15798 ;;;***
15799 \f
15800 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15801 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15802 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15803 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18335 54534))
15804 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15805
15806 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15807 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15808 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15809 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15810 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15811
15812 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15813
15814 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15815 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15816 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15817 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15818 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15819
15820 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15821
15822 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15823 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15824 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15825 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15826 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15827
15828 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15829
15830 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15831 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15832 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15833 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15834 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15835
15836 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15837
15838 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15839 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15840 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15841 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15842 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15843
15844 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15845
15846 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15847 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15848 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15849 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15850 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15851
15852 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15853
15854 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15855 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15856 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15857 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15858 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15859
15860 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15861
15862 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15863 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15864 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15865 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15866
15867 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15868
15869 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15870 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15871 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15872 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15873
15874 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15875
15876 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15877 Warn that format is read-only.
15878
15879 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15880
15881 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15882 Warn that format is write-only.
15883
15884 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15885
15886 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15887 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15888
15889 \(fn)" t nil)
15890
15891 ;;;***
15892 \f
15893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15894 ;;;;;; (18335 54534))
15895 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15896 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15897 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15898 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15899
15900 ;;;***
15901 \f
15902 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15903 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15904 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15905 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15906 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15907 ;;;;;; (18369 28764))
15908 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15909 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15910
15911 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15912 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15913 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15914 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15915
15916 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15917 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15918
15919 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15920 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15921 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15922
15923 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15924 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15925 re-start Emacs.")
15926
15927 (custom-autoload 'ispell-local-dictionary-alist "ispell" t)
15928
15929 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
15930
15931 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))
15932
15933 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 '(("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))
15934
15935 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 '(("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))
15936
15937 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 '(("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
15938
15939 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 '(("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))
15940
15941 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15942 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15943
15944 Each element of this list is also a list:
15945
15946 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15947 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15948
15949 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15950 nil means the default dictionary.
15951
15952 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
15953
15954 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15955
15956 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15957 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15958 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15959 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15960 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15961 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15962 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15963 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15964 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15965
15966 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
15967 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15968 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15969 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15970 for non-ASCII bytes.
15971
15972 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15973 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15974 single word.
15975
15976 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15977 subprocess.
15978
15979 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15980 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15981 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15982 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15983 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15984 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15985 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15986 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15987
15988 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15989
15990 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15991 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15992 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15993
15994 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15995 Key map for ispell menu.")
15996
15997 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15998 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15999 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16000 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16001
16002 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16003
16004 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16005
16006 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16007
16008 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16009
16010 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16011 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16012 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16013 Valid forms include:
16014 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16015 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16016 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16017 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16018
16019 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16020 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16021 First list is used raw.
16022 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16023
16024 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16025 for skipping in latex mode.")
16026
16027 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16028 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16029 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16030 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16031 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16032 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16033 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16034
16035 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16036 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16037 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16038 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16039
16040 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16041 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16042 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16043 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16044 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16045
16046 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16047 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16048
16049 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16050 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16051
16052 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16053 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16054
16055 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16056 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16057
16058 Return values:
16059 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16060 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16061 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16062 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16063 quit spell session exited.
16064
16065 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16066
16067 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16068 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16069 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16070
16071 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16072
16073 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16074 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16075
16076 Selections are:
16077
16078 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16079 SPC: Accept word this time.
16080 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16081 `a': Accept word for this session.
16082 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16083 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16084 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16085 `?': Show these commands.
16086 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16087 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16088 the aborted check to be completed later.
16089 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16090 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16091 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16092 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16093 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16094 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16095 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16096
16097 \(fn)" nil nil)
16098
16099 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16100 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16101 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16102
16103 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16104
16105 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16106 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16107 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16108 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16109
16110 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16111
16112 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16113
16114 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16115 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16116 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16117 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16118
16119 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16120
16121 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16122 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16123
16124 \(fn)" t nil)
16125
16126 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16127 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16128
16129 \(fn)" t nil)
16130
16131 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16132 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16133
16134 \(fn)" t nil)
16135
16136 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16137 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16138 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16139 sequence inside of a word.
16140
16141 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16142
16143 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16144
16145 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16146 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16147
16148 \(fn)" t nil)
16149
16150 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16151 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16152 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16153 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16154
16155 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16156 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16157 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16158 available on the net.
16159
16160 \(fn)" t nil)
16161
16162 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16163 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16164 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16165 otherwise turn it off.
16166
16167 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16168 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16169
16170 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16171 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16172
16173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16174
16175 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16176 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16177 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16178 Don't check included messages.
16179
16180 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16181 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16182 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16183
16184 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16185 in your .emacs file:
16186 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16187 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16188 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16189 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16190
16191 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16192 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16193 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16194
16195 \(fn)" t nil)
16196
16197 ;;;***
16198 \f
16199 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18388
16200 ;;;;;; 34730))
16201 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16202
16203 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16204 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16205 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16208 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16209
16210 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16211
16212 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16213 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16214 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16215 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16216 `iswitchb' for details.
16217
16218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16219
16220 ;;;***
16221 \f
16222 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16223 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16224 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16225 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18362 47073))
16226 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16227
16228 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16229 Not documented
16230
16231 \(fn)" nil nil)
16232
16233 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16234 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16235 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16236 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16237 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16238 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16239 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16240 necessary to represent OBJ.
16241
16242 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16243
16244 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16245 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16246 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16247 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16248
16249 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16250
16251 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16252 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16253 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16254 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16255 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16256
16257 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16258
16259 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16260 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16261 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16262 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16263
16264 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16265
16266 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16267 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16268 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16269 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16270
16271 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16272
16273 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16274 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16275
16276 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16277
16278 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16279 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16280 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16281 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16282 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16283
16284 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16285
16286 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16287 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16288 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16289 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16290 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16291
16292 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16293
16294 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16295 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16296 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16297
16298 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16299
16300 ;;;***
16301 \f
16302 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16303 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18421 18853))
16304 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16305
16306 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16307 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16308 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16309 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16310
16311 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16312 Not documented
16313
16314 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16315
16316 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16317 Uninstall jka-compr.
16318 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16319 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16320 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16321
16322 \(fn)" nil nil)
16323
16324 ;;;***
16325 \f
16326 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16327 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16328 ;;;;;; (18341 12907))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16330
16331 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16332 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16333 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16334 decimal key must be specified.")
16335
16336 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16337
16338 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16339 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16340 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16341 decimal key must be specified.")
16342
16343 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16344
16345 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16346 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16347 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16348 decimal key must be specified.")
16349
16350 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16351
16352 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16353 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16354 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16355 decimal key must be specified.")
16356
16357 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16358
16359 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16360 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16361 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16362 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16363 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16364 keys are bound.
16365
16366 Setup Binding
16367 -------------------------------------------------------------
16368 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16369 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16370 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16371 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16372 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16373 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16374 in the global and local keymaps.
16375
16376 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16377 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16378
16379 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16380
16381 ;;;***
16382 \f
16383 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16384 ;;;;;; (18335 54534))
16385 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16386
16387 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16388 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16389 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16390
16391 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16392 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16393 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16394 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16395 shorter.
16396
16397 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16398 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16399 the context of text formatting.
16400
16401 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16402
16403 ;;;***
16404 \f
16405 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18335
16406 ;;;;;; 54534))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16408
16409 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16410 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16411 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16412 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16413 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16414 positions that contains the current selection.")
16415
16416 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16417 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16418 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16419 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16420 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16421 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16422 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16423
16424 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16425
16426 ;;;***
16427 \f
16428 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16429 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16430 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16431 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18335 54514))
16432 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16433 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16434 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16435 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16436 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16437 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16438 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16439 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16440
16441 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16442 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16443 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16444 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16445 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16446
16447 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16448
16449 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16450 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16451 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16452
16453 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16454 defining the macro.
16455
16456 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16457 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16458 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16459
16460 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16461 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16462
16463 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16464
16465 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16466 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16467 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16468 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16469 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16470 under that name.
16471
16472 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16473 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16474 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16475
16476 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16477
16478 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16479 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16480 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16481
16482 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16483 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16484 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16485 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16486
16487 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16488 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16489
16490 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16491
16492 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16493 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16494 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16495
16496 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16497 macro.
16498
16499 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16500 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16501
16502 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16503 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16504 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16505
16506 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16507 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16508
16509 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16510
16511 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16512 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16513 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16514 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16515
16516 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16517
16518 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16519 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16520 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16521 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16522
16523 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16524 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16525
16526 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16527
16528 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16529 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16530 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16531
16532 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16533
16534 ;;;***
16535 \f
16536 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16537 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18335 54537))
16538 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16539
16540 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16541 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16542 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16543
16544 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16545 Not documented
16546
16547 \(fn)" nil nil)
16548
16549 ;;;***
16550 \f
16551 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16552 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
16553 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16554
16555 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16556
16557 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16558 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16559
16560 \(fn)" t nil)
16561
16562 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16563
16564 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16565 Start or resume an Lm game.
16566 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16567 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16568
16569 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16570 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16571 none / 1 | yes | no
16572 2 | yes | yes
16573 3 | no | yes
16574 4 | no | no
16575
16576 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16577 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16578 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16579
16580 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16581
16582 ;;;***
16583 \f
16584 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16585 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16586 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18370 13448))
16587 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16588
16589 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16590 Not documented
16591
16592 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16593
16594 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16595 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16596 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16597 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16598 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16599 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16600
16601 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16602 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16603
16604 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16605
16606 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16607 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16608
16609 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16610
16611 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16612 Not documented
16613
16614 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
16615
16616 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16617 Not documented
16618
16619 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16620
16621 ;;;***
16622 \f
16623 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16624 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16625 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18335 54534))
16626 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16627
16628 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16629 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16630 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16631 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16632
16633 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16634
16635 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16636 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16637 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16638
16639 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16640
16641 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16642 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16643 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16644
16645 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16646
16647 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16648 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16649 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16650 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16651
16652 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16653
16654 ;;;***
16655 \f
16656 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16657 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18420 22755))
16658 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16659
16660 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16661 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16662 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16663 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16664 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16665 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16666 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16667 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16668
16669 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16670 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16671
16672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16673 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16674
16675 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16676
16677 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16678 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16679 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16680 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16681 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16682 `latin1-display-setup'.
16683
16684 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16685
16686 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16687 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16688 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16689 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16690
16691 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16692 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16693
16694 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16695
16696 ;;;***
16697 \f
16698 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16699 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16701
16702 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16703
16704 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16705
16706 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16707 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16708
16709 \(fn)" t nil)
16710
16711 ;;;***
16712 \f
16713 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16714 ;;;;;; (18335 54514))
16715 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16716
16717 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16718 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16719
16720 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16721 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16722
16723 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16724 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16725
16726 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16727 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16728 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16729 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16730 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16731 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16732 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16733 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16734 and transmit saved text.
16735
16736 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16737 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16738 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16739
16740 \(fn)" t nil)
16741
16742 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16743 Not documented
16744
16745 \(fn)" nil nil)
16746
16747 ;;;***
16748 \f
16749 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18335 54541))
16750 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16751
16752 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16753 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16754 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16755 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16756 generations (this defaults to 1).
16757
16758 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16759
16760 ;;;***
16761 \f
16762 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16763 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18369 20323))
16764 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16765
16766 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16767 Format used to display line numbers.
16768 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16769 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16770 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16771 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16772
16773 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16774
16775 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16776 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16777
16778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16779
16780 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16781 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16782 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16785 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16786
16787 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16788
16789 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16790 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16791 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16792 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16793 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16794
16795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16796
16797 ;;;***
16798 \f
16799 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18335
16800 ;;;;;; 54514))
16801 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16802
16803 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16804 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16805 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16806 is nil, raise an error.
16807
16808 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16809 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16810 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16811 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16812 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16813 defined by the library.
16814
16815 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16816 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16817 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16818 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16819 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16820 proceeds.
16821
16822 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16823 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16824 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16825 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16826
16827 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16828
16829 ;;;***
16830 \f
16831 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16832 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18335 54514))
16833 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16834
16835 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16836 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16837 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16838
16839 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16840
16841 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16842 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16843 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16844 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16845
16846 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16847 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16848 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16849 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16850 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16851 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16852 the version.)
16853
16854 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16855 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16856
16857 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16858 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16859
16860 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16861
16862 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16863
16864 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16865 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16866 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16867 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16868 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16869 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16870 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16871 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16872 to constrain a big search.
16873
16874 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16875
16876 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16877 except that FILTER is not optional.
16878
16879 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16880
16881 ;;;***
16882 \f
16883 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18428 27944))
16884 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16885
16886 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16887 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16888 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16889 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16890 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16891 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16892 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16893 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16894
16895 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16896 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16897 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16898 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16899 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16900
16901 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16902 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16903 uses the current buffer.
16904
16905 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16906
16907 ;;;***
16908 \f
16909 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18428
16910 ;;;;;; 27944))
16911 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16912
16913 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16914 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16915
16916 \(fn)" t nil)
16917
16918 ;;;***
16919 \f
16920 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18375
16921 ;;;;;; 33070))
16922 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16923
16924 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16925 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16926 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16927 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16928 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16929
16930 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16931 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16932 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16933
16934 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16935 are indicated with a symbol.
16936
16937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16938
16939 ;;;***
16940 \f
16941 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16942 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18335
16943 ;;;;;; 54514))
16944 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16945
16946 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
16947
16948 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16949
16950 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
16951 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16952 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16953
16954 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16955 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16956
16957 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16958 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16959 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16960 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16961 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16962 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16963 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16964
16965 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16966
16967 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16968 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16969 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16970 switch on this list.
16971 See `lpr-command'.")
16972
16973 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16974
16975 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16976 *Name of program for printing a file.
16977
16978 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16979 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16980 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16981 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16982 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16983 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16984 argument.")
16985
16986 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16987
16988 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16989 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16990 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16991 for customization of the printer command.
16992
16993 \(fn)" t nil)
16994
16995 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16996 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16997
16998 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16999 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17000 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17001 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17002
17003 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17004 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17005
17006 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17007 for further customization of the printer command.
17008
17009 \(fn)" t nil)
17010
17011 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17012 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17013 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17014 for customization of the printer command.
17015
17016 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17017
17018 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17019 Paginate and print the region contents.
17020
17021 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17022 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17023 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17024 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17025
17026 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17027 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17028
17029 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17030 for further customization of the printer command.
17031
17032 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17033
17034 ;;;***
17035 \f
17036 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17037 ;;;;;; (18423 51563))
17038 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17039
17040 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17041 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17042 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17043
17044 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17045
17046 ;;;***
17047 \f
17048 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18428
17049 ;;;;;; 27944))
17050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17051
17052 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
17053 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17054 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17055 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17056
17057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17058
17059 ;;;***
17060 \f
17061 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18335
17062 ;;;;;; 54542))
17063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17064
17065 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17066 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17067 \\{m4-mode-map}
17068
17069 \(fn)" t nil)
17070
17071 ;;;***
17072 \f
17073 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17074 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
17075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17076
17077 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17078 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17079 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17080 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17081 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17082
17083 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17084
17085 ;;;***
17086 \f
17087 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17088 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18335 54514))
17089 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17090
17091 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17092 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17093 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17094 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17095 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17096
17097 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17098
17099 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17100 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17101 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17102 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17103
17104 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17105 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17106 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17107 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17108 bindings.
17109
17110 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17111 use this command, and then save the file.
17112
17113 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17114
17115 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17116 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17117 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17118 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17119 each time the macro executes.
17120 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17121 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17122 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17123 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17124 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17125 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17126 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17127
17128 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17129
17130 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17131 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17132 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17133 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17134
17135 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17136 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17137 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17138 execute.
17139
17140 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17141 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17142
17143 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17144 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17145 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17146 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17147 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17148
17149 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17150 looked like this:
17151
17152 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17153 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17154 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17155
17156 You could enter the names in this format:
17157
17158 foo
17159 bar
17160 baz
17161
17162 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17163
17164 \\C-x (
17165 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17166 \\C-x )
17167
17168 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17169 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17170
17171 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17172 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17173
17174 ;;;***
17175 \f
17176 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17177 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18369 28759))
17178 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17179
17180 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17181 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17182 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17183 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17184 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17185 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17186
17187 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17188 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17189 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17190 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17191 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17192
17193 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17194 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17195 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17196 consing a string.)
17197
17198 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17199
17200 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17201 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17202
17203 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17204
17205 ;;;***
17206 \f
17207 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17208 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17209 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
17210 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17211
17212 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17213 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17214
17215 \(fn)" nil nil)
17216
17217 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17218 Not documented
17219
17220 \(fn)" nil nil)
17221
17222 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17223 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17224
17225 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17226
17227 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17228 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17229 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17230 message.
17231
17232 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17233
17234 \(fn)" nil nil)
17235
17236 ;;;***
17237 \f
17238 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17239 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17240 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18335
17241 ;;;;;; 54537))
17242 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17243
17244 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17245 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17246 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17247 often correct parser.")
17248
17249 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17250
17251 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17252 Not documented
17253
17254 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17255
17256 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17257 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17258 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17259 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17260
17261 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17262
17263 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17264 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17265 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17266 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17267
17268 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17269
17270 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17271 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17272 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17273 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17274 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17275 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17276 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17277 as Rmail does.
17278
17279 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17280
17281 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17282 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17283 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17284 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17285 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17286 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17287
17288 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17289
17290 ;;;***
17291 \f
17292 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17293 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18335
17294 ;;;;;; 54537))
17295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17296
17297 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17298 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17299 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17301 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17302 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17303
17304 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17305
17306 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17307 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17308
17309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17310
17311 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17312 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17313
17314 \(fn)" nil nil)
17315
17316 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17317 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17318 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17319
17320 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17321
17322 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17323 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17324 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17325
17326 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17327
17328 ;;;***
17329 \f
17330 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17331 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18335
17332 ;;;;;; 54537))
17333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17334
17335 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17336 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17337 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17338 king@grassland.com
17339 If `parens', they look like:
17340 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17341 If `angles', they look like:
17342 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17343
17344 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17345
17346 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17347 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17348 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17349 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17350 their `Resent-' variants.
17351
17352 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17353 removed from alias expansions.
17354
17355 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17356
17357 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17358 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17359 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17360
17361 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17362 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17363 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17364 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17365
17366 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17367
17368 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17369 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17370 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17371 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17372
17373 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17374
17375 ;;;***
17376 \f
17377 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17378 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
17379 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17380
17381 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17382 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17383 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17384 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17385
17386 \(fn)" nil nil)
17387
17388 ;;;***
17389 \f
17390 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17391 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17392 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18389 2003))
17393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17394
17395 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17396 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17397
17398 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17399 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17400 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17401 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17402 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17403 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17404
17405 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17406 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17407 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17408 dependency, despite the colon.
17409
17410 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17411
17412 In the browser, use the following keys:
17413
17414 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17415
17416 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17417
17418 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17419 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17420
17421 `makefile-target-colon':
17422 The string that gets appended to all target names
17423 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17424 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17425
17426 `makefile-macro-assign':
17427 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17428 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17429 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17430 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17431 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17432 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17433
17434 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17435 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17436 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17437
17438 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17439 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17440
17441 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17442 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17443 up or down in the browser.
17444
17445 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17446 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17447
17448 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17449 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17450
17451 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17452 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17453 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17454 has been selected in the browser.
17455
17456 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17457 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17458 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17459 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17460 filenames are omitted.
17461
17462 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17463 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17464 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17465 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17466 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17467 the backslash itself intact.
17468 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17469 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17470
17471 `makefile-browser-hook':
17472 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17473 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17474
17475 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17476 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17477 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17478 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17479
17480 \(fn)" t nil)
17481
17482 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17483 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17484
17485 \(fn)" t nil)
17486
17487 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17488 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17489
17490 \(fn)" t nil)
17491
17492 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17493 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17494
17495 \(fn)" t nil)
17496
17497 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17498 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17499
17500 \(fn)" t nil)
17501
17502 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17503 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17504
17505 \(fn)" t nil)
17506
17507 ;;;***
17508 \f
17509 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18335
17510 ;;;;;; 54514))
17511 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17512
17513 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17514 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17515 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17516
17517 \(fn)" t nil)
17518
17519 ;;;***
17520 \f
17521 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18335 54514))
17522 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17523
17524 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17525
17526 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17527 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17528 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17529 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17530 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17531 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17532 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17533
17534 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17535 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17536 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17537 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17538
17539 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17540
17541 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17542 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17543
17544 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17545
17546 ;;;***
17547 \f
17548 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18335 54514))
17549 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17550
17551 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17552 Toggle Master mode.
17553 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17554 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17555 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17556
17557 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17558 following commands:
17559
17560 \\{master-mode-map}
17561
17562 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17563 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17564 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17565
17566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17567
17568 ;;;***
17569 \f
17570 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17571 ;;;;;; (18335 54514))
17572 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17573
17574 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17575 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17576 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17578 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17579 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17580
17581 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17582
17583 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
17584 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17585 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17586 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17587 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17588
17589 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17590 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17591
17592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17593
17594 ;;;***
17595 \f
17596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18407 31954))
17597 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17598
17599 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17600
17601 ;;;***
17602 \f
17603 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17604 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17605 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17606 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17607 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17608 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17609 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18416 37038))
17610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17611
17612 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17613
17614 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17615 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17616 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17617 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17618 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17619 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17620 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17621 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17622 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17623 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17624 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17625 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17626 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17627 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17628 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17629 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17630 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17631 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17632 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17633 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17634 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17635 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17636 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17637 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17638 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17639 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17640 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17641 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17642 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17643 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17644 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17645 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17646 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17647 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17648 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17649 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17650 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17651 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17652
17653 \(fn)" t nil)
17654
17655 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17656 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17657 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17658 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17659 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17660
17661 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17662
17663 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17664 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17665
17666 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17667
17668 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17669 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17670
17671 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17672
17673 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17674 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17675
17676 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17677
17678 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17679 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17680 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17681
17682 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17683
17684 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17685 Cancel an article you posted.
17686 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17687
17688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17689
17690 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17691 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17692 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17693 header line with the old Message-ID.
17694
17695 \(fn)" t nil)
17696
17697 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17698 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17699
17700 \(fn)" t nil)
17701
17702 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17703 Forward the current message via mail.
17704 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17705 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17706
17707 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17708
17709 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17710 Not documented
17711
17712 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17713
17714 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17715 Not documented
17716
17717 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17718
17719 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17720 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17721
17722 \(fn)" t nil)
17723
17724 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17725 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17726
17727 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17728
17729 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17730 Re-mail the current message.
17731 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17732 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17733 you.
17734
17735 \(fn)" t nil)
17736
17737 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17738 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17739
17740 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17741
17742 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17743 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17744
17745 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17746
17747 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17748 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17749
17750 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17751
17752 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17753 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17754
17755 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17756
17757 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17758 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17759 Works by overstriking characters.
17760 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17761 which specify the range to operate on.
17762
17763 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17764
17765 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17766 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17767 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17768 which specify the range to operate on.
17769
17770 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17771
17772 ;;;***
17773 \f
17774 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17775 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
17776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17777
17778 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17779 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17780 Special commands:
17781 \\{meta-mode-map}
17782
17783 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17784 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17785
17786 \(fn)" t nil)
17787
17788 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17789 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17790 Special commands:
17791 \\{meta-mode-map}
17792
17793 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17794 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17795
17796 \(fn)" t nil)
17797
17798 ;;;***
17799 \f
17800 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17801 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17802 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
17803 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17804
17805 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17806 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17807 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17808
17809 \(fn)" t nil)
17810
17811 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17812 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17813 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17814 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17815 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17816 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17817 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17818
17819 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17820
17821 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17822 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17823 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17824 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17825 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17826 means current).
17827 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17828 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17829
17830 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17831
17832 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17833 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17834 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17835 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17836 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17837 means current).
17838 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17839 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17840
17841 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17842
17843 ;;;***
17844 \f
17845 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17846 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17847 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18368 43878))
17848 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17849
17850 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17851 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17852 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17853
17854 \(fn)" t nil)
17855
17856 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17857 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17858 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17859
17860 \(fn)" t nil)
17861
17862 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17863 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17864
17865 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17866 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17867 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17868
17869 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17870 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17871
17872 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17873 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17874
17875 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17876
17877 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17878
17879 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17880 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17881 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17882 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17883 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17884 as `compose-mail'.
17885
17886 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17887 initial Subject field, respectively.
17888
17889 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17890 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17891 are strings.
17892
17893 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17894 ignored.
17895
17896 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17897
17898 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17899 Save draft and send message.
17900
17901 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17902 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17903 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17904 Mail Delivery*\".
17905
17906 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17907 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17908 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17909
17910 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17911 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17912 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17913 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17914 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17915 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17916
17917 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17918 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17919
17920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17921
17922 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17923 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17924
17925 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17926 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17927 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17928 delete the draft message.
17929
17930 \(fn)" t nil)
17931
17932 ;;;***
17933 \f
17934 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18399 37840))
17935 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17936
17937 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17938
17939 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17940
17941 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17942
17943 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17944 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17945
17946 \(fn)" t nil)
17947
17948 ;;;***
17949 \f
17950 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17951 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18335 54538))
17952 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17953
17954 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17955 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17956 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17957
17958 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17959 the MH mail system.
17960
17961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17962
17963 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17964 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17965 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17966
17967 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17968 the MH mail system.
17969
17970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17971
17972 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17973 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17974
17975 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17976 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17977 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17978 separate command.
17979
17980 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17981 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17982 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17983 format.
17984
17985 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17986
17987 Ranges
17988 ======
17989 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17990 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17991 can be used in several ways.
17992
17993 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17994 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17995 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17996 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17997 page):
17998
17999 <num1>-<num2>
18000 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18001 The range must be nonempty.
18002
18003 <num>:N
18004 <num>:+N
18005 <num>:-N
18006 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18007 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18008 last.
18009
18010 first:N
18011 prev:N
18012 next:N
18013 last:N
18014 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18015
18016 all
18017 All of the messages.
18018
18019 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18020 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18021
18022 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18023 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18024 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18025
18026 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18027
18028 \(fn)" t nil)
18029
18030 ;;;***
18031 \f
18032 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18033 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18335 54515))
18034 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18035
18036 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18037 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18038 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18039 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18040 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18041 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18042 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18043 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18044 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18045 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18046 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18047
18048 \(fn)" t nil)
18049
18050 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18051 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18052 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18053 to its second argument TM.
18054
18055 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18056
18057 ;;;***
18058 \f
18059 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18060 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18335 54515))
18061 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18062
18063 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18064 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18065 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18066 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18067 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18068 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18069
18070 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18071
18072 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18073 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18074 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18075 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18076 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18077 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18078 default indication.
18079
18080 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18081 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18082
18083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18084
18085 ;;;***
18086 \f
18087 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18088 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
18089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18090
18091 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18092 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18093 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18094
18095 \(fn)" t nil)
18096
18097 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18098
18099 ;;;***
18100 \f
18101 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18102 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18335 54533))
18103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18104
18105 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18106 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18107
18108 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18109
18110 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18111 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18112 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18113 the entire message.
18114 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18115
18116 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18117
18118 ;;;***
18119 \f
18120 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18121 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
18122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18123
18124 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18125 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18126 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18127 the entire message.
18128 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18129
18130 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18131
18132 ;;;***
18133 \f
18134 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18135 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18335 54533))
18136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18137
18138 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18139 Insert file contents of URL.
18140 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18141
18142 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18143
18144 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18145 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18146
18147 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18148
18149 ;;;***
18150 \f
18151 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18152 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18392 10529))
18153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18154
18155 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18156 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18157 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18158 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18159 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18160
18161 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18162
18163 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18164 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18165 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18166
18167 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18168
18169 ;;;***
18170 \f
18171 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18172 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
18173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18174
18175 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18176 Not documented
18177
18178 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18179
18180 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18181 Not documented
18182
18183 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18184
18185 ;;;***
18186 \f
18187 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18188 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18189 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18414 53320))
18190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18191
18192 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18193 Not documented
18194
18195 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18196
18197 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18198 Not documented
18199
18200 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18201
18202 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18203 Not documented
18204
18205 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18206
18207 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18208 Not documented
18209
18210 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18211
18212 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18213 Not documented
18214
18215 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18216
18217 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18218 Not documented
18219
18220 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18221
18222 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18223 Not documented
18224
18225 \(fn)" nil nil)
18226
18227 ;;;***
18228 \f
18229 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18230 ;;;;;; (18154 63989))
18231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18232
18233 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18234 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18235 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18236 followed by the first character of the construct.
18237 \\<m2-mode-map>
18238 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18239 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18240 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18241 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18242 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18243 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18244 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18245 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18246 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18247 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18248 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18249 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18250 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18251 \\[m2-link] link
18252
18253 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18254 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18255 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18256
18257 \(fn)" t nil)
18258
18259 ;;;***
18260 \f
18261 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18262 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18264
18265 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18266 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18267
18268 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18269
18270 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18271 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18272
18273 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18274
18275 ;;;***
18276 \f
18277 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18335
18278 ;;;;;; 54515))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18280
18281 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18282 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18283 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18284 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18285 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18286 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18287
18288 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18289
18290 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18291 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18292 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18293 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18294
18295 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18296
18297 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18298
18299 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18300
18301 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18302 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18303 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18304 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18305 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18306 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18307
18308 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18309 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18310 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18311 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18312 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18313
18314 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18315 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18316
18317 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18318 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18319
18320 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18321
18322 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18323 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18324 primary selection and region.
18325
18326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18327
18328 ;;;***
18329 \f
18330 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18335 54541))
18331 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18332
18333 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18334 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18335
18336 \(fn)" t nil)
18337
18338 ;;;***
18339 \f
18340 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18335 54515))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18342
18343 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18344 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18345 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18346 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18347 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18348 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18349
18350 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18351
18352 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18353 Toggle Msb mode.
18354 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18355 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18356 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18357
18358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18359
18360 ;;;***
18361 \f
18362 ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
18363 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
18364 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18365 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18366 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18367 ;;;;;; (18343 28560))
18368 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18369
18370 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18371 Display a list of all character sets.
18372
18373 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18374 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18375 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18376 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18377
18378 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18379 but still shows the full information.
18380
18381 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18382
18383 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18384 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18385 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18386
18387 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18388 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18389 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18390 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18391 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18392
18393 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18394
18395 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18396 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18397
18398 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18399
18400 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18401 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18402
18403 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18404
18405 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18406 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18407
18408 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18409
18410 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18411 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18412
18413 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18414 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18415 in place of `..':
18416 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18417 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18418 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18419 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18420 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18421 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18422 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18423 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18424 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18425 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18426 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18427 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18428 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18429 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18430 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18431 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18432
18433 \(fn)" t nil)
18434
18435 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18436 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18437
18438 \(fn)" t nil)
18439
18440 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18441 Display a list of all coding systems.
18442 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18443
18444 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18445 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18446
18447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18448
18449 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18450 Display a list of all coding categories.
18451
18452 \(fn)" nil nil)
18453
18454 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18455 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18456 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18457
18458 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18459
18460 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18461 Display information about FONTSET.
18462 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18463
18464 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18465
18466 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18467 Display a list of all fontsets.
18468 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18469 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18470 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18471
18472 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18473
18474 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18475 Display information about all input methods.
18476
18477 \(fn)" t nil)
18478
18479 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18480 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18481
18482 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18483 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18484 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18485 system which uses fontsets).
18486
18487 \(fn)" t nil)
18488
18489 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18490 Location of UnicodeData file.
18491 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18492 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18493 looked up from it.")
18494
18495 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18496
18497 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18498 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18499 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18500 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18501
18502 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18503
18504 ;;;***
18505 \f
18506 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18507 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18508 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18509 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18510 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18511 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18364 47319))
18512 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18513
18514 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18515 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18516 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18517
18518 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18519
18520 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18521
18522 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18523 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18524
18525 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18526 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18527
18528 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18529 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18530
18531 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18532
18533 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18534 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18535 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18536 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18537 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18538 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18539 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18540
18541 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18542 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18543 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18544 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18545 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18546 middle of a character in STR.
18547
18548 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18549 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18550
18551 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18552 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18553 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18554 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18555 defaults to \"...\".
18556
18557 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18558
18559 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18560 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18561
18562 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18563 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18564 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18565
18566 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18567 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18568 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18569
18570 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18571 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18572 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18573 is considered.
18574 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18575 longer than KEYSEQ.
18576 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18577
18578 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18579
18580 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18581 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18582 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18583 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18584 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18585 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18586 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18587 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18588 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18589 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18590 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18591
18592 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18593
18594 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18595 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18596
18597 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18598
18599 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18600 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18601
18602 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18603
18604 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18605 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18606
18607 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18608
18609 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18610 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18611
18612 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18613
18614 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18615 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18616 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18617 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18618 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18619
18620 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18621
18622 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18623 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18624 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18625 coding systems ordered by priority.
18626
18627 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18628
18629 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18630 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18631 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18632 language environment LANG-ENV.
18633
18634 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18635
18636 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18637 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18638 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18639 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18640 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18641 basis, this may not be accurate.
18642
18643 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18644
18645 ;;;***
18646 \f
18647 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18648 ;;;;;; (18427 42305))
18649 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18650
18651 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18652 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18653 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18655 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18656 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18657
18658 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18659
18660 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18661 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18662 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18663 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18664
18665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18666
18667 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18668 Enable mouse wheel support.
18669
18670 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18671
18672 ;;;***
18673 \f
18674 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18675 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18676 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18677 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18390 50140))
18678 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18679
18680 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18681 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18682
18683 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18684
18685 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18686 Ping HOST.
18687 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18688 `ping-program-options'.
18689
18690 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18691
18692 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18693 Run ifconfig program.
18694
18695 \(fn)" t nil)
18696
18697 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18698
18699 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18700 Run iwconfig program.
18701
18702 \(fn)" t nil)
18703
18704 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18705 Run netstat program.
18706
18707 \(fn)" t nil)
18708
18709 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18710 Run arp program.
18711
18712 \(fn)" t nil)
18713
18714 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18715 Run route program.
18716
18717 \(fn)" t nil)
18718
18719 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18720 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18721
18722 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18723
18724 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18725 Run nslookup program.
18726
18727 \(fn)" t nil)
18728
18729 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18730 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18731
18732 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18733
18734 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18735 Run dig program.
18736
18737 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18738
18739 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18740 Run ftp program.
18741
18742 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18743
18744 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18745 Finger USER on HOST.
18746
18747 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18748
18749 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18750 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18751 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18752 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18753
18754 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18755
18756 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18757 Not documented
18758
18759 \(fn)" t nil)
18760
18761 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18762 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18763
18764 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18765
18766 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18767 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18768
18769 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18770
18771 ;;;***
18772 \f
18773 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18774 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18775 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18776 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18777 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18778 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18421 29568))
18779 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18780
18781 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18782
18783 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18784
18785 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18786
18787 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18788
18789 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18790 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18791 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18792 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18793 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18794 Major modes should set this variable.")
18795
18796 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18797 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18798 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18799 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18800 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18801 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18802
18803 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18804 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18805
18806 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18807 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18808 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18809
18810 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18811 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18812 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18813 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18814 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18815
18816 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18817 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18818 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18819
18820 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18821 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18822 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18823 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18824
18825 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18826 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18827 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18828 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18829 column indentation or nil.
18830 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18831
18832 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18833 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18834 The function has no args.
18835
18836 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18837 comments always start in column zero.")
18838
18839 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
18840 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18841 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18842
18843 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18844
18845 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18846 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18847 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18848 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18849
18850 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18851 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18852
18853 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18854
18855 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18856 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18857 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18858 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18859 customize this variable.
18860
18861 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18862 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18863
18864 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18865
18866 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18867 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18868 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18869 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18870 the variables are properly set.
18871
18872 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18873
18874 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18875 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18876
18877 \(fn)" nil nil)
18878
18879 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18880 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18881 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18882
18883 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18884
18885 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18886 Set the comment column based on point.
18887 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18888 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18889 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18890 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18891
18892 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18893
18894 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18895 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18896 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18897
18898 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18899
18900 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18901 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18902 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18903 comment markers.
18904
18905 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18906
18907 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18908 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18909 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18910 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18911 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18912 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18913 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18914 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18915
18916 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18917 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18918
18919 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18920
18921 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18922 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18923 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18924 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18925
18926 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18927
18928 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18929 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18930 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18931 is passed on to the respective function.
18932
18933 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18934
18935 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18936 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18937 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18938 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18939 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18940 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18941 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18942 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18943 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18944 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18945
18946 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18947
18948 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18949 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18950 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18951
18952 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18953
18954 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18955 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18956 This indents the body of the continued comment
18957 under the previous comment line.
18958
18959 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18960 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18961 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18962
18963 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18964 or comment indentation.
18965
18966 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18967 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18968
18969 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18970
18971 ;;;***
18972 \f
18973 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18974 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18975 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18335 54538))
18976 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18977
18978 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
18979 Check whether newsticker is running.
18980 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18981 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18982
18983 \(fn)" nil nil)
18984
18985 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
18986 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18987 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18988 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18989 empty.
18990
18991 \(fn)" nil nil)
18992
18993 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newsticker" "\
18994 Start the newsticker.
18995 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18996 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18997 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18998 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18999
19000 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19001
19002 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newsticker" "\
19003 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19004 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19005 running already.
19006
19007 \(fn)" t nil)
19008
19009 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newsticker" "\
19010 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19011
19012 \(fn)" t nil)
19013
19014 ;;;***
19015 \f
19016 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19017 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
19018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19019
19020 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19021 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19022
19023 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19024
19025 ;;;***
19026 \f
19027 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18379
19028 ;;;;;; 56162))
19029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19030
19031 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19032 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19033 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19034 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19035 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19036 symbol in the alist.
19037
19038 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19039
19040 ;;;***
19041 \f
19042 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19043 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
19044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19045
19046 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19047 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19048 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19049
19050 \(fn)" t nil)
19051
19052 ;;;***
19053 \f
19054 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19055 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
19056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19057
19058 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19059 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19060 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19061
19062 \(fn)" t nil)
19063
19064 ;;;***
19065 \f
19066 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19067 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
19068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19069
19070 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19071 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19072
19073 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19074
19075 ;;;***
19076 \f
19077 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19078 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18335 54533))
19079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19080
19081 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19082 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19083
19084 \(fn)" t nil)
19085
19086 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19087 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19088
19089 \(fn)" t nil)
19090
19091 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19092 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19093
19094 \(fn)" t nil)
19095
19096 ;;;***
19097 \f
19098 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19099 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18335 54515))
19100 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19101
19102 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19103 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19104 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19105
19106 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19107
19108 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19109 Not documented
19110
19111 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19112
19113 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19114 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19115 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19116 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19117 to future sessions.
19118
19119 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19120
19121 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19122 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19123 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19124 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19125 to future sessions.
19126
19127 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19128
19129 ;;;***
19130 \f
19131 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19132 ;;;;;; (18423 20180))
19133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19134
19135 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19136 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19137 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19138 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19139 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19140 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19141
19142 \(fn)" t nil)
19143
19144 ;;;***
19145 \f
19146 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19147 ;;;;;; (18335 54539))
19148 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19149
19150 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19151 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19152 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19153 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19154
19155 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19156
19157 ;;;***
19158 \f
19159 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18362
19160 ;;;;;; 26778))
19161 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19162
19163 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19164 Major mode for editing XML.
19165
19166 Syntax highlighting is performed unless the variable
19167 `nxml-syntax-highlight-flag' is nil.
19168
19169 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19170 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19171 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19172 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19173 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19174 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19175 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19176
19177 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19178
19179 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19180 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19181
19182 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19183 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19184 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19185 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19186 instead of C-c.
19187
19188 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19189 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19190 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19191 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled. You
19192 can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19193 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19194
19195 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19196 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19197 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19198
19199 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19200 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name). \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char]
19201 inserts the character directly.
19202
19203 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19204 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19205 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19206 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19207 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19208 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19209 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19210 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19211 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19212
19213 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19214
19215 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19216 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19217
19218 \(fn)" t nil)
19219
19220 ;;;***
19221 \f
19222 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19223 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18335 54540))
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19225
19226 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19227 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19228 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19229 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19230
19231 \(fn)" t nil)
19232
19233 ;;;***
19234 \f
19235 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19236 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
19237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19238
19239 (autoload 'octave-help "octave-hlp" "\
19240 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19241 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19242 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19243 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19244
19245 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19246
19247 ;;;***
19248 \f
19249 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19250 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
19251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19252
19253 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19254 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19255 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19256
19257 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19258
19259 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19260 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19261
19262 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19263 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19264 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19265
19266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19267
19268 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19269
19270 ;;;***
19271 \f
19272 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19273 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
19274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19275
19276 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19277 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19278
19279 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19280 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19281 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19282 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19283
19284 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19285 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19286 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19287 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19288 is why you need this mode!).
19289
19290 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19291 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19292 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19293
19294 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19295
19296 Keybindings
19297 ===========
19298
19299 \\{octave-mode-map}
19300
19301 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19302 ==============================================
19303
19304 `octave-auto-indent'
19305 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19306 Default is nil.
19307
19308 `octave-auto-newline'
19309 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19310 Default is nil.
19311
19312 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19313 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19314 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19315
19316 `octave-block-offset'
19317 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19318 Default is 2.
19319
19320 `octave-continuation-offset'
19321 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19322 Default is 4.
19323
19324 `octave-continuation-string'
19325 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19326 Default is a backslash.
19327
19328 `octave-send-echo-input'
19329 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19330 command to the inferior Octave process.
19331
19332 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19333 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19334 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19335
19336 `octave-send-echo-input'
19337 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19338
19339 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19340
19341 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19342 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19343
19344 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19345
19346 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19347 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19348
19349 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19350 (lambda ()
19351 (abbrev-mode 1)
19352 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19353
19354 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19355 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19356 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19357 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19358
19359 \(fn)" t nil)
19360
19361 ;;;***
19362 \f
19363 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19364 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects
19365 ;;;;;; org-tags-view org-todo-list org-search-view org-agenda-list
19366 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-store-agenda-views org-store-agenda-views
19367 ;;;;;; org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda org-agenda org-agenda-to-appt
19368 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19369 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate org-open-at-point-global
19370 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19371 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19372 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19373 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (18425 33442))
19374 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19375
19376 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19377 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19378 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19379
19380 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19381 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19382 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19383 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19384 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19385 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19386 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19387 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19388 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19389 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19390
19391 The following commands are available:
19392
19393 \\{org-mode-map}
19394
19395 \(fn)" t nil)
19396
19397 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19398 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19399
19400 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19401 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19402 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19403 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19404 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19405
19406 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19407 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19408 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19409 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19410 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19411 and zoom in further.
19412 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19413
19414 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19415 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19416 is negative, go up that many levels.
19417
19418 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19419 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19420 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19421
19422 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19423 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19424 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19425
19426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19427
19428 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19429 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19430
19431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19432
19433 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19434 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19435 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19436 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19437 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19438 of Org-mode).
19439
19440 M-up Move entry/item up
19441 M-down Move entry/item down
19442 M-left Promote
19443 M-right Demote
19444 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19445 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19446 M-S-left Promote subtree
19447 M-S-right Demote subtree
19448 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19449 C-c ^ Sort entries
19450 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19451 TAB Cycle item visibility
19452 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19453 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19454 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19455
19456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19457
19458 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19459 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19460
19461 \(fn)" nil nil)
19462
19463 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19464 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19465 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19466 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19467 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19468
19469 \(fn)" nil nil)
19470
19471 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19472 Not documented
19473
19474 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19475
19476 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19477 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19478
19479 \(fn)" nil nil)
19480
19481 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org" "\
19482 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19483
19484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19485
19486 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19487 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19488 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19489 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19490
19491 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19492 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19493 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19494
19495 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19496
19497 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19498 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19499 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19500
19501 \(fn)" t nil)
19502
19503 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19504 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19505 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19506 Org-mode syntax.
19507
19508 \(fn)" t nil)
19509
19510 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org" "\
19511 Setup remember.el for use wiht Org-mode.
19512
19513 \(fn)" nil nil)
19514
19515 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org" "\
19516 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19517 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19518 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19519 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19520
19521 \(fn)" nil nil)
19522
19523 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org" "\
19524 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19525 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19526 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19527
19528 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19529
19530 (autoload 'org-remember "org" "\
19531 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19532 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19533 of the remember buffer.
19534
19535 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19536 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19537 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19538 note stored by remember.
19539
19540 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19541 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19542
19543 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19544
19545 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org" "\
19546 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19547 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19548 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19549 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19550 file the text at a specific location.
19551 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19552 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19553 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19554
19555 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19556 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19557 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
19558 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19559 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19560 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19561 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19562 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19563
19564 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19565 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19566 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
19567 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
19568 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
19569 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
19570
19571 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19572 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19573 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19574
19575 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19576 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19577 \(i.e. after the stars).
19578
19579 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19580
19581 \(fn)" nil nil)
19582
19583 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org" "\
19584 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19585 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19586 appointements.
19587
19588 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19589 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19590
19591 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19592 for filtering entries out.
19593
19594 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19595 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19596
19597 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19598 (category \"Work\"))
19599
19600 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19601 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19602
19603 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19604
19605 (autoload 'org-agenda "org" "\
19606 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19607 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19608 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19609
19610 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19611 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19612 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19613 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19614 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19615 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19616 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19617 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19618 e Export views to associated files.
19619
19620 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19621 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19622 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19623
19624 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19625 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19626 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19627 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19628 \(if active).
19629
19630 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19631
19632 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org" "\
19633 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19634 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19635 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19636 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19637 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19638 before running the agenda command.
19639
19640 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19641
19642 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org" "\
19643 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19644 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19645 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19646 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19647 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19648 before running the agenda command.
19649
19650 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19651 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19652
19653 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19654
19655 category The category of the item
19656 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19657 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19658 todo selected in TODO match
19659 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19660 diary imported from diary
19661 deadline a deadline on given date
19662 scheduled scheduled on given date
19663 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19664 closed entry was closed on given date
19665 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19666 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19667 block entry has date block including g. date
19668 todo The todo keyword, if any
19669 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19670 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19671 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19672 extra Sting with extra planning info
19673 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19674 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19675 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19676
19677 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19678
19679 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19680 Not documented
19681
19682 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19683
19684 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19685 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19686
19687 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19688
19689 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19690 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19691 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19692 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19693
19694 \(fn)" t nil)
19695
19696 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org" "\
19697 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19698 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19699 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19700
19701 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19702 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19703 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19704 agenda instead.
19705
19706 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19707 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19708 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19709
19710 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19711 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19712
19713 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19714
19715 (autoload 'org-search-view "org" "\
19716 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19717 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19718 search only the headlines.
19719
19720 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19721 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19722 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19723 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19724 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19725
19726 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19727 that must or must not match in the entry.
19728
19729 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19730 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19731
19732 \(fn &optional ARG STRING)" t nil)
19733
19734 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org" "\
19735 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19736 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19737 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19738 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19739 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19740
19741 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19742
19743 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org" "\
19744 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19745 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19746
19747 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19748
19749 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org" "\
19750 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19751 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19752 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19753 `org-stuck-projects'.
19754 MATCH is being ignored.
19755
19756 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19757
19758 (autoload 'org-diary "org" "\
19759 Return diary information from org-files.
19760 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19761 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19762 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19763 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19764
19765 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19766 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19767 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19768
19769 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19770
19771 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19772 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19773 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19774 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19775
19776 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19777 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19778 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19779
19780 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19781 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19782 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19783 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19784
19785 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19786
19787 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19788
19789 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19790 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19791
19792 &%%(org-diary)
19793
19794 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19795 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19796 So the example above may also be written as
19797
19798 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19799
19800 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19801 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19802 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19803
19804 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19805
19806 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org" "\
19807 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19808 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19809 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19810
19811 \(fn)" t nil)
19812
19813 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org" "\
19814 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19815 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19816 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19817
19818 \(fn)" t nil)
19819
19820 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org" "\
19821 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19822 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19823
19824 \(fn)" t nil)
19825
19826 ;;;***
19827 \f
19828 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
19829 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19830 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
19831 ;;;;;; (18404 40763))
19832 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
19833
19834 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
19835 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
19836 emacs --batch
19837 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19838 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19839 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19840
19841 \(fn)" nil nil)
19842
19843 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
19844 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19845 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19846
19847 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19848
19849 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19850 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19851 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19852 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19853 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19854 then use this command to convert it.
19855
19856 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19857
19858 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19859 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19860 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19861 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19862 cut-and-paste operations.
19863 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19864 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19865 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19866 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19867
19868 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19869
19870 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19871 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
19872
19873 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19874
19875 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19876 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19877 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19878 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19879 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19880 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19881 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
19882 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19883 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19884 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19885 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19886 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19887 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19888 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19889 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19890 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19891 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19892
19893 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19894
19895 ;;;***
19896 \f
19897 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19898 ;;;;;; (18404 40763))
19899 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19900
19901 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19902 Dispatch to the appropreate function to store a link to
19903 something IRC related
19904
19905 \(fn)" nil nil)
19906
19907 ;;;***
19908 \f
19909 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19910 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19911 ;;;;;; (18404 40764))
19912 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19913
19914 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19915 Publish PROJECT.
19916
19917 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19918
19919 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19920 Publish all projects.
19921 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
19922
19923 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19924
19925 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19926 Publish the current file.
19927 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19928
19929 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19930
19931 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19932 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19933 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19934 the project.
19935
19936 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19937
19938 ;;;***
19939 \f
19940 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19941 ;;;;;; (18428 27944))
19942 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19943 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19944
19945 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19946 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19947 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19948 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19949
19950 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19951 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19952 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19953 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19954
19955 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19956 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19957 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19958 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19959 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19960 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19961
19962 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19963 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19964 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19965
19966 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19967 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19968 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19969 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19970 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19971 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19972 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19973 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19974 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19975 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19976 The subheadings remain visible.
19977 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19978
19979 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19980 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19981 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19982
19983 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19984 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19985
19986 \(fn)" t nil)
19987
19988 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
19989 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19990 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19991 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19992
19993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19994
19995 ;;;***
19996 \f
19997 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18335 54515))
19998 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19999
20000 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20001 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20002 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20003 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20004 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20005 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20006
20007 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20008
20009 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20010 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20011 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20012 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20013
20014 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20015 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20016
20017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20018
20019 ;;;***
20020 \f
20021 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20022 ;;;;;; (18426 29950))
20023 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20024
20025 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20026 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20027 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20028 unknown are returned as nil.
20029
20030 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20031
20032 ;;;***
20033 \f
20034 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18335
20035 ;;;;;; 54543))
20036 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20037
20038 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20039 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20040 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20041
20042 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20043 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20044
20045 Other useful functions are:
20046
20047 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20048 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20049 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20050 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20051 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20052 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20053 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20054 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20055 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20056
20057 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20058
20059 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20060 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20061 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20062 Indentation for case statements.
20063 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20064 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20065 mark after an end.
20066 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20067 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20068 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20069 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20070 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20071 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20072 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20073 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20074 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20075 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20076
20077 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20078 pascal-separator-keywords.
20079
20080 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20081 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20082
20083 \(fn)" t nil)
20084
20085 ;;;***
20086 \f
20087 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20088 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
20089 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20090
20091 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20092 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20093 The keys affected are:
20094 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20095 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20096 M-Backspace does undo.
20097 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20098 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20099 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20100
20101 \(fn)" t nil)
20102
20103 ;;;***
20104 \f
20105 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20106 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
20107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20108
20109 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20110 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20111 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20112 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20113 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20114 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20115
20116 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20117
20118 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20119 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20120
20121 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20122
20123 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20124 which modify the status of the mark.
20125
20126 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20127 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20128
20129 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20130 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20131
20132 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20133 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20134 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20135 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20136 turning PC Selection mode on.
20137
20138 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20139 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20140
20141 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20142 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20143 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20144
20145 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20146 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20147 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20148
20149 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20150 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20151
20152 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20153 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20154 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20155
20156 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20157 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20158 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20159
20160 F6 other-window
20161 DELETE delete-char
20162 C-DELETE kill-line
20163 M-DELETE kill-word
20164 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20165 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20166 M-BACKSPACE undo
20167
20168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20169
20170 ;;;***
20171 \f
20172 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18335
20173 ;;;;;; 54515))
20174 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20175
20176 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20177 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20178
20179 \(fn)" nil nil)
20180
20181 ;;;***
20182 \f
20183 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20184 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18335 54515))
20185 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20186
20187 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20188 Completion for `gzip'.
20189
20190 \(fn)" nil nil)
20191
20192 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20193 Completion for `bzip2'.
20194
20195 \(fn)" nil nil)
20196
20197 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20198 Completion for GNU `make'.
20199
20200 \(fn)" nil nil)
20201
20202 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20203 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20204
20205 \(fn)" nil nil)
20206
20207 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20208
20209 ;;;***
20210 \f
20211 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20212 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18335 54515))
20213 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20214
20215 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20216 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20217
20218 \(fn)" nil nil)
20219
20220 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20221 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20222
20223 \(fn)" nil nil)
20224
20225 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20226 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20227
20228 \(fn)" nil nil)
20229
20230 ;;;***
20231 \f
20232 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18335
20233 ;;;;;; 54515))
20234 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20235
20236 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20237 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20238 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20239 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20240 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20241 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20242
20243 \(fn)" nil nil)
20244
20245 ;;;***
20246 \f
20247 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20248 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20249 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18348 20419))
20250 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20251
20252 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20253 Completion for `cd'.
20254
20255 \(fn)" nil nil)
20256
20257 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20258
20259 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20260 Completion for `rmdir'.
20261
20262 \(fn)" nil nil)
20263
20264 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20265 Completion for `rm'.
20266
20267 \(fn)" nil nil)
20268
20269 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20270 Completion for `xargs'.
20271
20272 \(fn)" nil nil)
20273
20274 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20275
20276 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20277 Completion for `which'.
20278
20279 \(fn)" nil nil)
20280
20281 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20282 Completion for the `chown' command.
20283
20284 \(fn)" nil nil)
20285
20286 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20287 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20288
20289 \(fn)" nil nil)
20290
20291 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20292 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20293
20294 \(fn)" nil nil)
20295
20296 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20297 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20298 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20299
20300 \(fn)" nil nil)
20301
20302 ;;;***
20303 \f
20304 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20305 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20306 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18335
20307 ;;;;;; 54515))
20308 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20309
20310 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20311 Support extensible programmable completion.
20312 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20313 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20314
20315 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20316
20317 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20318 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20319
20320 \(fn)" t nil)
20321
20322 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20323 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20324 This will modify the current buffer.
20325
20326 \(fn)" t nil)
20327
20328 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20329 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20330
20331 \(fn)" t nil)
20332
20333 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20334 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20335 This will modify the current buffer.
20336
20337 \(fn)" t nil)
20338
20339 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20340 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20341
20342 \(fn)" t nil)
20343
20344 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20345 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20346
20347 \(fn)" t nil)
20348
20349 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20350 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20351 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20352 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20353 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20354
20355 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20356
20357 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20358 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20359
20360 \(fn)" nil nil)
20361
20362 ;;;***
20363 \f
20364 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20365 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20366 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18335 54515))
20367 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20368
20369 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20370 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20371 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20372 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20373
20374 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20375
20376 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20377
20378 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20379 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20380 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20381 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20382 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20383 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20384 FLAGS is ignored.
20385
20386 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20387
20388 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20389 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20390 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20391 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20392 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20393 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20394 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20395 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20396
20397 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20398
20399 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20400 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20401 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20402 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20403 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20404 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20405 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20406 passed to cvs.
20407
20408 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20409
20410 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20411 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20412 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20413 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20414 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20415 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20416 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20417
20418 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20419
20420 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20421
20422 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20423 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20424 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20425
20426 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20427
20428 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20429 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20430 A value of nil means never do it.
20431 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20432 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20433 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20434
20435 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20436
20437 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20438 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20439 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20440
20441 ;;;***
20442 \f
20443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18335 54515))
20444 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20445
20446 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20447
20448 ;;;***
20449 \f
20450 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20451 ;;;;;; (18421 29591))
20452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20453 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20454 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20455 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20456 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20457 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20458 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20459
20460 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20461 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20462 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20463 Tab indents for Perl code.
20464 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20465 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20466 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20467 \\{perl-mode-map}
20468 Variables controlling indentation style:
20469 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20470 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20471 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20472 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20473 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20474 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20475 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20476 `perl-nochange'
20477 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20478 `perl-indent-level'
20479 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20480 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20481 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20482 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20483 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20484 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20485 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20486 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20487 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20488 `perl-brace-offset'
20489 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20490 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20491 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20492 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20493 `perl-label-offset'
20494 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20495 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20496 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20497
20498 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20499 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20500 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20501 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20502 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20503 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20504 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20505
20506 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20507
20508 \(fn)" t nil)
20509
20510 ;;;***
20511 \f
20512 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20513 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20514 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20515 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18335 54515))
20516 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20517
20518 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20519 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20520
20521 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20522
20523 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20524 passphrase cache or user.
20525
20526 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20527
20528 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20529 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20530
20531 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20532 cache or user.
20533
20534 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20535
20536 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20537 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20538
20539 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20540 the region.
20541
20542 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20543 passphrase cache or user.
20544
20545 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20546
20547 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20548 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20549
20550 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20551
20552 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20553 the region.
20554
20555 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20556 passphrase cache or user.
20557
20558 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20559
20560 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20561 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20562
20563 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20564 passphrase cache or user.
20565
20566 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20567
20568 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20569 Decrypt the current buffer.
20570
20571 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20572 the region.
20573
20574 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20575 passphrase cache or user.
20576
20577 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20578
20579 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20580 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20581
20582 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20583 a detached signature.
20584
20585 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20586 and the output is displayed.
20587
20588 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20589 passphrase cache or user.
20590
20591 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20592
20593 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20594 Sign the current buffer.
20595
20596 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20597 detached signature.
20598
20599 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20600 within the region.
20601
20602 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20603 and the output is displayed.
20604
20605 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20606 passphrase cache or user.
20607
20608 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20609
20610 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20611 Verify the current region between START and END.
20612 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20613 the detached signature of the current region.
20614
20615 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20616 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20617
20618 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20619
20620 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20621 Verify the current buffer.
20622 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20623 the detached signature of the current region.
20624 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20625 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20626 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20627 within the region.
20628
20629 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20630
20631 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20632 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20633
20634 \(fn)" t nil)
20635
20636 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20637 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20638
20639 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20640
20641 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20642 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20643
20644 \(fn)" t nil)
20645
20646 ;;;***
20647 \f
20648 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20649 ;;;;;; (18335 54515))
20650 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20651
20652 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20653 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20654
20655 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20656
20657 ;;;***
20658 \f
20659 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20660 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
20661 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20662
20663 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20664 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20665 \\<picture-mode-map>
20666 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20667 afterwards settable by these commands:
20668
20669 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20670 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20671 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20672 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20673
20674 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20675 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20676 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20677 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20678
20679 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20680 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20681 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20682 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20683
20684 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20685 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20686 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20687 with these commands:
20688
20689 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20690 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20691 Move to column following last
20692 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20693 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20694 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20695 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20696 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20697 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20698
20699 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20700
20701 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20702 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20703 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20704 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20705 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20706 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20707
20708 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20709 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20710 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20711 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20712 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20713 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20714 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20715
20716 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20717 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20718 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20719 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20720 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20721 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20722 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20723 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20724
20725 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20726 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20727 by supplying an argument.
20728
20729 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20730
20731 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20732 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20733
20734 \(fn)" t nil)
20735
20736 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20737
20738 ;;;***
20739 \f
20740 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20741 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
20742 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20743
20744 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20745 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20746 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20747
20748 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20749
20750 ;;;***
20751 \f
20752 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18335 54541))
20753 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20754
20755 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20756 Play pong and waste time.
20757 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20758 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20759
20760 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20761
20762 \\{pong-mode-map}
20763
20764 \(fn)" t nil)
20765
20766 ;;;***
20767 \f
20768 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20769 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18335 54522))
20770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20771
20772 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20773 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20774 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20775 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20776
20777 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20778
20779 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20780 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20781
20782 \(fn)" nil nil)
20783
20784 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20785 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20786 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20787 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20788 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20789
20790 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20791
20792 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20793 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20794 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20795
20796 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20797
20798 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20799 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20800 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20801 Ignores leading comment characters.
20802
20803 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20804
20805 ;;;***
20806 \f
20807 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20808 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20809 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20810 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20811 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20812 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20813 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20814 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20815 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20816 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20817 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20818 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20819 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20820 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20821 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20822 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20823 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20824 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20825 ;;;;;; (18335 54515))
20826 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20827
20828 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20829 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20830
20831 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20832
20833 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20834
20835 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20836
20837 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20838 Preview directory using ghostview.
20839
20840 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20841 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20842 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20843 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20844
20845 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20846 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20847 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20848 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20849 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20850 file name.
20851
20852 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20853
20854 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20855
20856 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20857 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20858
20859 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20860 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20861 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20862 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20863
20864 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20865 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20866 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20867 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20868 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20869 file name.
20870
20871 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20872
20873 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20874
20875 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20876 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20877
20878 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20879 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20880 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20881 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20882
20883 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20884 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20885 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20886 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20887 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20888 file name.
20889
20890 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20891
20892 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20893
20894 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20895 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20896
20897 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20898
20899 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20900 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20901 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20902 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20903
20904 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20905 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20906 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20907 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20908 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20909 file name.
20910
20911 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20912
20913 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20914
20915 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20916 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20917
20918 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20919 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20920 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20921
20922 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20923 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20924 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20925 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20926
20927 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20928
20929 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20930 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20931
20932 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20933 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20934 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20935
20936 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20937 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20938 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20939 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20940
20941 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20942
20943 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20944 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20945
20946 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20947 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20948 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20949
20950 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20951 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20952 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20953 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20954
20955 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20956
20957 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20958 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20959
20960 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20961
20962 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20963 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20964 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20965
20966 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20967 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20968 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20969 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20970
20971 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20972
20973 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20974 Preview region using ghostview.
20975
20976 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20977
20978 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20979
20980 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20981 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20982
20983 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20984
20985 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20986
20987 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
20988 Print region using PostScript printer.
20989
20990 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20991
20992 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20993
20994 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
20995 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20996
20997 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20998
20999 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21000
21001 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21002 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21003
21004 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21005
21006 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21007
21008 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21009 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21010
21011 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21012
21013 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21014
21015 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21016 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21017
21018 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21019
21020 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21021
21022 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21023 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21024
21025 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21026
21027 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21028
21029 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21030 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21031 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21032 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21033
21034 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21035 matching.
21036
21037 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21038 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21039
21040 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21041
21042 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21043
21044 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21045 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21046 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21047 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21048
21049 \(fn)" t nil)
21050
21051 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21052 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21053 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21054 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21055
21056 \(fn)" t nil)
21057
21058 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21059 Print directory using text printer.
21060
21061 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21062 matching.
21063
21064 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21065 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21066
21067 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21068
21069 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21070
21071 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21072 Print buffer using text printer.
21073
21074 \(fn)" t nil)
21075
21076 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21077 Print region using text printer.
21078
21079 \(fn)" t nil)
21080
21081 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21082 Print major mode using text printer.
21083
21084 \(fn)" t nil)
21085
21086 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21087 Preview spooled PostScript.
21088
21089 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21090 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21091 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21092
21093 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21094 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21095 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21096
21097 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21098
21099 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21100 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21101
21102 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21103 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21104 instead of sending it to the printer.
21105
21106 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21107 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21108 image in a file with that name.
21109
21110 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21111
21112 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21113 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21114
21115 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21116 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21117 instead of sending it to the printer.
21118
21119 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21120 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21121 image in a file with that name.
21122
21123 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21124
21125 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21126 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21127
21128 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21129 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21130 instead of sending it to the printer.
21131
21132 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21133 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21134 image in a file with that name.
21135
21136 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21137
21138 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21139 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21140
21141 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21142
21143 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21144 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21145
21146 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21147
21148 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21149 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21150
21151 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21152
21153 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21154 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21155
21156 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21157
21158 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21159 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21160
21161 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21162
21163 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21164 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21165
21166 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21167 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21168 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21169 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21170
21171 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21172 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21173 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21174 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21175 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21176 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21177 file name.
21178
21179 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21180
21181 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21182 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21183
21184 \(fn)" t nil)
21185
21186 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21187 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21188
21189 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21190 right.
21191 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21192 bottom.
21193
21194 \(fn)" t nil)
21195
21196 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21197 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21198
21199 \(fn)" t nil)
21200
21201 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21202 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21203
21204 \(fn)" t nil)
21205
21206 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21207 Toggle printing with faces.
21208
21209 \(fn)" t nil)
21210
21211 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21212 Toggle spooling.
21213
21214 \(fn)" t nil)
21215
21216 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21217 Toggle duplex.
21218
21219 \(fn)" t nil)
21220
21221 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21222 Toggle tumble.
21223
21224 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21225 right.
21226 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21227 bottom.
21228
21229 \(fn)" t nil)
21230
21231 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21232 Toggle landscape.
21233
21234 \(fn)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21237 Toggle upside-down.
21238
21239 \(fn)" t nil)
21240
21241 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21242 Toggle line number.
21243
21244 \(fn)" t nil)
21245
21246 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21247 Toggle zebra stripes.
21248
21249 \(fn)" t nil)
21250
21251 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21252 Toggle printing header.
21253
21254 \(fn)" t nil)
21255
21256 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21257 Toggle printing header frame.
21258
21259 \(fn)" t nil)
21260
21261 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21262 Toggle menu lock.
21263
21264 \(fn)" t nil)
21265
21266 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21267 Toggle auto region.
21268
21269 \(fn)" t nil)
21270
21271 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21272 Toggle auto mode.
21273
21274 \(fn)" t nil)
21275
21276 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21277 Customization of the `printing' group.
21278
21279 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21280
21281 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21282 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21283
21284 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21285
21286 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21287 Help for the printing package.
21288
21289 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21290
21291 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21292 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21293
21294 \(fn)" t nil)
21295
21296 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21297 Interactively select a text printer.
21298
21299 \(fn)" t nil)
21300
21301 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21302 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21303
21304 \(fn)" t nil)
21305
21306 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21307 Show current ps-print settings.
21308
21309 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21310
21311 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21312 Show current printing settings.
21313
21314 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21315
21316 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21317 Show current lpr settings.
21318
21319 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21320
21321 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21322 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21323
21324 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21325 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21326 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21327 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21328
21329
21330 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21331
21332 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21333 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21334 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21335
21336 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21337 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21338 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21339 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21340 current active printer.
21341
21342 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21343 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21344 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21345 printer.
21346
21347 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21348 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21349 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21350 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21351 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21352
21353
21354 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21355 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21356
21357 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21358
21359 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21360 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21361 be done using the new current active printer.
21362
21363 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21364 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21365 printer.
21366
21367 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21368 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21369 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21370 instead of sending it to the printer.
21371
21372 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21373 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21374 printer.
21375
21376 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21377
21378
21379 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21380 are both set to t.
21381
21382 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21383
21384 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21385 Fast fire function for text printing.
21386
21387 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21388 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21389 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21390 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21391
21392 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21393 user for a new active text printer.
21394
21395 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21396
21397 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21398
21399 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21400 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21401 printer.
21402
21403 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21404
21405 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21406 are both set to t.
21407
21408 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21409
21410 ;;;***
21411 \f
21412 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21413 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
21414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21415
21416 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21417 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21418 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21419 Commands:
21420 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21421 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21422 if that value is non-nil.
21423
21424 \(fn)" t nil)
21425
21426 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21427
21428 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21429 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21430 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21431
21432 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21433
21434 ;;;***
21435 \f
21436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18420 8068))
21437 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21438
21439 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21440 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21441 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21442
21443 ;;;***
21444 \f
21445 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18335
21446 ;;;;;; 54543))
21447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21448
21449 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21450 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21451
21452 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21453
21454 The following variables hold user options, and can
21455 be set through the `customize' command:
21456
21457 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21458 `ps-mode-tab'
21459 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21460 `ps-mode-print-function'
21461 `ps-run-prompt'
21462 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21463 `ps-run-x'
21464 `ps-run-dumb'
21465 `ps-run-init'
21466 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21467 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21468
21469 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21470
21471
21472 \\{ps-mode-map}
21473
21474
21475 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21476 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21477 The keymap for this second window is:
21478
21479 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21480
21481
21482 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21483 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21484 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21485 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21486 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21487
21488 \(fn)" t nil)
21489
21490 ;;;***
21491 \f
21492 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21493 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21494 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21495 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21496 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21497 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18367
21498 ;;;;;; 13960))
21499 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21500
21501 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21502 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21503 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21504
21505 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21506
21507 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21508 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21509 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21510 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21511
21512 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21513
21514 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21515 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21516
21517 Valid values are:
21518
21519 nil Do not print colors.
21520
21521 t Print colors.
21522
21523 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21524 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21525
21526 Any other value is treated as t.")
21527
21528 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21529
21530 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21531 Customization of ps-print group.
21532
21533 \(fn)" t nil)
21534
21535 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21536 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21537
21538 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21539 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21540 sending it to the printer.
21541
21542 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21543 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21544 image in a file with that name.
21545
21546 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21547
21548 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21549 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21550 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21551 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21552 so it has a way to determine color values.
21553
21554 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21555
21556 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21557 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21558 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21559
21560 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21561
21562 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21563 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21564 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21565 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21566 so it has a way to determine color values.
21567
21568 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21569
21570 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21571 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21572 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21573 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21574
21575 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21576
21577 \(fn)" t nil)
21578
21579 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21580 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21581 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21582 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21583 so it has a way to determine color values.
21584
21585 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21586
21587 \(fn)" t nil)
21588
21589 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21590 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21591 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21592
21593 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21594
21595 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21596
21597 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21598 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21599 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21600 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21601 so it has a way to determine color values.
21602
21603 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21604
21605 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21606
21607 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21608 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21609
21610 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21611 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21612 instead of sending it to the printer.
21613
21614 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21615 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21616 image in a file with that name.
21617
21618 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21619
21620 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21621 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21622 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21623 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21624 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21625
21626 \(fn)" t nil)
21627
21628 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21629 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21630 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21631
21632 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21633
21634 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21635 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21636 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21637
21638 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21639
21640 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21641 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21642
21643 \(fn)" nil nil)
21644
21645 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21646 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21647
21648 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21649 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21650
21651 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21652 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21653
21654 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21655
21656 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21657
21658 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21659
21660 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21661 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21662
21663 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21664 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21665
21666 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21667 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21668
21669 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21670
21671 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21672
21673 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21674
21675 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21676 foreground and background colors respectively.
21677
21678 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21679 bold - use bold font.
21680 italic - use italic font.
21681 underline - put a line under text.
21682 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21683 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21684 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21685 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21686 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21687
21688 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21689
21690 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21691
21692 ;;;***
21693 \f
21694 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21695 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18367 13962))
21696 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21697
21698 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
21699
21700 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
21701
21702 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
21703
21704 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21705 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21706 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21707 buffer automatically.
21708
21709 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21710 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21711 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21712 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21713 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21714 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21715 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21716
21717 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21718 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21719 buffer for a list of commands.)
21720
21721 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21722
21723 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21724 Major mode for editing Python files.
21725 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21726 for correct parsing of the source.
21727 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21728 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21729 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21730
21731 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21732 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21733 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21734 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21735 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21736 \\<python-mode-map>
21737 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21738 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21739 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21740 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21741 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21742 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21743
21744 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21745 effect outside them.
21746
21747 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21748 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21749 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21750 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21751 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21752 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21753 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21754 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21755 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21756
21757 \\{python-mode-map}
21758
21759 \(fn)" t nil)
21760
21761 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21762 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21763 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21764 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21765
21766 \(fn)" t nil)
21767
21768 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21769 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21770 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21771 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21772 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21773 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21774
21775 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21776 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21777 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21778 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21779 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21780 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21781 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21782
21783 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21784 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21785 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21786 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21787 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21788
21789 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21790 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21791 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21792 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21793 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21794 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21795 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21796 mode.
21797
21798 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21799 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21800 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21801 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21802 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21803 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21804 filter.
21805
21806 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21807
21808 ;;;***
21809 \f
21810 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21811 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
21812 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21813
21814 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21815 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21816 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21817 coding-system.
21818
21819 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21820 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21821
21822 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21823 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21824 them into characters should be done separately.
21825
21826 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21827
21828 ;;;***
21829 \f
21830 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21831 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21832 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21833 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21834 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18392 19203))
21835 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21836
21837 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21838 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21839
21840 \(fn)" nil nil)
21841
21842 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21843 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21844 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21845
21846 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21847 `quail-activate', which see.
21848
21849 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21850
21851 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21852 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21853 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21854 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21855 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21856 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21857 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21858
21859 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21860 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21861 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21862 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21863 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21864 shown.
21865 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21866
21867 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21868 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21869 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21870 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21871 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21872 list of candidates.
21873
21874 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21875 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21876 command to be called.
21877
21878 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21879 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21880 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21881 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21882
21883 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21884 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21885 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21886 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21887 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21888 to t.
21889
21890 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21891 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21892 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21893 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21894
21895 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21896 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21897 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21898 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21899
21900 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21901 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21902 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21903 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21904 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21905 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21906
21907 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21908 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21909 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21910 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21911 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21912 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21913
21914 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21915 covers Quail translation region.
21916
21917 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21918 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21919 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21920 for it) is inserted.
21921
21922 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21923 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21924 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21925
21926 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21927 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21928 non-Quail commands.
21929
21930 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21931
21932 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21933 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21934
21935 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21936 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21937 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21938 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21939 you type is correctly handled.
21940
21941 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21942
21943 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21944 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21945
21946 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21947 keyboard type.
21948
21949 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21950
21951 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21952 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21953 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21954 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21955 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21956 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21957 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21958 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21959 for the translation.
21960 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21961
21962 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21963 it is used to handle KEY.
21964
21965 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21966 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21967 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21968 the following annotation types are supported.
21969
21970 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21971 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21972
21973 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21974 candidate list.
21975
21976 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21977 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21978 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21979 inserted.
21980
21981 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21982 generated for the following translations.
21983
21984 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21985
21986 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
21987 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21988
21989 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21990 which to install MAP.
21991
21992 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21993
21994 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21995
21996 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
21997 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21998
21999 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22000 which to install MAP.
22001
22002 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22003
22004 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22005
22006 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22007 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22008 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22009 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22010 a function, or a cons.
22011 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22012 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22013 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22014 for the translation.
22015 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22016 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22017 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22018 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22019 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22020
22021 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22022 it is used to handle KEY.
22023
22024 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22025 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22026 current Quail package.
22027
22028 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22029 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22030
22031 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22032
22033 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22034 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22035
22036 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22037 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22038
22039 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22040
22041 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22042 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22043
22044 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22045
22046 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22047 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22048 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22049 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22050 of the Emacs source tree.
22051
22052 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22053 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22054
22055 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22056 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22057 of each directory.
22058
22059 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22060
22061 ;;;***
22062 \f
22063 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22064 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22065 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18335
22066 ;;;;;; 54538))
22067 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22068
22069 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22070 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22071 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22072 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22073
22074 To make use of this do something like:
22075
22076 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22077
22078 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22079
22080 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22081 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22082
22083 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22084 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22085 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22086
22087 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22088
22089 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22090 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22091
22092 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22093
22094 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22095 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22096
22097 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22098 is decided.
22099
22100 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22101
22102 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22103 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22104
22105 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22106 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22107 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22108
22109 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22110
22111 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22112 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22113
22114 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22115
22116 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22117 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22118
22119 \(fn)" t nil)
22120
22121 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22122 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22123
22124 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22125
22126 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22127
22128 \(fn)" t nil)
22129
22130 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22131 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22132
22133 \(fn)" t nil)
22134
22135 ;;;***
22136 \f
22137 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22138 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18369 28761))
22139 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22140
22141 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22142 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22143
22144 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22145
22146 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22147
22148 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22149
22150 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22151
22152 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22153 Not documented
22154
22155 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22156
22157 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22158 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22159 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22160 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22161 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22162 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22163
22164 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22165
22166 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22167 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22168
22169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22170
22171 ;;;***
22172 \f
22173 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18341
22174 ;;;;;; 12914))
22175 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22176
22177 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22178 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22179 See \\[compile].
22180
22181 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22182
22183 ;;;***
22184 \f
22185 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22186 ;;;;;; (18423 20180))
22187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22188
22189 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22190
22191 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22192 Construct a regexp interactively.
22193
22194 \(fn)" t nil)
22195
22196 ;;;***
22197 \f
22198 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18335 54515))
22199 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22200
22201 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22202 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22203 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22204 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22205 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22206 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22207
22208 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22209
22210 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22211 Toggle recentf mode.
22212 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22213 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22214
22215 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22216 that were operated on recently.
22217
22218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22219
22220 ;;;***
22221 \f
22222 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22223 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22224 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22225 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18335
22226 ;;;;;; 54515))
22227 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22228
22229 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22230 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22231 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22232 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22233
22234 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22235
22236 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22237
22238 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22239 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22240 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22241 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22242 ends.
22243
22244 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22245 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22246 to be deleted.
22247
22248 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22249
22250 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22251 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22252 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22253
22254 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22255 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22256 deleted.
22257
22258 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22259
22260 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22261 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22262 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22263
22264 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22265
22266 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22267 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22268
22269 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22270 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22271
22272 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22273 deleted.
22274
22275 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22276 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22277 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22278 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22279 even beep.)
22280
22281 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22282
22283 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22284 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22285
22286 \(fn)" t nil)
22287
22288 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22289 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22290 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22291 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22292 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22293 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22294 and point is at the lower right corner.
22295
22296 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22297
22298 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22299 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22300
22301 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22302 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22303
22304 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22305 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22306 on the right side of the rectangle.
22307
22308 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22309
22310 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22311
22312 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22313 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22314 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22315 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22316 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22317
22318 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22319 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22320
22321 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22322
22323 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22324 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22325 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22326
22327 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22328
22329 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22330
22331 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22332
22333 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22334 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22335
22336 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22337 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22338 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22339
22340 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22341
22342 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22343 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22344 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22345
22346 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22347 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22348 rectangle which were empty.
22349
22350 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22351
22352 ;;;***
22353 \f
22354 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18335
22355 ;;;;;; 54545))
22356 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22357
22358 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22359 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22360 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22361
22362 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22363 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22364 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22365
22366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22367
22368 ;;;***
22369 \f
22370 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22371 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18402 14034))
22372 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22373
22374 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22375 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22376
22377 \(fn)" nil nil)
22378
22379 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22380 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22381
22382 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22383 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22384
22385 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22386 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22387 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22388 \\ref macro.
22389
22390 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22391 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22392 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22393
22394 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22395 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22396 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22397
22398 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22399 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22400
22401 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22402 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22403
22404 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22405 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22406 on the menu bar.
22407
22408 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22409
22410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22411
22412 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22413 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22414 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22415
22416 \(fn)" nil nil)
22417
22418 ;;;***
22419 \f
22420 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22421 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
22422 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22423
22424 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22425 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22426 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22427 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22428 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22429 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22430
22431 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22432
22433 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22434
22435 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22436 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22437 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22438 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22439 `reftex-cite-format'.
22440
22441 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22442 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22443 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22444 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22445
22446 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22447
22448 ;;;***
22449 \f
22450 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22451 ;;;;;; (18402 14034))
22452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22453
22454 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22455 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22456 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22457 the current TeX document.
22458
22459 With no argument, this command toggles
22460 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22461 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22462
22463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22464
22465 ;;;***
22466 \f
22467 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22468 ;;;;;; (18402 14034))
22469 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22470
22471 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22472 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22473 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22474
22475 To insert new phrases, use
22476 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22477 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22478
22479 To index phrases use one of:
22480
22481 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22482 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22483 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22484 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22485 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22486
22487 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22488 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22489
22490 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22491
22492 Here are all local bindings.
22493
22494 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22495
22496 \(fn)" t nil)
22497
22498 ;;;***
22499 \f
22500 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22501 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
22502 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22503
22504 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22505 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22506 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22507 of master file.
22508
22509 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22510
22511 ;;;***
22512 \f
22513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18402
22514 ;;;;;; 14034))
22515 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22516 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22517 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22518 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22519 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22520
22521 ;;;***
22522 \f
22523 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22524 ;;;;;; (18428 27944))
22525 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22526
22527 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22528 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22529 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22530 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22531 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22532 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22533
22534 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22535 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22536
22537 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22538 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22539
22540 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22541
22542 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22543 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22544 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22545 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22546
22547 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22548
22549 ;;;***
22550 \f
22551 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22552 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22553 ;;;;;; (18427 17234))
22554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22555
22556 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22557 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22558 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22559 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22560
22561 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22562
22563 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22564
22565 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22566 Call `remember' in another frame.
22567
22568 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22569
22570 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22571 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22572 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22573 application.
22574
22575 \(fn)" t nil)
22576
22577 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22578 Extract diary entries from the region.
22579
22580 \(fn)" nil nil)
22581
22582 ;;;***
22583 \f
22584 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18335 54516))
22585 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22586
22587 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22588 Repeat most recently executed command.
22589 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22590 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22591 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22592
22593 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22594 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22595 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22596 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22597
22598 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22599 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22600 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22601
22602 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22603
22604 ;;;***
22605 \f
22606 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22607 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
22608 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22609
22610 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22611 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22612
22613 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22614 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22615 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22616 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22617 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22618 and point is left after the salutation.
22619
22620 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22621 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22622 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22623 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22624 left after that text.
22625
22626 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22627 is non-nil.
22628
22629 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22630 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22631 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22632 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22633
22634 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22635
22636 ;;;***
22637 \f
22638 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22639 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
22640 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22641
22642 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22643 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22644 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22645 visibility of comments that precede it.
22646 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22647 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22648 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22649 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22650 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22651 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22652 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22653 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22654 the comment lines.
22655 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22656 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22657 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22658 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22659 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22660
22661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22662
22663 ;;;***
22664 \f
22665 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18335
22666 ;;;;;; 54516))
22667 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22668
22669 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
22670 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22671
22672 \(fn)" nil nil)
22673
22674 ;;;***
22675 \f
22676 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22677 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
22678 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22679
22680 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22681 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22682 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22683
22684 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22685 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22686 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22687
22688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22689
22690 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22691 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22692 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22694 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22695 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22696
22697 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22698
22699 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22700 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22701 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22702
22703 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22704 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22705 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22706
22707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22708
22709 ;;;***
22710 \f
22711 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22712 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
22713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22714
22715 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22716 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22717
22718 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22719
22720 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22721 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22722
22723 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22724
22725 ;;;***
22726 \f
22727 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18335 54538))
22728 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22729 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22730
22731 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22732 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22733 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22734 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22735
22736 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22737
22738 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22739 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22740 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22741 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22742
22743 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22744 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22745
22746 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22747 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22748
22749 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22750 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22751 INPUT-ARGS.
22752
22753 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22754 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22755 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22756 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22757 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22758
22759 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22760 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22761 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22762 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22763
22764 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22765 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22766 variable.
22767
22768 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22769
22770 ;;;***
22771 \f
22772 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22773 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22774 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22775 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22776 ;;;;;; rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers
22777 ;;;;;; rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p)
22778 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18364 62105))
22779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22780
22781 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22782 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22783 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22784
22785 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22786
22787 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22788 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22789 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22790 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22791
22792 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22793
22794 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22795 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22796 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22797 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22798 value is the user's email address and name.)
22799 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22800
22801 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22802 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22803 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22804 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22805 which normally happens once for each message,
22806 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22807 To make a change in this variable take effect
22808 for a message that you have already viewed,
22809 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22810
22811 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22812
22813 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22814 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22815 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22816 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22817
22818 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22819
22820 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22821 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22822
22823 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22824
22825 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22826 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22827 A value of nil means don't highlight.")
22828
22829 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22830
22831 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22832 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22833
22834 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
22835
22836 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22837 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22838 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22839 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22840 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22841
22842 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22843
22844 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22845 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22846 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22847 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22848
22849 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
22850
22851 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22852 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22853
22854 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22855
22856 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22857 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22858
22859 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22860
22861 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
22862 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22863
22864 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
22865
22866 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22867 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22868
22869 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22870 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22871
22872 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22873 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22874
22875 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22876
22877 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22878 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22879
22880 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22881 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22882 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22883 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22884
22885 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22886 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22887
22888 This is set to nil by default.")
22889
22890 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22891 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22892 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22893 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22894 until a user explicitly requires it.
22895
22896 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22897 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22898 in your session.")
22899
22900 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
22901
22902 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22903 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22904 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22905 It is called with no argument.")
22906
22907 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22908 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22909 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22910 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22911 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22912 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22913 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22914
22915 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22916 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22917 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22918 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22919 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22920 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22921
22922 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22923 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22924 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22925 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22926 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22927
22928 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22929 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22930 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22931 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22932 MSG is the message number,
22933 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22934 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22935
22936 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
22937 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22938 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22939 this feature is required with `require'.
22940
22941 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22942 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22943
22944 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22945 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22946 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22947 the message is decoded as normal way.
22948
22949 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22950 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22951 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22952
22953 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22954 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22955 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22956
22957 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22958 Read and edit incoming mail.
22959 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22960 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22961 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22962
22963 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22964 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22965 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22966 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22967
22968 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22969
22970 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22971
22972 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22973 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22974 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22975 Instead, these commands are available:
22976
22977 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22978 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22979 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22980 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22981 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22982 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22983 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22984 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22985 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22986 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22987 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22988 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22989 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22990 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22991 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22992 till a deleted message is found.
22993 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22994 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22995 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22996 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22997 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22998 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22999 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23000 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23001 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23002 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23003 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23004 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23005 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23006 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23007 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23008 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23009 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23010 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23011 (label defaults to last one specified).
23012 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23013 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23014 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23015 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23016 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23017 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23018 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23019 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23020 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23021
23022 \(fn)" t nil)
23023
23024 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23025 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23026
23027 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23028
23029 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23030 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23031
23032 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23033
23034 ;;;***
23035 \f
23036 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23037 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
23038 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23039
23040 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23041 Edit the contents of this message.
23042
23043 \(fn)" t nil)
23044
23045 ;;;***
23046 \f
23047 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23048 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23049 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18335 54537))
23050 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23051
23052 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23053 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23054 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23055
23056 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23057
23058 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23059 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23060 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23061
23062 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23063
23064 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23065 Not documented
23066
23067 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23068
23069 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23070 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23071 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23072 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23073 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23074
23075 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23076
23077 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23078 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23079 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23080 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23081 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23082
23083 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23084
23085 ;;;***
23086 \f
23087 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23088 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
23089 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23090
23091 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23092 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23093 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23094 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23095
23096 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23097
23098 ;;;***
23099 \f
23100 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23101 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23102 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18335 54537))
23103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23104
23105 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23106 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23107 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23108 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23109 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23110 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23111 a file name as a string.")
23112
23113 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23114
23115 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23116 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23117 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23118 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23119 buffer visiting that file.
23120 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23121 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23122
23123 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23124 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23125
23126 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23127 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23128
23129 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23130 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23131
23132 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23133
23134 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23135 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23136
23137 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23138
23139 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23140 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23141 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23142 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23143 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23144
23145 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23146 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23147 will be appended with their original headers.
23148
23149 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23150 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23151
23152 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23153 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23154
23155 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23156
23157 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23158
23159 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23160 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23161 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23162
23163 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23164
23165 ;;;***
23166 \f
23167 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23168 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23169 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18335
23170 ;;;;;; 54537))
23171 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23172
23173 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23174 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23175 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23176
23177 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23178
23179 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23180 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23181 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23182
23183 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23184
23185 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23186 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23187 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23188
23189 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23190
23191 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23192 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23193 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23194
23195 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23196
23197 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23198 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23199 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23200
23201 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23202
23203 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23204 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23205 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23206
23207 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23208
23209 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23210 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23211 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23212 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23213
23214 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23215
23216 ;;;***
23217 \f
23218 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23219 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23220 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23221 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23222 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18335 54537))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23224
23225 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23226 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23227
23228 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23229
23230 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23231 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23232
23233 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23234
23235 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23236 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23237
23238 \(fn)" t nil)
23239
23240 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23241 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23242 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23243
23244 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23245
23246 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23247 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23248 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23249 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23250 only look in the To and From fields.
23251 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23252
23253 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23254
23255 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23256 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23257 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23258 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23259 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23260
23261 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23262
23263 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23264 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23265 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23266 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23267 look in the whole message.
23268 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23269
23270 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23271
23272 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23273 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23274 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23275
23276 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23277
23278 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23279 *Function to decode summary-line.
23280
23281 By default, `identity' is set.")
23282
23283 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23284
23285 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23286 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23287 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23288 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23289 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23290 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23291 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23292
23293 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23294 sent by you under different user names.
23295 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23296
23297 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23298
23299 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23300
23301 ;;;***
23302 \f
23303 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23304 ;;;;;; (18335 54540))
23305 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23306
23307 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23308 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23309 Return a pattern.
23310
23311 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23312
23313 ;;;***
23314 \f
23315 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23316 ;;;;;; (18381 59318))
23317 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23318
23319 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23320 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23321 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23322 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23323
23324 \(fn)" t nil)
23325
23326 ;;;***
23327 \f
23328 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23329 ;;;;;; (18335 54540))
23330 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23331
23332 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23333 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23334
23335 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23336 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23337 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23338 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23339 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23340 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23341 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23342 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23343 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23344 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending..
23345
23346 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23347 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23348 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23349 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23350 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23351 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23352 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23353 to use for finding the schema.
23354
23355 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23356
23357 ;;;***
23358 \f
23359 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18335
23360 ;;;;;; 54541))
23361 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23362
23363 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23364
23365 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23366 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library. NAME is a
23367 symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a list of
23368 pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol giving
23369 the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving its
23370 value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error passing
23371 it arguments in the same style as format; the value from rng-dt-error
23372 will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The first member of
23373 the list is t if any string is a legal value for the datatype and nil
23374 otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this symbol will be
23375 called as a function passing it a string followed by the remaining
23376 members of the list. The function must return an object representing
23377 the value of the datatype that was represented by the string, or nil
23378 if the string is not a representation of any value. The object
23379 returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided that, if two
23380 strings represent the same value, the returned objects must be equal.
23381
23382 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23383
23384 ;;;***
23385 \f
23386 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23387 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18340 25864))
23388 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23389
23390 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23391 Define a robin package.
23392
23393 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23394 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23395 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23396 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23397
23398 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23399 one replaces the old one.
23400
23401 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23402
23403 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23404 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23405
23406 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23407 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23408 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23409
23410 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23411
23412 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23413 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23414
23415 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23416
23417 ;;;***
23418 \f
23419 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23420 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18335 54516))
23421 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23422
23423 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23424 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23425
23426 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23427
23428 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23429 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23430
23431 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23432
23433 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23434 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23435
23436 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23437
23438 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23439 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23440 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23441
23442 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23443 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23444 in ROT13.
23445
23446 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23447
23448 \(fn)" t nil)
23449
23450 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23451 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23452
23453 \(fn)" t nil)
23454
23455 ;;;***
23456 \f
23457 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18341
23458 ;;;;;; 12905))
23459 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23460
23461 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23462 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23463
23464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23465
23466 ;;;***
23467 \f
23468 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18335
23469 ;;;;;; 54522))
23470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23471
23472 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23473 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23474 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23475 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23476
23477 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23478
23479 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23480 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23481 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23482 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23483
23484 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23485 notation.
23486
23487 STRING
23488 matches string STRING literally.
23489
23490 CHAR
23491 matches character CHAR literally.
23492
23493 `not-newline', `nonl'
23494 matches any character except a newline.
23495
23496 `anything'
23497 matches any character
23498
23499 `(any SET ...)'
23500 `(in SET ...)'
23501 `(char SET ...)'
23502 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23503 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23504 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23505
23506 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23507 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23508 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23509 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23510
23511 `(not (any SET ...))'
23512 matches any character not in SET ...
23513
23514 `line-start', `bol'
23515 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23516 in the text being matched
23517
23518 `line-end', `eol'
23519 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23520
23521 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23522 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23523 string being matched against.
23524
23525 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23526 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23527 string being matched against.
23528
23529 `buffer-start'
23530 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23531 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23532
23533 `buffer-end'
23534 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23535 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23536
23537 `point'
23538 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23539
23540 `word-start', `bow'
23541 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23542
23543 `word-end', `eow'
23544 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23545
23546 `word-boundary'
23547 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23548 word.
23549
23550 `(not word-boundary)'
23551 `not-word-boundary'
23552 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23553 word.
23554
23555 `symbol-start'
23556 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23557
23558 `symbol-end'
23559 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23560
23561 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23562 matches 0 through 9.
23563
23564 `control', `cntrl'
23565 matches ASCII control characters.
23566
23567 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23568 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23569
23570 `blank'
23571 matches space and tab only.
23572
23573 `graphic', `graph'
23574 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23575 space, and DEL.
23576
23577 `printing', `print'
23578 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23579 and DEL.
23580
23581 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23582 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23583 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23584
23585 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23586 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23587 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23588
23589 `ascii'
23590 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23591
23592 `nonascii'
23593 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23594
23595 `lower', `lower-case'
23596 matches anything lower-case.
23597
23598 `upper', `upper-case'
23599 matches anything upper-case.
23600
23601 `punctuation', `punct'
23602 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23603 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23604
23605 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23606 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23607
23608 `word', `wordchar'
23609 matches anything that has word syntax.
23610
23611 `not-wordchar'
23612 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23613
23614 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23615 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23616 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23617 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23618
23619 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23620 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23621 `word' (\\sw)
23622 `symbol' (\\s_)
23623 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23624 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23625 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23626 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23627 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23628 `escape' (\\s\\)
23629 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23630 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23631 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23632 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23633 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23634
23635 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23636 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23637
23638 `(category CATEGORY)'
23639 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23640 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23641
23642 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23643 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23644 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23645 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23646 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23647 `symbol' (\\c5)
23648 `digit' (\\c6)
23649 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23650 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23651 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23652 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23653 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23654 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23655 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23656 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23657 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23658 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23659 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23660 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23661 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23662 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23663 `ascii' (\\ca)
23664 `arabic' (\\cb)
23665 `chinese' (\\cc)
23666 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23667 `greek' (\\cg)
23668 `korean' (\\ch)
23669 `indian' (\\ci)
23670 `japanese' (\\cj)
23671 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23672 `latin' (\\cl)
23673 `lao' (\\co)
23674 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23675 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23676 `thai' (\\ct)
23677 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23678 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23679 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23680 `can-break' (\\c|)
23681
23682 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23683 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23684
23685 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23686 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23687 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23688 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23689 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23690
23691 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23692 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23693 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23694 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23695
23696 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23697 another name for `submatch'.
23698
23699 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23700 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23701 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23702 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23703 regular expression.
23704
23705 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23706 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23707 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23708 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23709 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23710
23711 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23712 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23713
23714 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23715 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23716
23717 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23718 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23719 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23720
23721 `(* SEXP ...)'
23722 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23723 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23724
23725 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23726 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23727 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23728
23729 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23730 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23731 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23732
23733 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23734 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23735
23736 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23737 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23738
23739 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23740 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23741 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23742 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23743
23744 `(? SEXP ...)'
23745 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23746
23747 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23748 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23749
23750 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23751 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23752 matches N occurrences.
23753
23754 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23755 matches N or more occurrences.
23756
23757 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23758 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23759 matches N to M occurrences.
23760
23761 `(backref N)'
23762 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23763
23764 `(backref N)'
23765 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23766
23767 `(backref N)'
23768 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23769
23770 `(eval FORM)'
23771 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23772 `regexp-quote' it.
23773
23774 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23775 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23776
23777 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23778
23779 ;;;***
23780 \f
23781 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23782 ;;;;;; (18301 39792))
23783 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23784
23785 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23786 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23787 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23788 interface.")
23789
23790 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23791
23792 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23793 Toggle savehist-mode.
23794 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23795 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23796 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23797 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23798
23799 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23800 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23801 which is probably undesirable.
23802
23803 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23804
23805 ;;;***
23806 \f
23807 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23808 ;;;;;; (18369 28763))
23809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23810
23811 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23812 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23813 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23814
23815 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23816 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23817 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23818 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23819 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23820 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23821 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23822 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23823
23824 Commands:
23825 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23826 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23827 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23828 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23829 if that value is non-nil.
23830
23831 \(fn)" t nil)
23832
23833 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23834 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23835 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23836
23837 Commands:
23838 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23839 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23840 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23841 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23842 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23843 that variable's value is a string.
23844
23845 \(fn)" t nil)
23846
23847 ;;;***
23848 \f
23849 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23850 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
23851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23852
23853 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23854 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23855 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23856
23857 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23858
23859 \(fn)" t nil)
23860
23861 ;;;***
23862 \f
23863 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23864 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
23865 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23866
23867 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23868 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23869 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23870 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23871 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23872 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23873
23874 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23875
23876 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23877 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23878 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23879 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23880 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23881
23882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23883
23884 ;;;***
23885 \f
23886 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23887 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
23888 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23889
23890 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23891 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23892 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23893 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23894 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23895 during scrolling.
23896
23897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23898
23899 ;;;***
23900 \f
23901 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23902 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23903 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23904 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23905 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23906 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23907 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23908 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23909 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18341 12913))
23910 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23911
23912 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
23913 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23914
23915 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23916 king@grassland.com
23917 If `parens', they look like:
23918 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23919 If `angles', they look like:
23920 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23921 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23922 derived from the envelope-from address.
23923
23924 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23925 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23926 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23927 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23928
23929 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23930
23931 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23932 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23933 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23934 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23935
23936 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23937 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23938 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23939 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23940
23941 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23942
23943 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23944 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23945 This is done when the message is initialized,
23946 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23947
23948 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23949
23950 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23951 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23952 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23953
23954 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23955
23956 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23957
23958 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23959 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23960 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23961 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23962 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23963 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23964 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23965
23966 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23967
23968 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23969 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23970
23971 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23972
23973 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23974 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23975 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23976
23977 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23978
23979 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23980 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23981 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23982 when you first send mail.")
23983
23984 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23985
23986 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23987 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23988 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23989 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23990 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23991
23992 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23993
23994 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23995 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23996 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23997 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23998 This file need not actually exist.")
23999
24000 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24001
24002 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24003 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24004 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24005
24006 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24007
24008 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24009 Alist of mail address aliases,
24010 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24011 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24012 can specify a different file name.)
24013 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24014 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24015
24016 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24017 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24018 nil means use indentation.")
24019
24020 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24021
24022 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24023 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24024 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24025
24026 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24027
24028 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24029 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24030 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24031 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24032 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24033 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24034 in the cited portion of the message.
24035
24036 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24037 instead of no action.")
24038
24039 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24040
24041 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24042 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24043 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24044 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24045 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24046
24047 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24048
24049 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24050 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24051 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24052 If a string, that string is inserted.
24053 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24054 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24055 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24056 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24057
24058 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24059
24060 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24061 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24062
24063 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24064
24065 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24066 Directory for mail buffers.
24067 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24068 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24069
24070 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24071
24072 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24073 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24074 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24075 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24076
24077 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24078
24079 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24080 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24081 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24082 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24083 is non-nil.")
24084
24085 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24086
24087 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24088 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24089 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24090 `query' means ask the user each time.
24091 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24092 The default is `mime'.
24093 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24094 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24095
24096 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24097
24098 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24099 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24100 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24101
24102 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24103 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24104
24105 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24106 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24107 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24108 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24109 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24110 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24111 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24112 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24113 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24114 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24115 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24116 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24117 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24118
24119 \(fn)" t nil)
24120
24121 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24122 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24123
24124 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24125 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24126
24127 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24128
24129 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24130 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24131 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24132 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24133 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24134 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24135
24136 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24137 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24138 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24139
24140 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24141 User should not set this variable manually,
24142 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24143 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24144 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24145 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24146
24147 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24148 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24149 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24150 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24151
24152 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24153 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24154
24155 \\<mail-mode-map>
24156 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24157
24158 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24159 to move to message header fields:
24160 \\{mail-mode-map}
24161
24162 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24163 when the message is initialized.
24164
24165 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24166 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24167
24168 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24169 is inserted.
24170
24171 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24172 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24173
24174 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24175 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24176 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24177 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24178 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24179 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24180 buffer without erasing the contents.
24181
24182 The second through fifth arguments,
24183 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24184 the initial contents of those header fields.
24185 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24186 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24187 original message being replied to, or else an action
24188 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24189 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24190 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24191 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24192 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24193 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24194
24195 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24196
24197 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24198 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24199
24200 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24201
24202 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24203 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24204
24205 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24206
24207 ;;;***
24208 \f
24209 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24210 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18423 51563))
24211 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24212
24213 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24214 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24215 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24216 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24217 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24218 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24219
24220 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24221 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24222
24223 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24224
24225 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24226 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24227 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24230 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24231
24232 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24233
24234 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24235 Toggle Server mode.
24236 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24237 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24238 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24239
24240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24241
24242 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24243 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24244
24245 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24246
24247 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24248 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24249
24250 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24251
24252 ;;;***
24253 \f
24254 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18335 54516))
24255 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24256
24257 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24258 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24259 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24260
24261 Key definitions:
24262 \\{ses-mode-map}
24263 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24264 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24265 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24266 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24267
24268 \(fn)" t nil)
24269
24270 ;;;***
24271 \f
24272 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24273 ;;;;;; (18391 43731))
24274 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24275
24276 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24277 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24278 Makes > match <.
24279 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24280 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24281
24282 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24283 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24284 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24285
24286 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24287 in your `.emacs' file.
24288
24289 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24290
24291 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24292 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24293 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24294
24295 \(fn)" t nil)
24296
24297 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24298
24299 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24300 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24301 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24302 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24303 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24304 which this is based.
24305
24306 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24307
24308 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24309 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24310 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24311 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24312
24313 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24314 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24315 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24316
24317 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24318 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24319 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24320 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24321
24322 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24323 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24324 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24325 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24326
24327 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24328
24329 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24330 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24331 To work around that, do:
24332 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24333
24334 \\{html-mode-map}
24335
24336 \(fn)" t nil)
24337
24338 ;;;***
24339 \f
24340 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24341 ;;;;;; (18425 32959))
24342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24343 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24344
24345 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24346 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24347 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24348 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24349 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24350 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24351
24352 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24353 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24354 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24355 shell-specific features.
24356
24357 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24358 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24359 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24360 \\<sh-mode-map>
24361 \\[sh-case] case statement
24362 \\[sh-for] for loop
24363 \\[sh-function] function definition
24364 \\[sh-if] if statement
24365 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24366 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24367 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24368 \\[sh-select] select loop
24369 \\[sh-until] until loop
24370 \\[sh-while] while loop
24371
24372 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24373 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24374 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24375 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24376 would indent to the way it currently is.
24377 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24378 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24379
24380
24381 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24382 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24383 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24384 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24385 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24386 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24387
24388 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24389 {, (, [, ', \", `
24390 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24391
24392 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24393 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24394 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24395
24396 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24397 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24398
24399 \(fn)" t nil)
24400
24401 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24402
24403 ;;;***
24404 \f
24405 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18392 19203))
24406 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24407
24408 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24409 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24410 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24411 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24412 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24413 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24414
24415 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24416
24417 ;;;***
24418 \f
24419 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24420 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
24421 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24422
24423 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24424 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24425
24426 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24427 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24428 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24429 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24430 the earlier.
24431
24432 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24433
24434 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24435
24436 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24437 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24438 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24439
24440 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24441 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24442
24443 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24444 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24445 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24446 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24447 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24448 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24449 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24450 Emacs version).
24451
24452 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24453 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24454 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24455 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24456 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24457
24458 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24459 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24460 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24461
24462 \(fn)" t nil)
24463
24464 ;;;***
24465 \f
24466 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24467 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18335
24468 ;;;;;; 54516))
24469 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24470
24471 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24472 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24473 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24474 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24475 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24476 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24477 sites in the cluster.
24478
24479 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24480
24481 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24482 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24483 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24484 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24485 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24486
24487 \(fn)" t nil)
24488
24489 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24490 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24491 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24492 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24493 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24494 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24495 `shadow-define-cluster').
24496
24497 \(fn)" t nil)
24498
24499 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24500 Set up file shadowing.
24501
24502 \(fn)" t nil)
24503
24504 ;;;***
24505 \f
24506 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24507 ;;;;;; (18420 43984))
24508 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24509
24510 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24511 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24512 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24513 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24514 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24515 arguments.")
24516
24517 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24518
24519 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24520 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24521 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24522 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24523 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24524
24525 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24526 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24527 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24528 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24529 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24530 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24531 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24532 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24533 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24534 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24535 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24536
24537 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24538 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24539 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24540 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24541 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24542 `default-process-coding-system'.
24543
24544 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24545 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24546 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24547 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24548
24549 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24550
24551 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24552 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24553
24554 ;;;***
24555 \f
24556 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24557 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18335 54533))
24558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24559
24560 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24561 Not documented
24562
24563 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24564
24565 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24566 Not documented
24567
24568 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24569
24570 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24571 Not documented
24572
24573 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24574
24575 ;;;***
24576 \f
24577 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24578 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
24579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24580
24581 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24582 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24583 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24584 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24585 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24586
24587 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24588
24589 \(fn)" t nil)
24590
24591 ;;;***
24592 \f
24593 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18335
24594 ;;;;;; 54543))
24595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24596
24597 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24598 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24599 \\{simula-mode-map}
24600 Variables controlling indentation style:
24601 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24602 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24603 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24604 `simula-indent-level'
24605 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24606 `simula-substatement-offset'
24607 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24608 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24609 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24610 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24611 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24612 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24613 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24614 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24615 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24616 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24617 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24618 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24619 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24620 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24621 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24622 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24623 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24624 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24625 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24626 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24627 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24628 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24629 or nil if they should not be changed.
24630 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24631 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24632 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24633 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24634
24635 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24636 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24637
24638 \(fn)" t nil)
24639
24640 ;;;***
24641 \f
24642 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24643 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18341 12905))
24644 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24645
24646 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24647 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24648
24649 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24650 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24651 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24652 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24653
24654 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24655
24656 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24657 Insert SKELETON.
24658 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24659 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24660 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24661 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24662 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24663
24664 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24665 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24666
24667 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24668
24669 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24670 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24671
24672 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24673 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24674 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24675 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24676
24677 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24678 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24679 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24680 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24681
24682 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24683 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24684 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24685
24686 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24687 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24688
24689 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24690 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24691
24692 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24693 _ interesting point, interregion here
24694 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24695 interesting point set by _
24696 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24697 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24698 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24699 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24700 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24701 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24702 nil skipped
24703
24704 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24705 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24706
24707 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24708 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24709 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24710 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24711 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24712 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24713 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24714 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24715
24716 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24717 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24718 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24719 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24720 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24721 available:
24722
24723 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24724 then: insert previously read string once more
24725 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24726 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24727 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24728
24729 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24730 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24731
24732 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24733
24734 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24735 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24736
24737 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24738 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24739 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24740 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24741 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24742 such as backslash.
24743
24744 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24745 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24746 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24747
24748 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24749
24750 ;;;***
24751 \f
24752 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24753 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18416 36501))
24754 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24755
24756 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24757 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24758 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24759 buffer names.
24760
24761 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24762
24763 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24764 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24765 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24766
24767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24768
24769 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24770 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24771 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24772
24773 \(fn)" nil nil)
24774
24775 ;;;***
24776 \f
24777 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24778 ;;;;;; (18375 34229))
24779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24780
24781 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24782 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24783 A list of images is returned.
24784
24785 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24786
24787 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24788 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24789 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24790
24791 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24792
24793 ;;;***
24794 \f
24795 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24796 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18369 20325))
24797 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24798
24799 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24800 Not documented
24801
24802 \(fn)" nil nil)
24803
24804 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24805 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24806
24807 \(fn)" t nil)
24808
24809 ;;;***
24810 \f
24811 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18335 54541))
24812 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24813
24814 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24815 Play the Snake game.
24816 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24817
24818 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24819
24820 Snake mode keybindings:
24821 \\<snake-mode-map>
24822 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24823 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24824 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24825 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24826 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24827 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24828 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24829
24830 \(fn)" t nil)
24831
24832 ;;;***
24833 \f
24834 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24835 ;;;;;; (18335 54538))
24836 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24837
24838 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24839 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24840 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24841 Tab indents for C code.
24842 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24843 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24844 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24845 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24846 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24847
24848 \(fn)" t nil)
24849
24850 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24851 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24852 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24853 Tab indents for C code.
24854 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24855 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24856 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24857 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24858 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24859
24860 \(fn)" t nil)
24861
24862 ;;;***
24863 \f
24864 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18426
24865 ;;;;;; 29950))
24866 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24867
24868 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24869 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24870 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24871 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24872 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24873
24874 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24875
24876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24877
24878 ;;;***
24879 \f
24880 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18335
24881 ;;;;;; 54541))
24882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24883
24884 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24885 Play Solitaire.
24886
24887 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24888 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24889 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24890 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24891 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24892 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24893 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24894 check after each move or undo)
24895
24896 What is Solitaire?
24897
24898 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24899 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24900 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24901
24902 Le Solitaire
24903 ============
24904
24905 o o o
24906
24907 o o o
24908
24909 o o o o o o o
24910
24911 o o o . o o o
24912
24913 o o o o o o o
24914
24915 o o o
24916
24917 o o o
24918
24919 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24920 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24921 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24922 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24923
24924 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24925 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24926 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24927 this: o o .
24928
24929 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24930 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24931
24932 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24933
24934 o o o
24935
24936 . o o
24937
24938 o o . o o o o
24939
24940 o . o o o o o
24941
24942 o o o o o o o
24943
24944 o o o
24945
24946 o o o
24947
24948 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24949
24950 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24951
24952 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24953
24954 ;;;***
24955 \f
24956 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24957 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24958 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18403 34899))
24959 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24960 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24961
24962 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24963 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24964
24965 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24966 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24967 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24968 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24969 contiguous.
24970
24971 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24972 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24973 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24974 the sort order.
24975
24976 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24977 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24978
24979 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24980 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24981 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24982 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24983 is called.
24984
24985 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24986 It should move point to the end of the record.
24987
24988 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24989 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24990 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24991 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24992 starts at the beginning of the record.
24993
24994 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24995 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24996 same as ENDRECFUN.
24997
24998 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24999 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25000
25001 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25002
25003 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25004 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25005 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25006 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25007 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25008 the sort order.
25009
25010 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25011
25012 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25013 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25014 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25015 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25016 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25017 the sort order.
25018
25019 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25020
25021 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25022 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25023 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25024 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25025 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25026 the sort order.
25027
25028 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25029 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25030
25031 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25032 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25033 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25034 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25035 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25036 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25037 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25038 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25039 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25040
25041 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25042
25043 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25044 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25045 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25046 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25047 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25048 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25049 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25050 the sort order.
25051
25052 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25053
25054 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25055 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25056 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25057 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25058 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25059 is to be used for sorting.
25060 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25061 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25062 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25063 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25064 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25065
25066 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25067
25068 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25069 the sort order.
25070
25071 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25072 starting with the letter \"f\",
25073 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25074
25075 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25076
25077 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25078 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25079 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25080 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25081 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25082 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25083 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25084 the sort order.
25085
25086 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25087 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25088 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25089 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25090 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25091
25092 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25093
25094 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25095 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25096 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25097
25098 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25099
25100 ;;;***
25101 \f
25102 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18335
25103 ;;;;;; 54533))
25104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25105
25106 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25107 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25108 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25109 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25110 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25111 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25112
25113 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25114
25115 ;;;***
25116 \f
25117 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25118 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25119 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18375 34229))
25120 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25121
25122 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25123 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25124
25125 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25126 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25127 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25128
25129 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25130
25131 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25132 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25133 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25134 server.
25135
25136 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25137
25138 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25139 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25140 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25141
25142 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25143
25144 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25145 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25146 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25147 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25148 Agent is plugged.
25149
25150 \(fn)" t nil)
25151
25152 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25153 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25154 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25155 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25156
25157 \(fn)" t nil)
25158
25159 ;;;***
25160 \f
25161 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25162 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18335 54516))
25163 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25164
25165 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25166
25167 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25168 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25169 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25170 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25171 supported at a time.
25172 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25173 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25174
25175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25176
25177 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25178 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25179 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25180 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25181
25182 \(fn)" t nil)
25183
25184 ;;;***
25185 \f
25186 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25187 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18367 13963))
25188 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25189
25190 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25191
25192 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25193 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25194 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25195 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25196 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25197 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25198
25199 \(fn)" t nil)
25200
25201 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25202
25203 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25204 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25205 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25206 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25207
25208 \(fn)" t nil)
25209
25210 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25211
25212 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25213 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25214 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25215 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25216 for example, \"word\".
25217
25218 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25219
25220 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25221
25222 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25223 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25224
25225 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25226
25227 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25228
25229 ;;;***
25230 \f
25231 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18367
25232 ;;;;;; 22976))
25233 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25234
25235 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25236 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25237
25238 \(fn)" t nil)
25239
25240 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25241 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25242
25243 \(fn)" nil nil)
25244
25245 ;;;***
25246 \f
25247 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25248 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25249 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25250 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18335
25251 ;;;;;; 54543))
25252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25253
25254 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25255 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25256
25257 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25258 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25259 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25260 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25261 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25262 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25263 of the current highlighting list.
25264
25265 For example:
25266
25267 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25268 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25269
25270 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25271 `_t' as data types.
25272
25273 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25274
25275 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25276 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25277
25278 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25279 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25280
25281 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25282
25283 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25284 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25285 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25286
25287 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25288
25289 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25290 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25291 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25292 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25293 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25294 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25295 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25296 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25297 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25298
25299 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25300
25301 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25302 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25303 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25304 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25305
25306 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25307 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25308 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25309 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25310
25311 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25312 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25313 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25314
25315 \(fn)" t nil)
25316
25317 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25318 Major mode to edit SQL.
25319
25320 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25321 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25322 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25323
25324 \\{sql-mode-map}
25325 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25326
25327 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25328 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25329 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25330 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25331 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25332 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25333
25334 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25335 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25336
25337 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25338 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25339 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25340
25341 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25342 (lambda ()
25343 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25344
25345 \(fn)" t nil)
25346
25347 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25348 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25349
25350 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25351 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25352 `*SQL*'.
25353
25354 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25355
25356 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25357
25358 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25359 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25360
25361 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25362 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25363 `*SQL*'.
25364
25365 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25366 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25367 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25368 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25369
25370 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25371 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25372
25373 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25374 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25375 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25376 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25377 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25378 `default-process-coding-system'.
25379
25380 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25381
25382 \(fn)" t nil)
25383
25384 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25385 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25386
25387 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25388 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25389 `*SQL*'.
25390
25391 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25392 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25393 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25394 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25395
25396 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25397 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25398
25399 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25400 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25401 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25402 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25403 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25404 `default-process-coding-system'.
25405
25406 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25407
25408 \(fn)" t nil)
25409
25410 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25411 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25412
25413 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25414 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25415 `*SQL*'.
25416
25417 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25418 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25419
25420 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25421 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25422
25423 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25424 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25425 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25426 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25427 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25428 `default-process-coding-system'.
25429
25430 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25431
25432 \(fn)" t nil)
25433
25434 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25435 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25436
25437 SQLite is free software.
25438
25439 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25440 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25441 `*SQL*'.
25442
25443 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25444 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25445 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25446 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25447
25448 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25449 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25450
25451 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25452 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25453 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25454 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25455 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25456 `default-process-coding-system'.
25457
25458 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25459
25460 \(fn)" t nil)
25461
25462 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25463 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25464
25465 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25466
25467 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25468 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25469 `*SQL*'.
25470
25471 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25472 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25473 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25474 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25475
25476 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25477 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25478
25479 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25480 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25481 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25482 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25483 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25484 `default-process-coding-system'.
25485
25486 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25487
25488 \(fn)" t nil)
25489
25490 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25491 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25492
25493 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25494 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25495 `*SQL*'.
25496
25497 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25498 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25499 defaults, if set.
25500
25501 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25502 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25503
25504 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25505 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25506 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25507 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25508 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25509 `default-process-coding-system'.
25510
25511 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25512
25513 \(fn)" t nil)
25514
25515 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25516 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25517
25518 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25519 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25520 `*SQL*'.
25521
25522 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25523 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25524
25525 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25526 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25527
25528 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25529 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25530 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25531 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25532 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25533 `default-process-coding-system'.
25534
25535 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25536
25537 \(fn)" t nil)
25538
25539 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25540 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25541
25542 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25543 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25544 `*SQL*'.
25545
25546 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25547 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25548 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25549 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25550
25551 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25552 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25553
25554 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25555 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25556 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25557 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25558 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25559 `default-process-coding-system'.
25560
25561 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25562
25563 \(fn)" t nil)
25564
25565 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25566 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25567
25568 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25569 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25570 `*SQL*'.
25571
25572 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25573 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25574 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25575 `sql-postgres-options'.
25576
25577 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25578 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25579
25580 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25581 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25582 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25583 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25584 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25585 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25586 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25587 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25588
25589 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25590 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25591
25592 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25593
25594 \(fn)" t nil)
25595
25596 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25597 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25598
25599 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25600 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25601 `*SQL*'.
25602
25603 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25604 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25605 defaults, if set.
25606
25607 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25608 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25609
25610 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25611 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25612 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25613 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25614 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25615 `default-process-coding-system'.
25616
25617 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25618
25619 \(fn)" t nil)
25620
25621 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25622 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25623
25624 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25625 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25626 `*SQL*'.
25627
25628 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25629 automatic login.
25630
25631 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25632 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25633
25634 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25635 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25636 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25637 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25638
25639 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25640 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25641 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25642 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25643 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25644 `default-process-coding-system'.
25645
25646 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25647
25648 \(fn)" t nil)
25649
25650 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25651 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25652
25653 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25654 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25655 `*SQL*'.
25656
25657 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25658 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25659 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25660 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25661 parameters.
25662
25663 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25664 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25665 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25666 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25667 an empty password.
25668
25669 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25670 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25671
25672 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25673
25674 \(fn)" t nil)
25675
25676 ;;;***
25677 \f
25678 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25679 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25680 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25681 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25682 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18335
25683 ;;;;;; 54516))
25684 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25685
25686 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25687 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25688 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25689 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25690 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25691 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25692
25693 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25694
25695 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25696
25697 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25698 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25699 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25700 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25701 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25702 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25703 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25704
25705 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25706
25707 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25708 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25709 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25710 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25711 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25712 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25713 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25714
25715 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25716
25717 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25718 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25719 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25720
25721 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25722
25723 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25724 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25725 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25726
25727 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25728
25729 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25730 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25731
25732 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25733
25734 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25735 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25736
25737 \(fn)" t nil)
25738
25739 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25740 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25741
25742 \(fn)" t nil)
25743
25744 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25745 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25746 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25747 chronologically by command name.
25748 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25749
25750 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25751
25752 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25753 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25754 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25756 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25757 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25758
25759 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25760
25761 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25762 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25763 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25764 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25765 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25766 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25767 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25768
25769 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25770 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25771 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25772 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25773
25774 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25775
25776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25777
25778 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25779 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25780 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25781 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25782
25783 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25784
25785 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25786 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25787
25788 \(fn)" t nil)
25789
25790 ;;;***
25791 \f
25792 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25793 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25794 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25795
25796 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25797 Studlify-case the region.
25798
25799 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25800
25801 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25802 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25803
25804 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25805
25806 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25807 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25808
25809 \(fn)" t nil)
25810
25811 ;;;***
25812 \f
25813 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25814 ;;;;;; (18392 41073))
25815 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25816
25817 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25818 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25819 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25820 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25821 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25822 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25823 original message but it does require a few things:
25824
25825 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25826
25827 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25828 reply buffer.
25829
25830 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25831 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25832 original message.
25833
25834 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25835
25836 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25837
25838 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25839 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25840 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25841
25842 \(fn)" nil nil)
25843
25844 ;;;***
25845 \f
25846 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
25847 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18373 17378))
25848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
25849
25850 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
25851 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
25852 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
25853 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
25854 `complete-symbol'.
25855 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
25856 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
25857
25858 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
25859 determining which symbols are considered.
25860
25861 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
25862 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
25863 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
25864 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
25865
25866 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
25867
25868 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
25869 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
25870 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
25871 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
25872 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
25873 completion:
25874
25875 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
25876 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
25877 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
25878 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
25879
25880 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
25881
25882 ;;;***
25883 \f
25884 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18335
25885 ;;;;;; 54516))
25886 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25887
25888 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25889
25890 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode nil "\
25891 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25892 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25893 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25894 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25895 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25896
25897 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25898
25899 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25900 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25901 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25902 otherwise turn it off.
25903
25904 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25905 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25906 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25907
25908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25909
25910 ;;;***
25911 \f
25912 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18335 54516))
25913 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25914
25915 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25916 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25917 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25918 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25919 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25920
25921 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25922
25923 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25924 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25925 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25926 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25927 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25928 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25929 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25930
25931 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25932
25933 ;;;***
25934 \f
25935 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25936 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25937 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25938 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25939 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25940 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25941 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25942 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25943 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25944 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25945 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25946 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25947 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18335 54546))
25948 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25949
25950 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25951 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25952 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25953
25954 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25955
25956 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25957 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25958
25959 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25960
25961 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25962 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25963
25964 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25965
25966 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25967 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25968
25969 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25970
25971 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25972 Insert an editable text table.
25973 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25974 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25975 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25976 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25977 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25978 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25979 delimiting them.
25980
25981 Examples:
25982
25983 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25984
25985 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25986 location of point.
25987
25988 -!-
25989
25990 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25991 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25992 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25993 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25994 first cell.
25995
25996 +-----+-----+-----+
25997 |-!- | | |
25998 +-----+-----+-----+
25999
26000 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26001
26002 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26003 width, which results as
26004
26005 +--------------+-----+-----+
26006 |-!- | | |
26007 +--------------+-----+-----+
26008
26009 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26010 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26011
26012 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26013 | | |-!- |
26014 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26015
26016 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26017 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26018 width information to `table-insert'.
26019
26020 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26021
26022 instead of
26023
26024 Cell width(s): 5
26025
26026 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26027 work all together.
26028
26029 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26030 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26031
26032 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26033 |-!- | | |
26034 | | | |
26035 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26036
26037 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26038
26039 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26040 |-!- | | |
26041 | | | |
26042 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26043 | | | |
26044 | | | |
26045 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26046
26047 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26048
26049 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26050 | | | |
26051 | | | |
26052 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26053 | | | |
26054 | | | |
26055 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26056 -!-
26057
26058 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26059 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26060 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26061
26062 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26063 | | | |
26064 | | | |
26065 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26066 | | | |
26067 | | | |
26068 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26069 |-!- | | |
26070 | | | |
26071 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26072
26073 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26074 results.
26075
26076 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26077 | | | |
26078 | | | |
26079 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26080 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26081 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26082 | | |expected results.-!- |
26083 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26084 | | | |
26085 | | | |
26086 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26087
26088 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26089
26090 \\{table-cell-map}
26091
26092 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26093
26094 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26095 Insert N table row(s).
26096 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26097 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26098 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26099 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26100
26101 \(fn N)" t nil)
26102
26103 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26104 Insert N table column(s).
26105 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26106 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26107 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26108 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26109
26110 \(fn N)" t nil)
26111
26112 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26113 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26114 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26115
26116 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26117
26118 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26119 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26120 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26121 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26122 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26123 all the table specific features.
26124
26125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26126
26127 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26128 Not documented
26129
26130 \(fn)" t nil)
26131
26132 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26133 Recognize all tables within region.
26134 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26135 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26136 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26137 specific features.
26138
26139 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26140
26141 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26142 Not documented
26143
26144 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26145
26146 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26147 Recognize a table at point.
26148 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26149 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26150 the table specific features.
26151
26152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26153
26154 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26155 Not documented
26156
26157 \(fn)" t nil)
26158
26159 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26160 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26161 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26162 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26163 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26164 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26165 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26166
26167 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26168
26169 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26170 Not documented
26171
26172 \(fn)" t nil)
26173
26174 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26175 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26176 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26177 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26178 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26179 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26180 specified.
26181
26182 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26183
26184 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26185 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26186 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26187 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26188 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26189 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26190 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26191 table structure.
26192
26193 \(fn N)" t nil)
26194
26195 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26196 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26197 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26198 table's rectangle structure.
26199
26200 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26201
26202 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26203 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26204 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26205 table's rectangle structure.
26206
26207 \(fn N)" t nil)
26208
26209 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26210 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26211 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26212 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26213 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26214
26215 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26216
26217 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26218 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26219 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26220
26221 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26222 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26223 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26224 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26225 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26226 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26227 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26228
26229 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26230 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26231 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26232 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26233 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26234 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26235 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26236
26237 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26238 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26239 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26240 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26241 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26242 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26243 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26244 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26245
26246 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26247
26248 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26249 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26250 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26251 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26252
26253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26254
26255 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26256 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26257 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26258
26259 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26260
26261 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26262 Split current cell vertically.
26263 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26264
26265 \(fn)" t nil)
26266
26267 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26268 Split current cell horizontally.
26269 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26270
26271 \(fn)" t nil)
26272
26273 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26274 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26275 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26276
26277 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26278
26279 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26280 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26281 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26282 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26283
26284 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26285
26286 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26287 Justify cell contents.
26288 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26289 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26290 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26291 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26292
26293 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26294
26295 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26296 Justify cells of a row.
26297 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26298 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26299
26300 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26301
26302 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26303 Justify cells of a column.
26304 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26305 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26306
26307 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26308
26309 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26310 Toggle fixing width mode.
26311 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26312 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26313 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26314
26315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26316
26317 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26318 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26319 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26320 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26321 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26322 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26323 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26324 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26325 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26326 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26327 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26328
26329 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26330
26331 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26332 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26333 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26334 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26335 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26336 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26337 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26338 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26339 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26340 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26341 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26342 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26343 untouched.
26344
26345 References used for this implementation:
26346
26347 HTML:
26348 http://www.w3.org
26349
26350 LaTeX:
26351 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26352
26353 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26354 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26355 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26356
26357 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26358
26359 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26360 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26361 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26362 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26363 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26364 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26365 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26366 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26367 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26368 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26369 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26370 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26371 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26372 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26373 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26374 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26375 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26376
26377 Example:
26378
26379 (progn
26380 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26381 (table-forward-cell 15)
26382 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26383 (table-forward-cell 16)
26384 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26385 (table-forward-cell 1)
26386 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26387
26388 (progn
26389 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26390 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26391 (table-forward-cell 1)
26392 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26393
26394 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26395
26396 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26397 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26398 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26399 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26400 consists from cells of same height.
26401
26402 \(fn N)" t nil)
26403
26404 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26405 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26406 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26407 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26408 column must consists from cells of same width.
26409
26410 \(fn N)" t nil)
26411
26412 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26413 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26414 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26415 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26416 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26417 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26418 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26419 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26420 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26421 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26422 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26423 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26424 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26425 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26426 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26427
26428
26429 Example 1:
26430
26431 1, 2, 3, 4
26432 5, 6, 7, 8
26433 , 9, 10
26434
26435 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26436 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26437 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26438 specified as 5.
26439
26440 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26441 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26442 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26443 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26444 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26445 | | 9 | 10 | |
26446 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26447
26448 Note:
26449
26450 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26451 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26452 of each row is optional.
26453
26454
26455 Example 2:
26456
26457 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26458 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26459 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26460 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26461 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26462
26463 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26464 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26465
26466 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26467 expression and raw delimiter regular
26468 expression, it parses the specified text
26469 area and extracts cell items from
26470 non-table text and then forms a table out
26471 of them.
26472
26473 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26474 creates a single cell table. The text in
26475 the specified region is placed in that
26476 cell.-*-
26477
26478 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26479 like this.
26480
26481 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26482 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26483 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26484 | |
26485 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26486 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26487 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26488 | area and extracts cell items from |
26489 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26490 | of them. |
26491 | |
26492 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26493 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26494 | the specified region is placed in that |
26495 | cell. |
26496 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26497
26498 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26499 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26500 independently.
26501
26502 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26503 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26504 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26505 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26506 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26507 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26508 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26509 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26510 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26511 | |of them. |
26512 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26513 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26514 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26515 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26516 | |cell. |
26517 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26518
26519 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26520 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26521 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26522
26523 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26524
26525 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26526 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26527 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26528 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26529 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26530
26531 \(fn)" t nil)
26532
26533 ;;;***
26534 \f
26535 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18335 54516))
26536 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26537
26538 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26539 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26540
26541 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26542
26543 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26544 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26545
26546 \(fn)" t nil)
26547
26548 ;;;***
26549 \f
26550 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18421 18853))
26551 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26552
26553 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26554 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26555 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26556 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26557 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26558 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26559 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26560
26561 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26562 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26563 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26564 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26565
26566 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26567 \\{tar-mode-map}
26568
26569 \(fn)" t nil)
26570
26571 ;;;***
26572 \f
26573 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26574 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18335 54543))
26575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26576
26577 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26578 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26579 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26580 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26581 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26582 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26583
26584 Variables controlling indentation style:
26585 `tcl-indent-level'
26586 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26587 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26588 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26589
26590 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26591 documentation for details):
26592 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26593 Controls action of TAB key.
26594 `tcl-auto-newline'
26595 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26596 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26597 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26598 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26599 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26600
26601 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26602 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26603 already exist.
26604
26605 Commands:
26606 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26607
26608 \(fn)" t nil)
26609
26610 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26611 Run inferior Tcl process.
26612 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26613 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26614
26615 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26616
26617 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26618 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26619 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26620
26621 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26622
26623 ;;;***
26624 \f
26625 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18335 54538))
26626 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26627 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26628
26629 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26630 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26631 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26632 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26633
26634 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26635 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26636 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26637 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26638 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26639
26640 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26641 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26642
26643 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26644 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26645 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26646 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26647
26648 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26649
26650 ;;;***
26651 \f
26652 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18425
26653 ;;;;;; 32958))
26654 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26655
26656 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26657 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26658 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26659 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26660 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26661 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26662
26663 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26664
26665 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26666 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26667 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26668 commands to use in that buffer.
26669
26670 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26671
26672 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26673
26674 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26675 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26676
26677 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26678
26679 ;;;***
26680 \f
26681 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18335
26682 ;;;;;; 54517))
26683 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26684
26685 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26686 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26687 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26688 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26689 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26690 program as keyboard input.
26691
26692 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26693 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26694 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26695 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26696
26697 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26698 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26699 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26700 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26701 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26702
26703 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26704
26705 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26706 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26707 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26708 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26709
26710 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26711 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26712 subprocess started.
26713
26714 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26715
26716 ;;;***
26717 \f
26718 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26719 ;;;;;; (18335 54523))
26720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26721
26722 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26723 Start coverage on function under point.
26724
26725 \(fn)" t nil)
26726
26727 ;;;***
26728 \f
26729 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18335 54541))
26730 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26731
26732 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26733 Play the Tetris game.
26734 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26735 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26736 as to form complete rows.
26737
26738 tetris-mode keybindings:
26739 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26740 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26741 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26742 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26743 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26744 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26745 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26746 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26747 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26748
26749 \(fn)" t nil)
26750
26751 ;;;***
26752 \f
26753 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26754 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26755 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26756 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26757 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26758 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26759 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26760 ;;;;;; (18382 6719))
26761 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26762
26763 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26764 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26765
26766 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26767
26768 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26769 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26770 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26771 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26772 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26773
26774 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26775
26776 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26777 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26778 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26779 if it matches the first line of the file,
26780 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26781
26782 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26783
26784 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26785 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26786 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26787 if the variable is non-nil.")
26788
26789 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26790
26791 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26792 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26793
26794 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26795
26796 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26797 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26798 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26799 See the documentation of that variable.")
26800
26801 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26802
26803 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26804 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26805 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26806 See the documentation of that variable.")
26807
26808 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26809
26810 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26811 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26812 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26813 See the documentation of that variable.")
26814
26815 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26816
26817 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26818 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26819 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26820 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26821 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26822
26823 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26824
26825 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26826 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26827 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26828 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26829
26830 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26831
26832 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26833 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26834 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26835
26836 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26837
26838 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26839 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26840 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26841 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26842
26843 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26844
26845 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26846 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26847 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26848 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26849
26850 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26851
26852 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26853 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26854 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26855 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26856
26857 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26858 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26859 for example,
26860
26861 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26862 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26863
26864 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26865 use.")
26866
26867 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26868
26869 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
26870 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26871 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26872 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26873 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26874
26875 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26876
26877 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26878
26879 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26880 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26881 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26882
26883 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26884
26885 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26886 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26887 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26888 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26889 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26890
26891 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26892
26893 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26894 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26895
26896 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26897
26898 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26899 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26900
26901 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26902
26903 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26904 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26905 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26906 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26907 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26908 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26909 says which mode to use.
26910
26911 \(fn)" t nil)
26912
26913 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26914
26915 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26916
26917 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26918
26919 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26920 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26921 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26922 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26923 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26924
26925 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26926 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26927 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26928 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26929 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26930 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26931 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26932
26933 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26934 mismatched $'s or braces.
26935
26936 Special commands:
26937 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26938
26939 Mode variables:
26940 tex-run-command
26941 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26942 tex-directory
26943 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26944 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26945 tex-dvi-print-command
26946 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26947 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26948 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26949 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26950 tex-dvi-view-command
26951 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26952 tex-show-queue-command
26953 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26954 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26955
26956 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26957 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26958 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26959
26960 \(fn)" t nil)
26961
26962 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26963 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26964 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26965 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26966 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26967
26968 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26969 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26970 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26971 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26972 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26973 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26974 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26975
26976 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26977 mismatched $'s or braces.
26978
26979 Special commands:
26980 \\{latex-mode-map}
26981
26982 Mode variables:
26983 latex-run-command
26984 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26985 tex-directory
26986 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26987 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26988 tex-dvi-print-command
26989 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26990 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26991 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26992 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26993 tex-dvi-view-command
26994 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26995 tex-show-queue-command
26996 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26997 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26998
26999 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27000 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27001 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27002
27003 \(fn)" t nil)
27004
27005 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27006 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27007 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27008 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27009 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27010
27011 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27012 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27013 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27014 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27015 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27016 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27017 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27018
27019 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27020 mismatched $'s or braces.
27021
27022 Special commands:
27023 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27024
27025 Mode variables:
27026 slitex-run-command
27027 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27028 tex-directory
27029 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27030 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27031 tex-dvi-print-command
27032 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27033 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27034 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27035 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27036 tex-dvi-view-command
27037 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27038 tex-show-queue-command
27039 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27040 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27041
27042 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27043 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27044 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27045 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27046
27047 \(fn)" t nil)
27048
27049 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27050 Not documented
27051
27052 \(fn)" nil nil)
27053
27054 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27055 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27056
27057 \(fn)" t nil)
27058
27059 ;;;***
27060 \f
27061 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27062 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18335 54546))
27063 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27064
27065 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27066 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27067 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27068 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27069
27070 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27071 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27072 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27073
27074 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27075
27076 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27077 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27078 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27079 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27080 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27081
27082 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27083
27084 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27085 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27086 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27087 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27088
27089 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27090 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27091 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27092 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27093
27094 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27095 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27096
27097 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27098
27099 ;;;***
27100 \f
27101 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27102 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18335 54546))
27103 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27104
27105 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27106 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27107
27108 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27109
27110 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27111 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27112
27113 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27114
27115 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27116 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27117
27118 It has these extra commands:
27119 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27120
27121 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27122 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27123 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27124 modified version of TeX input format.
27125
27126 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27127 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27128 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27129 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27130
27131 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27132 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27133 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27134 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27135 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27136 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27137 in the Texinfo file.
27138
27139 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27140 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27141 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27142 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27143 move forward past the closing brace.
27144
27145 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27146 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27147
27148 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27149 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27150 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27151
27152 Here are the functions:
27153
27154 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27155 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27156 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27157
27158 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27159 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27160 texinfo-master-menu
27161
27162 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27163
27164 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27165 which menu descriptions are indented.
27166
27167 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27168 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27169 in the region.
27170
27171 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27172 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27173 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27174 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27175
27176 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27177 be the first node in the file.
27178
27179 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27180 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27181
27182 \(fn)" t nil)
27183
27184 ;;;***
27185 \f
27186 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27187 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27188 ;;;;;; (18341 12912))
27189 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27190
27191 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27192 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27193 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27194 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27195
27196 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27197
27198 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27199 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27200
27201 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27202
27203 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27204 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27205
27206 \(fn)" t nil)
27207
27208 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27209 Not documented
27210
27211 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27212
27213 ;;;***
27214 \f
27215 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27216 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27217 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18335 54517))
27218 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27219
27220 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27221 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27222
27223 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27224
27225 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27226 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27227 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27228 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27229 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27230
27231 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27232 a symbol as a valid THING.
27233
27234 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27235 of the textual entity that was found.
27236
27237 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27238
27239 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27240 Return the THING at point.
27241 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27242 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27243 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27244
27245 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27246 a symbol as a valid THING.
27247
27248 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27249
27250 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27251 Not documented
27252
27253 \(fn)" nil nil)
27254
27255 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27256 Not documented
27257
27258 \(fn)" nil nil)
27259
27260 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27261 Not documented
27262
27263 \(fn)" nil nil)
27264
27265 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27266 Not documented
27267
27268 \(fn)" nil nil)
27269
27270 ;;;***
27271 \f
27272 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27273 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27274 ;;;;;; (18335 54517))
27275 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27276
27277 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27278 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27279
27280 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27281
27282 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27283 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27284 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27285 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27286
27287 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27288
27289 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27290 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27291
27292 \(fn)" t nil)
27293
27294 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27295 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27296
27297 \(fn)" t nil)
27298
27299 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27300
27301 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27302 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27303
27304 \(fn)" t nil)
27305
27306 ;;;***
27307 \f
27308 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27309 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27310 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27311 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27312 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27313 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18370 13448))
27314 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27315
27316 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27317 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27318 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27319
27320 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27321
27322 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27323 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27324
27325 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27326
27327 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27328 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27329 The returned string has no composition information.
27330
27331 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27332
27333 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27334 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27335
27336 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27337
27338 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27339 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27340
27341 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27342
27343 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27344 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27345 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27346 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27347
27348 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27349
27350 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27351 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27352 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27353 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27354
27355 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27356
27357 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27358 Not documented
27359
27360 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27361
27362 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27363 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27364 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27365
27366 \(fn)" t nil)
27367
27368 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27369 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27370 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27371
27372 \(fn)" t nil)
27373
27374 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27375 Not documented
27376
27377 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27378
27379 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27380 Not documented
27381
27382 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27383
27384 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27385 Not documented
27386
27387 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27388
27389 ;;;***
27390 \f
27391 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27392 ;;;;;; (18335 54547))
27393 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27394
27395 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27396 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27397 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27398 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27399 parameters.
27400 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27401
27402 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27403
27404 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27405 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27406 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27407 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27408 parameters.
27409 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27410
27411 \(fn)" t nil)
27412
27413 ;;;***
27414 \f
27415 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27416 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27417 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18367 13960))
27418 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27419
27420 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27421 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27422
27423 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27424
27425 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27426 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27427 This display updates automatically every minute.
27428 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27429 are displayed as well.
27430 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27431
27432 \(fn)" t nil)
27433
27434 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27435 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27436 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27437 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27438 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27439 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27440
27441 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27442
27443 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27444 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27445 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27446
27447 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27448 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27449 are displayed as well.
27450 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27451
27452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27453
27454 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27455 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27456 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27457 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27458
27459 \(fn)" t nil)
27460
27461 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27462 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27463 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27464 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27465
27466 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27467
27468 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27469 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27470
27471 \(fn)" t nil)
27472
27473 ;;;***
27474 \f
27475 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27476 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27477 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27478 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
27479 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18426 29950))
27480 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27481
27482 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27483 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27484
27485 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27486
27487 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
27488 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27489 You can use `float-time' instead.
27490
27491 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27492
27493 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27494 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27495
27496 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27497
27498 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27499 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27500
27501 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27502
27503 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27504 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27505
27506 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27507
27508 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27509 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27510 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27511
27512 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27513
27514 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27515
27516 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27517 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27518 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27519
27520 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27521
27522 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27523 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27524
27525 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27526
27527 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27528 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27529 DATE should be a date-time string.
27530
27531 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27532
27533 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27534 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27535 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27536
27537 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27538
27539 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27540 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27541
27542 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27543
27544 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27545 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27546
27547 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27548
27549 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27550 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27551 TIME should be a time value.
27552 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27553
27554 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27555
27556 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27557 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27558 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27559
27560 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27561
27562 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27563 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27564 The valid format specifiers are:
27565 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27566 %d is the number of days.
27567 %h is the number of hours.
27568 %m is the number of minutes.
27569 %s is the number of seconds.
27570 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27571 %% is a literal \"%\".
27572
27573 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27574 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27575
27576 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27577 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27578 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27579
27580 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27581 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27582 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27583
27584 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27585
27586 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27587
27588 ;;;***
27589 \f
27590 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27591 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18341 12905))
27592 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27593 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27594 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27595 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27596 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27597 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27598 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27599 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27600 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27601
27602 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27603 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27604 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27605 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27606 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27607 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27608 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27609 look like one of the following:
27610 Time-stamp: <>
27611 Time-stamp: \" \"
27612 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27613 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27614 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27615 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27616 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27617 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27618 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27619 the template.
27620
27621 \(fn)" t nil)
27622
27623 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27624 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27625 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27626
27627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27628
27629 ;;;***
27630 \f
27631 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27632 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27633 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27634 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27635 ;;;;;; (18426 29950))
27636 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27637
27638 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27639 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27640 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27641 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27642 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27643 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27644 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27645 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27646 display (non-nil means on).
27647
27648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27649
27650 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27651 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27652 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27653 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27654 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27655 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27656 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27657 this function is called within a day.
27658
27659 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27660 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27661 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27662 discover the name of the project.
27663
27664 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27665
27666 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27667 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27668 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27669 begun during the last time segment.
27670
27671 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27672 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27673 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27674 discover the reason.
27675
27676 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27677
27678 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27679 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27680 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27681 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27682 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27683
27684 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27685
27686 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27687 Change to working on a different project.
27688 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27689 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27690 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27691 working on.
27692
27693 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27694
27695 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27696 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27697 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27698
27699 \(fn)" nil nil)
27700
27701 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27702 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27703 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27704
27705 \(fn)" t nil)
27706
27707 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27708 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27709 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27710 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27711 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27712 \"relative to today\".
27713
27714 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27715
27716 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27717 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27718 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27719 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27720
27721 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27722
27723 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27724 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27725 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27726 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27727 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27728 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27729
27730 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27731
27732 ;;;***
27733 \f
27734 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27735 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18341 12911))
27736 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27737
27738 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27739 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27740 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27741 the generated Quail package is saved.
27742
27743 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27744
27745 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27746 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27747 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27748 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27749 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27750 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27751 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27752
27753 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27754
27755 ;;;***
27756 \f
27757 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27758 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18335 54517))
27759 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27760 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27761 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27762
27763 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27764 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27765 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27766 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27767 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27768
27769 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27770
27771 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27772 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27773 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27774 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27775 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27776
27777 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27778
27779 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27780 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27781 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27782 in the menu in two ways:
27783 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27784 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27785 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27786
27787 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27788 keymap or an alist of alists.
27789 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27790 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27791
27792 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27793
27794 ;;;***
27795 \f
27796 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27797 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27798 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18426 29950))
27799 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27800
27801 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27802 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27803
27804 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27805
27806 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27807 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27808
27809 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27810
27811 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27812 Insert new TODO list entry.
27813 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27814 category.
27815
27816 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27817
27818 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27819 List top priorities for each category.
27820
27821 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27822 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27823
27824 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27825 between each category.
27826
27827 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27828
27829 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27830 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27831 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27832 between each category.
27833
27834 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27835
27836 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27837
27838 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27839 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27840
27841 \\{todo-mode-map}
27842
27843 \(fn)" t nil)
27844
27845 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27846 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27847
27848 \(fn)" nil nil)
27849
27850 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27851 Show TODO list.
27852
27853 \(fn)" t nil)
27854
27855 ;;;***
27856 \f
27857 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27858 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27859 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18373 17377))
27860 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27861
27862 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27863 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27864 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27865
27866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27867
27868 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27869
27870 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27871 Add an item to the tool bar.
27872 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27873 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27874 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27875 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27876
27877 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27878 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27879 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27880 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27881
27882 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27883 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27884
27885 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27886
27887 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27888 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27889 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27890 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27891 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27892 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27893
27894 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27895 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27896 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27897 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27898
27899 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27900
27901 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27902 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27903 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27904 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27905 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27906 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27907 properties to add to the binding.
27908
27909 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27910
27911 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27912 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27913
27914 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27915
27916 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27917 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27918 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27919 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27920 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27921 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27922 properties to add to the binding.
27923
27924 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27925 holds a keymap.
27926
27927 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27928
27929 ;;;***
27930 \f
27931 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27932 ;;;;;; (18367 13961))
27933 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27934
27935 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27936 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27937 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27938 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27939 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27940 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27941
27942 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27943
27944 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27945 TPU/edt emulation.
27946
27947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27948
27949 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27950
27951 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27952 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27953
27954 \(fn)" t nil)
27955
27956 ;;;***
27957 \f
27958 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27959 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
27960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27961
27962 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27963 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27964
27965 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27966 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27967 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27968 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27969 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27970
27971 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27972 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27973 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27974 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27975 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27976
27977 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27978 (tpu-edt)
27979
27980 Known Problems:
27981
27982 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27983 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27984 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27985 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27986 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27987 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27988
27989 \(fn)" t nil)
27990
27991 ;;;***
27992 \f
27993 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18335 54523))
27994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27995
27996 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27997 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27998 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27999 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28000 to a tcp server on another machine.
28001
28002 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28003
28004 ;;;***
28005 \f
28006 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28007 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18335 54523))
28008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28009
28010 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28011 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28012
28013 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28014
28015 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28016 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28017 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28018 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28019 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28020 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28021 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28022 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28023
28024 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28025
28026 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28027 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28028 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28029 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28030 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28031 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28032 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28033 the window or buffer configuration.
28034
28035 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28036
28037 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28038
28039 ;;;***
28040 \f
28041 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28042 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28043 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax) "tramp" "net/tramp.el"
28044 ;;;;;; (18427 6092))
28045 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28046
28047 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28048 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28049
28050 It can have the following values:
28051
28052 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28053 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28054 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28055
28056 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28057
28058 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28059 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28060 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28061 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28062
28063 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28064 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28065 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28066 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28067
28068 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28069 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28070 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28071
28072 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28073 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28074 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28075 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28076 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28077 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28078 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28079 files which are not really Tramp files.
28080
28081 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28082 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28083 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28084 updated after changing this variable.
28085
28086 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28087
28088 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
28089 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28090 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28091 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28092
28093 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
28094 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28095 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28096 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28097
28098 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28099 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28100 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28101 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28102
28103 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28104 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28105 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28106
28107 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28108 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28109 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28110
28111 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28112 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28113 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28114 updated after changing this variable.
28115
28116 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28117
28118 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28119 Alist of completion handler functions.
28120 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28121 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28122 normal Emacs functions.")
28123
28124 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28125 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28126 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28127 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28128
28129 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28130 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28131 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28132 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28133
28134 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28135 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28136 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28137
28138 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28139
28140 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28141 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28142 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28143
28144 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28145 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28146 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28147
28148 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28149 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28150 (add-hook
28151 'after-init-hook
28152 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
28153
28154 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28155 Not documented
28156
28157 \(fn)" nil nil)
28158
28159 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28160 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28161
28162 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28163
28164 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28165 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28166
28167 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28168
28169 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28170 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28171
28172 \(fn)" t nil)
28173
28174 ;;;***
28175 \f
28176 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28177 ;;;;;; (18414 53323))
28178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28179
28180 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28181 Not documented
28182
28183 \(fn)" nil nil)
28184
28185 ;;;***
28186 \f
28187 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18388
28188 ;;;;;; 20518))
28189 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28190
28191 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28192 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28193 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28194 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28195 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28196 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28197 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28198 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28199
28200 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28201 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28202 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28203
28204 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28205 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28206 resumed later.
28207
28208 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28209
28210 ;;;***
28211 \f
28212 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28213 ;;;;;; (18340 25864))
28214 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28215
28216 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28217 Not documented
28218
28219 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28220
28221 ;;;***
28222 \f
28223 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28224 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18335 54547))
28225 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28226 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28227 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28228 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28229
28230 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28231 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28232 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28233 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28234 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28235 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28236 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28237
28238 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28239
28240 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28241 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28242 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28243 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28244
28245 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28246
28247 \(fn)" t nil)
28248
28249 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28250 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28251 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28252 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28253 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28254 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28255 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28256
28257 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28258 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28259
28260 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28261 \\___/\\
28262 / \\
28263 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28264
28265 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28266
28267 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28268
28269 ;;;***
28270 \f
28271 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28272 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28273 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28274 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28275 ;;;;;; (18335 54517))
28276 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28277
28278 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28279 Toggle typing break mode.
28280 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28282 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28283
28284 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28285
28286 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28287 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28288
28289 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28290
28291 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28292 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28293
28294 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28295 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28296 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28297
28298 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28299 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28300
28301 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28302
28303 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28304 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28305
28306 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28307 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28308 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28309 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28310
28311 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28312
28313 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28314 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28315 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28316
28317 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28318 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28319 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28320 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28321 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28322 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28323
28324 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28325 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28326 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28327 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28328
28329 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28330 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28331
28332 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28333 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28334
28335 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28336
28337 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28338 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28339 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28340
28341 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28342 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28343 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28344 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28345 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28346 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28347 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28348
28349 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28350 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28351
28352 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28353 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28354 reset the keystroke counter.
28355
28356 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28357 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28358 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28359 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28360
28361 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28362 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28363 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28364 `type-break-schedule' command.
28365
28366 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28367 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28368 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28369 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28370 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28371 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28372 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28373 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28374 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28375
28376 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28377 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28378 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28379 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28380 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28381
28382 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28383 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28384 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28385 approximate good values for this.
28386
28387 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28388 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28389
28390 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28391 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28392 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28393 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28394 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28395 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28396
28397 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28398 a typing break occur. They include:
28399
28400 `type-break-query-mode'
28401 `type-break-query-function'
28402 `type-break-query-interval'
28403
28404 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28405
28406 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28407 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28408 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28409 problems.
28410
28411 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28412
28413 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28414 Take a typing break.
28415
28416 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28417 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28418
28419 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28420 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28421
28422 \(fn)" t nil)
28423
28424 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28425 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28426 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28427 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28428
28429 \(fn)" t nil)
28430
28431 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28432 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28433
28434 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28435 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28436 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28437 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28438 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28439 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28440 average typing speed.)
28441
28442 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28443 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28444 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28445 the computed maximum threshold.
28446
28447 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28448 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28449 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28450 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28451 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28452
28453 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28454
28455 ;;;***
28456 \f
28457 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28458 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18335 54547))
28459 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28460
28461 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28462 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28463 Works by overstriking underscores.
28464 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28465 which specify the range to operate on.
28466
28467 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28468
28469 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28470 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28471 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28472 which specify the range to operate on.
28473
28474 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28475
28476 ;;;***
28477 \f
28478 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28479 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18335 54537))
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28481
28482 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28483 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28484 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28485
28486 \(fn)" t nil)
28487
28488 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28489 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28490 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28491 following the containing message.
28492
28493 \(fn)" t nil)
28494
28495 ;;;***
28496 \f
28497 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28498 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
28499 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28500
28501 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28502 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28503 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28504 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28505 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28506 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28507
28508 \(fn)" nil nil)
28509
28510 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28511 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28512
28513 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28514
28515 ;;;***
28516 \f
28517 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18335
28518 ;;;;;; 54523))
28519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28520
28521 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28522 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28523 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28524 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28525
28526 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28527
28528 ;;;***
28529 \f
28530 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28531 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18335 54549))
28532 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28533
28534 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28535 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28536 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28537
28538 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28539 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28540 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28541 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28542 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28543 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28544
28545 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28546 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28547 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28548
28549 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28550 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28551 the callback is not called).
28552
28553 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28554 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28555 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28556 take effect.
28557
28558 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28559
28560 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28561 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28562 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28563 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28564 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28565
28566 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28567
28568 ;;;***
28569 \f
28570 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28571 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18335 54547))
28572 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28573
28574 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28575 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28576 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28577
28578 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28579 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28580 `url-generic-parse-url'
28581 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28582 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28583 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28584 realm
28585 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28586 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28587 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28588 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28589 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28590 what type of auth to use
28591 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28592 if one cannot be found in the cache
28593
28594 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28595
28596 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28597 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28598
28599 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28600 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28601 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28602 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28603 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28604 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28605 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28606 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28607
28608 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28609
28610 ;;;***
28611 \f
28612 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28613 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18335
28614 ;;;;;; 54547))
28615 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28616
28617 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28618 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28619
28620 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28621
28622 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28623 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28624
28625 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28626
28627 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28628 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28629
28630 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28631
28632 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28633 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28634
28635 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28636
28637 ;;;***
28638 \f
28639 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18335 54547))
28640 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28641
28642 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28643 Not documented
28644
28645 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28646
28647 ;;;***
28648 \f
28649 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28650 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18335 54547))
28651 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28652
28653 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28654 Not documented
28655
28656 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28657
28658 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28659 Not documented
28660
28661 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28662
28663 ;;;***
28664 \f
28665 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18335
28666 ;;;;;; 54547))
28667 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28668
28669 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28670 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28671
28672 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28673
28674 ;;;***
28675 \f
28676 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28677 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18335 54548))
28678 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28679
28680 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28681 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28682
28683 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28684
28685 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28686 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28687 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28688 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28689 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28690
28691 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28692
28693 ;;;***
28694 \f
28695 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28696 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28697 ;;;;;; (18346 23602))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28699
28700 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28701 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28702 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28704 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28705 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28706
28707 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28708
28709 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28710 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28711
28712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28713
28714 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28715 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28716 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28717 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28718
28719 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28720
28721 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28722 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28723 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28724 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28725 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28726 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28727 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28728 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28729 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28730
28731 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28732
28733 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28734 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28735 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28736 accessible.
28737
28738 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28739
28740 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28741 Not documented
28742
28743 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28744
28745 ;;;***
28746 \f
28747 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28748 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18388 20518))
28749 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28750
28751 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28752 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28753 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28754 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28755 CBARGS as the arguments.
28756
28757 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28758
28759 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28760 Not documented
28761
28762 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28763
28764 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28765
28766 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28767 Not documented
28768
28769 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28770
28771 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28772 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28773 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28774
28775 Property list members:
28776
28777 methods
28778 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28779 supports.
28780
28781 dav
28782 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28783 supported.
28784
28785 dasl
28786 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28787
28788 ranges
28789 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28790
28791 p3p
28792 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28793 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28794 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28795 Emacs/W3.
28796
28797 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28798
28799 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28800 Default HTTPS port.")
28801
28802 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28803 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28804
28805 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
28806 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28807 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28808 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28809 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28810
28811 ;;;***
28812 \f
28813 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18335 54548))
28814 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28815
28816 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28817 Not documented
28818
28819 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28820
28821 ;;;***
28822 \f
28823 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18335
28824 ;;;;;; 54548))
28825 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28826
28827 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28828 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28829 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28830 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28831 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28832
28833 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28834
28835 ;;;***
28836 \f
28837 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28838 ;;;;;; (18335 54548))
28839 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28840
28841 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28842 Not documented
28843
28844 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28845
28846 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28847 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28848
28849 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28850
28851 ;;;***
28852 \f
28853 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28854 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18335 54548))
28855 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28856
28857 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28858 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28859
28860 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28861
28862 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28863 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28864
28865 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28866
28867 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28868 Not documented
28869
28870 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28871
28872 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28873
28874 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28875
28876 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28877
28878 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28879 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28880
28881 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28882
28883 ;;;***
28884 \f
28885 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28886 ;;;;;; (18335 54548))
28887 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28888
28889 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28890 Not documented
28891
28892 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28893
28894 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28895 Not documented
28896
28897 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28898
28899 ;;;***
28900 \f
28901 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28902 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28903 ;;;;;; (18335 54549))
28904 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28905
28906 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28907 Not documented
28908
28909 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28910
28911 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28912 Not documented
28913
28914 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28915
28916 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28917 Not documented
28918
28919 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28920
28921 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28922 Not documented
28923
28924 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28925
28926 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28927 Not documented
28928
28929 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28930
28931 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28932 Not documented
28933
28934 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28935
28936 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28937 Not documented
28938
28939 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28940
28941 ;;;***
28942 \f
28943 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28944 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18335 54549))
28945 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28946
28947 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28948 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28949
28950 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28951
28952 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28953 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28954 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28955 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28956
28957 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28958
28959 ;;;***
28960 \f
28961 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28962 ;;;;;; (18335 54549))
28963 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28964
28965 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28966 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28967
28968 \(fn)" t nil)
28969
28970 ;;;***
28971 \f
28972 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28973 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28974 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
28975 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
28976 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
28977 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
28978 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18379 25273))
28979 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28980
28981 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28982 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28983 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28984
28985 If t, all messages will be logged.
28986 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28987 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28988
28989 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28990
28991 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28992 Not documented
28993
28994 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28995
28996 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28997 Not documented
28998
28999 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29000
29001 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29002 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29003 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29004 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29005 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29006 & ==> &amp;
29007 < ==> &lt;
29008 > ==> &gt;
29009 \" ==> &quot;
29010
29011 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29012
29013 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29014 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29015 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29016
29017 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29018
29019 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29020 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29021 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29022
29023 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29024
29025 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29026 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29027
29028 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29029
29030 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29031 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29032
29033 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29034
29035 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29036 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29037
29038 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29039
29040 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29041 Not documented
29042
29043 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29044
29045 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29046 Not documented
29047
29048 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29049
29050 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29051 Not documented
29052
29053 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29054
29055 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29056 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29057
29058 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29059
29060 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29061 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29062
29063 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29064
29065 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29066 Not documented
29067
29068 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29069
29070 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29071 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29072 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29073 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29074 forbidden in URL encoding.
29075
29076 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29077
29078 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29079 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29080 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29081 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29082 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29083 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29084
29085 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29086
29087 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29088 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29089 If optional variable X is t,
29090 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29091
29092 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29093
29094 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29095 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29096 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29097
29098 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29099
29100 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29101 View the current document's URL.
29102 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29103 the minibuffer.
29104
29105 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29106
29107 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29108
29109 ;;;***
29110 \f
29111 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29112 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18335 54517))
29113 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29114
29115 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29116 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29117 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29118 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29119 to refrain from editing the file
29120 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29121 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29122 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29123 in any way you like.
29124
29125 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29126
29127 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29128 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29129 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29130 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29131 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29132
29133 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29134 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29135
29136 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29137
29138 ;;;***
29139 \f
29140 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29141 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29142 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18376 47168))
29143 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29144
29145 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29146 Not documented
29147
29148 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29149
29150 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29151 Not documented
29152
29153 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29154
29155 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29156 Not documented
29157
29158 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29159
29160 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29161 Not documented
29162
29163 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29164
29165 ;;;***
29166 \f
29167 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29168 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29169 ;;;;;; (18392 19203))
29170 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29171
29172 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29173 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29174 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29175 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29176
29177 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29178
29179 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29180 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29181 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29182
29183 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29184
29185 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29186 Uudecode region between START and END.
29187 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29188
29189 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29190
29191 ;;;***
29192 \f
29193 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29194 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29195 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29196 ;;;;;; vc-status vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29197 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command
29198 ;;;;;; edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29199 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18425 12540))
29200 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29201
29202 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29203 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29204 See `run-hooks'.")
29205
29206 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29207
29208 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29209 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29210 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29211
29212 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29213
29214 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29215 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29216 See `run-hooks'.")
29217
29218 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29219
29220 (autoload 'with-vc-file "vc" "\
29221 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29222 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29223 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29224 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or you are
29225 using a locking version-control system and the file is locked by
29226 somebody else, signal error.
29227
29228 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29229
29230 (autoload 'edit-vc-file "vc" "\
29231 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29232 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29233 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29234 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29235
29236 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29237
29238 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc" "\
29239 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29240 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29241 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29242 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29243 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29244 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29245 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29246 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
29247 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
29248 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29249 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29250
29251 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29252
29253 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29254 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29255 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29256
29257 For locking systems:
29258 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29259 control.
29260 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29261 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29262 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29263 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29264 it performs a revert on that file.
29265 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29266 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29267 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29268 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29269 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29270 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29271 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29272
29273 For merging systems:
29274 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29275 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29276 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29277 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29278 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29279 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29280 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29281 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29282 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29283
29284 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29285
29286 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29287 Register into a version control system.
29288 If FNAME is given register that file, otherwise register the current file.
29289 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29290 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29291
29292 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29293 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29294 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29295 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29296 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29297 first backend that could register the file is used.
29298
29299 \(fn &optional FNAME SET-REVISION COMMENT)" t nil)
29300
29301 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29302 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29303
29304 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29305
29306 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29307 Display diffs between file revisions.
29308 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29309 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29310 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29311
29312 If no current fileset is available (that is, we are not in
29313 VC-Dired mode and the visited file of the current buffer is not
29314 under version control) and we're in a Dired buffer, use
29315 the current directory.
29316 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29317 saving the buffer.
29318
29319 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29320
29321 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29322 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29323 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29324 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29325
29326 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29327
29328 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29329 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29330 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29331 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29332
29333 \(fn)" t nil)
29334
29335 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29336 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29337 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29338 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29339 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29340 from the current branch.
29341
29342 See Info node `Merging'.
29343
29344 \(fn)" t nil)
29345
29346 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29347
29348 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
29349 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29350
29351 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29352
29353 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29354 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29355
29356 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29357
29358 (autoload 'vc-status "vc" "\
29359 Show the VC status for DIR.
29360
29361 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
29362
29363 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
29364 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29365 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29366 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29367 given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files are
29368 checked out in that new branch.
29369
29370 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29371
29372 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
29373 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29374 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29375 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29376 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29377 allowed and simply skipped).
29378
29379 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29380
29381 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29382 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29383 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29384
29385 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29386
29387 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29388 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29389 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29390 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29391
29392 \(fn)" t nil)
29393
29394 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29395 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29396 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29397 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29398
29399 \(fn)" t nil)
29400
29401 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29402
29403 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29404 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29405 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29406 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29407 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29408 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29409
29410 \(fn)" t nil)
29411
29412 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29413 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29414 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29415 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29416 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29417 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29418 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29419
29420 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29421
29422 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29423 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29424 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29425 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29426 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29427 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29428 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29429 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29430 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29431
29432 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29433
29434 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29435 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29436
29437 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29438
29439 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29440 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29441 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29442 directory.
29443
29444 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29445
29446 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29447 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29448 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29449
29450 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29451 log entries should be gathered.
29452
29453 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29454
29455 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
29456 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29457
29458 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29459
29460 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29461 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29462
29463 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29464
29465 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
29466 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29467
29468 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29469 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29470 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29471 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29472 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29473 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29474
29475 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29476 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29477 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29478 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29479 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29480 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29481 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29482 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29483
29484 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29485
29486 Customization variables:
29487
29488 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29489 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29490 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29491 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29492
29493 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29494
29495 ;;;***
29496 \f
29497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18335 54517))
29498 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29499 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29500 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29501 (progn
29502 (load "vc-arch")
29503 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29504
29505 ;;;***
29506 \f
29507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18424 5731))
29508 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29509
29510 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29511 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29512
29513 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29514 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29515 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29516 (progn
29517 (load "vc-bzr")
29518 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29519
29520 ;;;***
29521 \f
29522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18427 42292))
29523 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29524 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29525 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29526 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29527 (load "vc-cvs")
29528 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29529
29530 ;;;***
29531 \f
29532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18416 36501))
29533 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29534 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29535 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29536 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29537 (progn
29538 (load "vc-git")
29539 (vc-git-registered file))))
29540
29541 ;;;***
29542 \f
29543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18417 4383))
29544 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29545 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29546 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29547 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29548 (progn
29549 (load "vc-hg")
29550 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29551
29552 ;;;***
29553 \f
29554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18370 13443))
29555 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29556 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29557 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29558 (progn
29559 (load "vc-mcvs")
29560 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29561
29562 ;;;***
29563 \f
29564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18420 18524))
29565 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29566
29567 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29568
29569 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29570 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29571 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29572 (progn
29573 (load "vc-mtn")
29574 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29575
29576 ;;;***
29577 \f
29578 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29579 ;;;;;; (18427 42292))
29580 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29581
29582 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29583 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29584 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29585
29586 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29587 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29588
29589 ;;;***
29590 \f
29591 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29592 ;;;;;; (18423 20180))
29593 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29594
29595 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29596 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29597 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29598
29599 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29600 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29601
29602 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29603 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29604 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29605 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29606
29607 ;;;***
29608 \f
29609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18428 27944))
29610 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29611 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29612 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29613 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29614 "_svn")
29615 (t ".svn"))))
29616 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29617 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29618 (file-name-directory f)))
29619 (load "vc-svn")
29620 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29621
29622 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
29623
29624 ;;;***
29625 \f
29626 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29627 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
29628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29629 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29630
29631 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29632 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29633
29634 Usage:
29635 ------
29636
29637 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29638 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29639 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29640 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29641
29642 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29643 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29644 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29645 completions.
29646
29647 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29648 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29649
29650 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29651 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29652
29653 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29654 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29655 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29656
29657 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29658
29659
29660 Maintenance:
29661 ------------
29662
29663 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29664 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29665
29666 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29667
29668 Official distribution is at
29669 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29670
29671
29672 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29673 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29674
29675 Key bindings:
29676 -------------
29677
29678 \\{vera-mode-map}
29679
29680 \(fn)" t nil)
29681
29682 ;;;***
29683 \f
29684 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29685 ;;;;;; (18413 14497))
29686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29687
29688 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29689 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29690 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29691 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29692 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29693
29694 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29695
29696 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29697 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29698
29699 Supports highlighting.
29700
29701 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29702 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29703
29704 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29705
29706 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29707 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29708 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29709 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29710 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29711 on the left side of your screen.
29712 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29713 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29714 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29715 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29716 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29717 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29718 function keyword.
29719 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29720 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29721 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29722 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29723 if (a)
29724 begin
29725 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29726 Indentation for case statements.
29727 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29728 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29729 mark after an end.
29730 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29731 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29732 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29733 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29734 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29735 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29736 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29737 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29738 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29739 if (a)
29740 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29741 otherwise you get:
29742 if (a)
29743 begin
29744 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29745 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29746 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29747 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29748 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29749 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29750 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29751 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29752 comments in tight quarters.
29753 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
29754 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29755
29756 Variables controlling other actions:
29757
29758 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29759 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29760 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29761
29762 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29763
29764 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29765
29766 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29767 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29768 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29769
29770 Some other functions are:
29771
29772 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29773 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29774 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29775 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29776 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29777
29778 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29779 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29780 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29781 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29782
29783 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29784 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29785 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29786 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29787 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29788 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29789 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29790 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29791 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29792 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29793 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29794 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29795 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29796 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29797 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29798 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29799 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29800 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29801 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29802 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29803 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29804 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29805 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29806 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29807 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29808 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29809 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29810 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29811
29812 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29813 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29814
29815 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29816
29817 \(fn)" t nil)
29818
29819 ;;;***
29820 \f
29821 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29822 ;;;;;; (18423 20180))
29823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29824
29825 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29826 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29827
29828 Usage:
29829 ------
29830
29831 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29832 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29833 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29834 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29835 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29836 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29837 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29838 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29839 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29840
29841 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29842 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29843 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29844 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29845
29846 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29847 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29848 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29849 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29850 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29851
29852 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29853 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29854
29855
29856 HEADER INSERTION:
29857 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29858 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29859 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29860
29861
29862 STUTTERING:
29863 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29864 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29865 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29866 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29867
29868 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29869 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29870 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29871 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29872 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29873
29874
29875 WORD COMPLETION:
29876 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29877 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29878 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29879 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29880
29881 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29882 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29883 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29884 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29885 beginning with \"std\").
29886
29887 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29888 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29889 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29890 stop.
29891
29892
29893 COMMENTS:
29894 `--' puts a single comment.
29895 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29896 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29897 with a comment in between.
29898 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29899 out following lines.
29900 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29901 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29902
29903 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29904 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29905 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29906 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29907 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29908 non-nil.
29909
29910 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29911 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29912 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29913 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29914 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29915 multi-line comments.
29916
29917
29918 INDENTATION:
29919 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29920 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29921 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29922 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29923
29924 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29925 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29926 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29927 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29928
29929 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29930 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29931 and vice versa.
29932
29933 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29934 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29935
29936
29937 ALIGNMENT:
29938 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29939 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29940 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29941 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29942 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29943 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29944 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29945 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29946
29947 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29948 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29949 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29950 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29951 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29952 is non-nil.
29953
29954 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29955 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29956 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29957
29958 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29959 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29960
29961
29962 CODE FILLING:
29963 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29964 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29965 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29966 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29967 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29968 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29969
29970
29971 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29972 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29973 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29974 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29975 command:
29976
29977 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29978
29979
29980 PORT TRANSLATION:
29981 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29982 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29983 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29984 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29985 internal signal initializations (menu).
29986
29987 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29988 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29989 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29990
29991 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29992 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29993 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29994 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29995 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29996 in subsequent paste operations.)
29997
29998 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29999 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30000 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30001
30002
30003 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30004 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30005 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30006 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30007 association list with formals).
30008
30009
30010 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30011 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30012 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30013 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30014 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30015 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30016 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30017 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30018 `vhdl-testbench'.
30019
30020
30021 KEY BINDINGS:
30022 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30023
30024
30025 VHDL MENU:
30026 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30027
30028
30029 FILE BROWSER:
30030 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30031 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30032 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30033
30034 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30035 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30036
30037
30038 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30039 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30040 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30041 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30042
30043 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30044 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30045 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30046
30047 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30048 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30049 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30050 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30051
30052 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30053 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30054 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30055 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30056 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30057
30058 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30059 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30060 required by secondary units.
30061
30062
30063 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30064 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30065 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30066 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30067 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30068 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30069 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30070 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30071 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30072 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30073 inputs to this component -> input port created
30074 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30075 outputs from this component -> output port created
30076 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30077 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30078
30079 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30080 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30081 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30082 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30083 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30084
30085 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30086 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30087
30088 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30089 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30090 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30091 component instantiation is also supported (option
30092 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30093
30094 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30095 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30096 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30097 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30098 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30099 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30100 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30101 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30102 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30103 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30104 | generating the configuration.
30105 |
30106 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30107 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30108 | configurations in speedbar.
30109
30110 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30111
30112
30113 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30114 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30115 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30116 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30117 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30118 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30119 information. New compilers can be added.
30120
30121 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30122 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30123
30124
30125 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30126 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30127 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30128 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30129 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30130
30131 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30132 command:
30133
30134 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30135 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30136 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30137
30138 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30139 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30140 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30141 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30142 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30143 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30144 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30145
30146 Limitations:
30147 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30148 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30149 not (yet) supported.
30150 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30151 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30152 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30153
30154
30155 PROJECTS:
30156 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30157 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30158 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30159 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30160 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30161 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30162 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30163 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30164
30165 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30166 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30167 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30168 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30169 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30170 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30171 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30172 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30173 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30174 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30175 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30176
30177
30178 SPECIAL MENUES:
30179 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30180 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30181 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30182 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30183 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30184 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30185 current directory for VHDL source files.
30186
30187
30188 VHDL STANDARDS:
30189 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30190 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30191
30192
30193 KEYWORD CASE:
30194 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30195 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30196 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30197 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30198 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30199 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30200 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30201 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30202
30203
30204 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30205 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30206 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30207 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30208 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30209 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30210 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30211
30212 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30213 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30214 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30215 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30216 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30217 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30218
30219 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30220 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30221 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30222 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30223 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30224 visually.
30225
30226 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30227 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30228 highlighted if written in lower case.
30229
30230 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30231 highlighted using a different background color if option
30232 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30233
30234 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30235 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30236 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30237 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30238 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30239
30240
30241 USER MODELS:
30242 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30243 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30244 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30245
30246
30247 HIDE/SHOW:
30248 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30249 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30250 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30251 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30252 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30253
30254
30255 CODE UPDATING:
30256 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30257 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30258 Limitations:
30259 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30260 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30261 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30262 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30263 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30264 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30265 (used to obtain the port names).
30266
30267
30268 CODE FIXING:
30269 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30270 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30271
30272
30273 PRINTING:
30274 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30275 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30276 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30277 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30278 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30279 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30280 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30281 printers.
30282
30283
30284 OPTIONS:
30285 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30286 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30287 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30288 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30289 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30290
30291 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30292 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30293 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30294 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30295 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30296 INSTALL file).
30297
30298 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30299 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30300
30301
30302 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30303 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30304 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30305 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30306
30307 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30308
30309
30310 HINTS:
30311 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30312 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30313
30314 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30315
30316 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30317
30318 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30319
30320
30321 RELEASE NOTES:
30322 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30323
30324
30325 Maintenance:
30326 ------------
30327
30328 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30329 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30330
30331 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30332
30333 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30334 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30335 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30336 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30337
30338 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30339 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30340 where the latest version can be found.
30341
30342
30343 Known problems:
30344 ---------------
30345
30346 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30347 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30348 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30349
30350
30351 The VHDL Mode Authors
30352 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30353
30354 Key bindings:
30355 -------------
30356
30357 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30358
30359 \(fn)" t nil)
30360
30361 ;;;***
30362 \f
30363 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18277 61683))
30364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30365
30366 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30367 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30368 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30369 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30370
30371 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30372 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30373 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30374 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30375 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30376
30377 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30378 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30379
30380 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30381
30382 * Limitations and unsupported features
30383 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30384 not supported.
30385 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30386 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30387
30388 * Modifications
30389 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30390 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30391 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30392 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30393 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30394 for undoing a repeated change command.
30395 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30396 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30397 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30398
30399 * Extensions
30400 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30401 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30402 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30403 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30404 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30405 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30406 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30407 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30408
30409 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30410
30411 \(fn)" t nil)
30412
30413 ;;;***
30414 \f
30415 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30416 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30417 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30418 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18341 12912))
30419 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30420
30421 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30422 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30423
30424 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30425
30426 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30427 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30428 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30429 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30430
30431 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30432
30433 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30434 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30435
30436 \(fn)" t nil)
30437
30438 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30439 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30440 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30441 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30442
30443 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30444
30445 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30446 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30447
30448 \(fn)" t nil)
30449
30450 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30451 Not documented
30452
30453 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30454
30455 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30456 Not documented
30457
30458 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30459
30460 ;;;***
30461 \f
30462 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30463 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30464 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30465 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30466 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18341 12906))
30467 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30468
30469 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30470 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30471 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30472
30473 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30474
30475 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30476 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30477 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30478 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30479
30480 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30481
30482 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30483 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30484
30485 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30486
30487 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30488 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30489 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30490 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30491 moving around in the buffer.
30492 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30493 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30494
30495 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30496
30497 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30498
30499 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30500 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30501 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30502 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30503
30504 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30505 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30506 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30507 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30508 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30509
30510 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30511
30512 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30513
30514 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30515 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30516 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30517 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30518 buffer.
30519
30520 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30521 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30522 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30523 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30524 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30525
30526 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30527
30528 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30529
30530 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30531 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30532 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30533 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30534 moving around in the buffer.
30535 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30536 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30537
30538 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30539
30540 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30541 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30542 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30543
30544 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30545 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30546 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30547 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30548
30549 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30550
30551 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30552 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30553 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30554 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30555 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30556 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30557 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30558 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30559
30560 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30561
30562 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30563 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30564 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30565
30566 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30567
30568 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30569 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30570 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30571 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30572 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30573 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30574 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30575 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30576
30577 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30578
30579 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30580 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30581 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30582
30583 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30584
30585 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30586 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30587 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30588 turn it off.
30589
30590 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30591 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30592 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30593 read-only.
30594 \\<view-mode-map>
30595 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30596 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30597 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30598 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30599 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30600
30601 H, h, ? This message.
30602 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30603 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30604 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30605 > move to the end of buffer.
30606 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30607 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30608 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30609 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30610 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30611 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30612 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30613 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30614 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30615 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30616 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30617 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30618 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30619 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30620 Use this to view a changing file.
30621 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30622 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30623 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30624 . set the mark.
30625 x exchanges point and mark.
30626 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30627 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30628 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30629 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30630 ' go to position saved in character register.
30631 s do forward incremental search.
30632 r do reverse incremental search.
30633 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30634 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30635 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30636 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30637 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30638 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30639 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30640 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30641 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30642 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30643 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30644 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30645 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30646 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30647 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30648 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30649 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30650
30651 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30652 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30653 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30654 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30655 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30656 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30657 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30658 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30659 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30660
30661 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30662
30663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30664
30665 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30666 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30667 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30668 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30669 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30670 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30671 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30672 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30673 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30674
30675 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30676
30677 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30678 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30679 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30680 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30681 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30682 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30683 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30684
30685 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30686 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30687 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30688 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30689 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30690 1) nil Do nothing.
30691 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30692 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30693 frame.
30694 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30695 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30696 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30697 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30698
30699 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30700
30701 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30702
30703 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30704
30705 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30706 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30707
30708 \(fn)" t nil)
30709
30710 ;;;***
30711 \f
30712 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18367
30713 ;;;;;; 13961))
30714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30715
30716 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30717 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30718
30719 \(fn)" nil nil)
30720
30721 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30722 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30723
30724 \(fn)" t nil)
30725
30726 ;;;***
30727 \f
30728 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30729 ;;;;;; (18425 12540))
30730 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30731
30732 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30733 Toggle Viper on/off.
30734 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30735
30736 \(fn)" t nil)
30737
30738 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30739 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30740
30741 \(fn)" t nil)
30742
30743 ;;;***
30744 \f
30745 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30746 ;;;;;; (18335 54523))
30747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30748
30749 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30750 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30751 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30752 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30753 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30754 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30755 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30756 the beginning of the warning.")
30757
30758 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30759 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30760 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30761 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30762 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30763 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30764 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30765 also call that function before the next warning.")
30766
30767 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30768 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30769
30770 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30771 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30772 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30773 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30774
30775 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30776 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30777 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30778 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30779 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30780 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30781
30782 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30783 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30784 Default is :warning.
30785
30786 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30787 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30788 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30789 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30790 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30791 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30792
30793 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30794 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30795 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30796
30797 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30798
30799 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30800 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30801
30802 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30803
30804 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30805 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30806 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30807 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30808
30809 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30810 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30811 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30812 can be whatever you like.)
30813
30814 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30815 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30816
30817 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30818 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30819 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30820 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30821 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30822
30823 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30824
30825 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30826 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30827 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30828 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30829 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30830
30831 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30832
30833 ;;;***
30834 \f
30835 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30836 ;;;;;; (18360 55731))
30837 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30838
30839 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30840 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30841 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30842 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30843 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30844 in disk.
30845
30846 See `wdired-mode'.
30847
30848 \(fn)" t nil)
30849
30850 ;;;***
30851 \f
30852 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18335 54539))
30853 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30854
30855 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30856 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30857
30858 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30859 hotlist.
30860
30861 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30862 <nwv@acm.org>.
30863
30864 \(fn)" t nil)
30865
30866 ;;;***
30867 \f
30868 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30869 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
30870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30871 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30872 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30873
30874 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30875
30876 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30877 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30878 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30880 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30881 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30882
30883 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30884
30885 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30886 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30887 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30888 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30889
30890 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30891 and off otherwise.
30892
30893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30894
30895 ;;;***
30896 \f
30897 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30898 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30899 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18377 47963))
30900 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30901
30902 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30903 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30904
30905 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30906 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30907 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30908 Only useful with a windowing system.
30909
30910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30911
30912 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
30913 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
30914
30915 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
30916 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
30917
30918 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
30919 and restart local whitespace-mode.
30920
30921 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
30922
30923 CHAR MEANING
30924 t toggle TAB visualization
30925 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30926 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
30927 b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30928 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30929 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30930 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
30931 i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30932 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30933 a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
30934 c toggle color faces
30935 m toggle visual mark
30936 x restore `whitespace-chars' value
30937 z restore `whitespace-style' value
30938 ? display brief help
30939
30940 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
30941 The valid symbols are:
30942
30943 tabs toggle TAB visualization
30944 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30945 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
30946 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30947 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30948 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30949 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
30950 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30951 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30952 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
30953 color toggle color faces
30954 mark toggle visual mark
30955 whitespace-chars restore `whitespace-chars' value
30956 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
30957
30958 Only useful with a windowing system.
30959
30960 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30961
30962 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
30963 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
30964
30965 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
30966 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
30967
30968 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
30969 and restart global whitespace-mode.
30970
30971 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
30972
30973 CHAR MEANING
30974 t toggle TAB visualization
30975 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30976 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
30977 b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30978 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30979 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30980 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
30981 i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30982 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30983 a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
30984 c toggle color faces
30985 m toggle visual mark
30986 x restore `whitespace-chars' value
30987 z restore `whitespace-style' value
30988 ? display brief help
30989
30990 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
30991 The valid symbols are:
30992
30993 tabs toggle TAB visualization
30994 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30995 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
30996 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30997 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30998 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30999 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31000 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31001 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31002 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31003 color toggle color faces
31004 mark toggle visual mark
31005 whitespace-chars restore `whitespace-chars' value
31006 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31007
31008 Only useful with a windowing system.
31009
31010 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31011
31012 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31013 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31014
31015 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31016 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31017 applies to the region when it is not in transiente mark mode, the
31018 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before calling
31019 `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31020
31021 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31022
31023 The problems cleaned up are:
31024
31025 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31026 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31027 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `empty', remove all
31028 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31029
31030 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31031 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `indentation', replace
31032 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31033
31034 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31035 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-before-tab',
31036 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31037
31038 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31039 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `trailing', remove all
31040 SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31041
31042 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31043 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-after-tab',
31044 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31045
31046 \(fn)" t nil)
31047
31048 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31049 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31050
31051 The problems cleaned up are:
31052
31053 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31054 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `indentation', replace
31055 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31056
31057 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31058 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-before-tab',
31059 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31060
31061 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31062 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `trailing', remove all
31063 SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31064
31065 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31066 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-after-tab',
31067 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31068
31069 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31070
31071 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31072 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31073
31074 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31075 non-nil.
31076
31077 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before calling
31078 `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces `whitespace-chars' to
31079 have:
31080
31081 empty
31082 indentation
31083 space-before-tab
31084 trailing
31085 space-after-tab
31086
31087 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31088 whitespace problems in buffer.
31089
31090 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31091
31092 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31093 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31094 indentation 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31095 space-before-tab 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31096 trailing 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31097 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31098
31099 See `whitespace-chars' and `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31100 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31101 cleaning up these problems.
31102
31103 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31104
31105 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31106 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31107
31108 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31109 non-nil.
31110
31111 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before calling
31112 `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it forces `whitespace-chars'
31113 to have:
31114
31115 empty
31116 indentation
31117 space-before-tab
31118 trailing
31119 space-after-tab
31120
31121 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31122 whitespace problems in buffer.
31123
31124 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31125
31126 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31127 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31128 indentation 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31129 space-before-tab 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31130 trailing 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31131 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31132
31133 See `whitespace-chars' and `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31134 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31135 cleaning up these problems.
31136
31137 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31138
31139 ;;;***
31140 \f
31141 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31142 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18335 54517))
31143 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31144
31145 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31146 Browse the widget under point.
31147
31148 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31149
31150 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31151 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31152
31153 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31154
31155 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31156 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31157
31158 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31159
31160 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31161 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31162 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31163
31164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31165
31166 ;;;***
31167 \f
31168 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31169 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18394
31170 ;;;;;; 48033))
31171 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31172
31173 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31174 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31175
31176 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31177
31178 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31179 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31180 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31181
31182 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31183
31184 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31185 Create widget of TYPE.
31186 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31187
31188 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31189
31190 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31191 Delete WIDGET.
31192
31193 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31194
31195 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31196 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31197
31198 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31199
31200 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
31201
31202 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31203 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31204 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31205
31206 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31207 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31208
31209 \(fn)" nil nil)
31210
31211 ;;;***
31212 \f
31213 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31214 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18335
31215 ;;;;;; 54517))
31216 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31217
31218 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31219 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31220 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31221 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31222 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31223 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31224 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31225
31226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31227
31228 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31229 Select the window above the current one.
31230 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31231 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31232 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31233 negative ARG) of the current window.
31234 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31235
31236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31237
31238 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31239 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31240 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31241 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31242 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31243 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31244 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31245
31246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31247
31248 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31249 Select the window below the current one.
31250 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31251 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31252 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31253 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31254 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31255
31256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31257
31258 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31259 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31260 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31261 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31262
31263 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31264
31265 ;;;***
31266 \f
31267 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31268 ;;;;;; (18335 54517))
31269 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31270
31271 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31272 Toggle Winner mode.
31273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31274 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31275
31276 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31277
31278 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31279 Toggle Winner mode.
31280 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31281
31282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31283
31284 ;;;***
31285 \f
31286 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31287 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18351 56657))
31288 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31289
31290 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31291 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31292 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31293 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31294 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31295
31296 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31297
31298 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31299 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31300 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31301 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31302 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31303 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31304 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31305 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31306
31307 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31308 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31309
31310 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31311
31312 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31313 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31314
31315 \(fn)" t nil)
31316
31317 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31318 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31319 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31320 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31321 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31322 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31323 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31324 `woman' command for further details.
31325
31326 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31327
31328 ;;;***
31329 \f
31330 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31331 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
31332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31333
31334 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31335 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31336
31337 BUGS:
31338 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31339 are not implemented
31340 - Options for search and replace
31341 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31342 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31343
31344 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31345 Emacs-like.
31346
31347 The key bindings are:
31348
31349 C-a backward-word
31350 C-b fill-paragraph
31351 C-c scroll-up-line
31352 C-d forward-char
31353 C-e previous-line
31354 C-f forward-word
31355 C-g delete-char
31356 C-h backward-char
31357 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31358 C-j help-for-help
31359 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31360 C-l ws-repeat-search
31361 C-n open-line
31362 C-p quoted-insert
31363 C-r scroll-down-line
31364 C-s backward-char
31365 C-t kill-word
31366 C-u keyboard-quit
31367 C-v overwrite-mode
31368 C-w scroll-down
31369 C-x next-line
31370 C-y kill-complete-line
31371 C-z scroll-up
31372
31373 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31374 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31375 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31376 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31377 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31378 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31379 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31380 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31381 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31382 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31383 C-k b ws-begin-block
31384 C-k c ws-copy-block
31385 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31386 C-k f find-file
31387 C-k h ws-show-markers
31388 C-k i ws-indent-block
31389 C-k k ws-end-block
31390 C-k p ws-print-block
31391 C-k q kill-emacs
31392 C-k r insert-file
31393 C-k s save-some-buffers
31394 C-k t ws-mark-word
31395 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31396 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31397 C-k v ws-move-block
31398 C-k w ws-write-block
31399 C-k x kill-emacs
31400 C-k y ws-delete-block
31401
31402 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31403 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31404 C-o j justify-current-line
31405 C-o k kill-buffer
31406 C-o l list-buffers
31407 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31408 C-o r set-fill-column
31409 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31410 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31411 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31412 C-o wo other-window
31413 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31414
31415 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31416 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31417 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31418 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31419 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31420 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31421 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31422 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31423 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31424 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31425 C-q a ws-query-replace
31426 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31427 C-q c end-of-buffer
31428 C-q d end-of-line
31429 C-q f ws-search
31430 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31431 C-q l ws-undo
31432 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31433 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31434 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31435 C-q w ws-last-error
31436 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31437 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31438
31439 \(fn)" t nil)
31440
31441 ;;;***
31442 \f
31443 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31444 ;;;;;; (18341 12906))
31445 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31446
31447 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31448 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31449 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31450 Returns the top node with all its children.
31451 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31452 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31453
31454 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31455
31456 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31457 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31458 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31459 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31460 is not well-formed XML.
31461 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31462 and returned as the first element of the list.
31463 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31464
31465 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31466
31467 ;;;***
31468 \f
31469 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31470 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18335 54541))
31471 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31472
31473 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31474 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31475 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31476 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31477 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31478 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31479 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31480 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML declaration,
31481 return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31482 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31483
31484 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31485
31486 ;;;***
31487 \f
31488 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18413
31489 ;;;;;; 44130))
31490 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31491
31492 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31493 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31494 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31495 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31496 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31497 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31498
31499 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31500
31501 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31502 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31503 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31504 it off.
31505
31506 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31507 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31508 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31509 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31510 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31511 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31512
31513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31514
31515 ;;;***
31516 \f
31517 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31518 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18335 54533))
31519 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31520
31521 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31522 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31523
31524 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31525
31526 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31527 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31528
31529 \(fn)" nil nil)
31530
31531 ;;;***
31532 \f
31533 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31534 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18335 54541))
31535 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31536
31537 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31538 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31539
31540 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31541
31542 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31543 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31544
31545 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31546
31547 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31548 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31549 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31550
31551 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31552
31553 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31554 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31555
31556 \(fn)" t nil)
31557
31558 ;;;***
31559 \f
31560 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18335 54541))
31561 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31562
31563 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31564 Zone out, completely.
31565
31566 \(fn)" t nil)
31567
31568 ;;;***
31569 \f
31570 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
31571 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
31572 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
31573 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
31574 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
31575 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
31576 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-loaddefs.el"
31577 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31578 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31579 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31580 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31581 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31582 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31583 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31584 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31585 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
31586 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
31587 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
31588 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
31589 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
31590 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el"
31591 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el"
31592 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
31593 ;;;;;; "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
31594 ;;;;;; "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
31595 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
31596 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31597 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31598 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31599 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
31600 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
31601 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el"
31602 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
31603 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
31604 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31605 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emerge.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31606 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31607 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
31608 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/vip.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31609 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31610 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31611 ;;;;;; "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-button.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31612 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-match.el"
31613 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-track.el" "erc/erc.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31614 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31615 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31616 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31617 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31618 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31619 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31620 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31621 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31622 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
31623 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" "files.el" "foldout.el" "follow.el" "font-core.el"
31624 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
31625 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el"
31626 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/deuglify.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31627 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31628 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31629 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31630 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31631 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31632 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31633 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31634 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31635 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31636 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31637 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31638 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
31639 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31640 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31641 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31642 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31643 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31644 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31645 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31646 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31647 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31648 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
31649 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
31650 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31651 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31652 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
31653 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule-diag.el"
31654 ;;;;;; "international/mule-util.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
31655 ;;;;;; "international/robin.el" "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31656 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31657 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31658 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31659 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31660 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31661 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31662 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
31663 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
31664 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
31665 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
31666 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
31667 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el"
31668 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
31669 ;;;;;; "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el"
31670 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
31671 ;;;;;; "language/tv-util.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31672 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "linum.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
31673 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
31674 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31675 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "md4.el"
31676 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31677 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31678 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31679 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31680 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31681 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31682 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31683 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "misc.el"
31684 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/ange-ftp.el"
31685 ;;;;;; "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31686 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31687 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31688 ;;;;;; "net/netrc.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/rcirc.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
31689 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el"
31690 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31691 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
31692 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el"
31693 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el"
31694 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el"
31695 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el"
31696 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el"
31697 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-mac-message.el"
31698 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31699 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31700 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31701 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "proced.el" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
31702 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cap-words.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31703 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31704 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31705 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
31706 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
31707 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
31708 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/gud.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31709 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31710 ;;;;;; "progmodes/modula2.el" "progmodes/python.el" "progmodes/scheme.el"
31711 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print.el"
31712 ;;;;;; "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el"
31713 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
31714 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
31715 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
31716 ;;;;;; "textmodes/ispell.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31717 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31718 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31719 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31720 ;;;;;; "textmodes/spell.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
31721 ;;;;;; "time.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
31722 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31723 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31724 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31725 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31726 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31727 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31728 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (18428 40537 270127))
31729
31730 ;;;***
31731 \f
31732 ;; Local Variables:
31733 ;; version-control: never
31734 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31735 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31736 ;; End:
31737 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here